Back to top

Tax Briefs

Posted by Admin Posted on May 04 2021

Posted by Admin Posted on May 04 2021

Why it’s important to meet the tax return filing and payment deadlines

Posted by Admin Posted on Apr 27 2021

The May 17 deadline for filing your 2020 individual tax return is coming up. It’s important to file and pay your tax return on time to avoid penalties imposed by the IRS. Here are the basic rules. Separate penalties apply for failing to pay and failing to file. The failure-to-pay penalty is 1/2% for each month (or partial month) the payment is late. The maximum penalty is 25%. The failure-to-file penalty is a more severe rate of 5% per month (or partial month) to a maximum of 25%. If you obtain an extension to file (until Oct. 15), you’re not filing late unless you miss the extended due date. However, a filing extension doesn’t apply to your responsibility to pay. Contact us with questions.

Unemployed last year? Buying health insurance this year? You may benefit from favorable new changes

Posted by Admin Posted on Apr 20 2021

Many people lost their jobs last year due to pandemic shutdowns. Generally, unemployment compensation is included in gross income for federal tax purposes. But thanks to the American Rescue Plan Act (ARPA), enacted on March 11, 2021, up to $10,200 of unemployment compensation can be excluded from federal gross income on 2020 federal returns for taxpayers with an adjusted gross income (AGI) under $150,000. In the case of a joint return, the first $10,200 per spouse isn’t included in gross income, meaning if both spouses lost their jobs and collected unemployment last year, they’re eligible for up to a $20,400 exclusion. Contact us if you have questions about your situation.

Home sales: How to determine your “basis”

Posted by Admin Posted on Apr 14 2021

If you’re buying or selling a home, you should know how to determine your basis. The law allows an exclusion from income for all or part of the gain realized on your home sale. The general exclusion limit is $250,000 ($500,000 for married taxpayers). You want your basis to be as high as possible in order to avoid or reduce the tax you may owe when you sell. Improvements that add to your home’s basis include: a room addition, finishing the basement, a fence, a central air conditioning system, flooring, a new roof and driveway paving. Repairs, rather than improvements, aren’t added to a property’s basis. Repairs include painting, fixing gutters and repairing leaks. Contact us with questions.

Who qualifies for “head of household” tax filing status?

Posted by Admin Posted on Apr 06 2021

When you file your tax return, you must check one of the following filing statuses: Single, married filing jointly, married filing separately, head of household or qualifying widow(er). Who qualifies to file as a head of household, which is more favorable than single? To qualify, you must maintain a household, which for more than half the year, is the principal home of a “qualifying child” or other relative of yours whom you can claim as a dependent (unless you only qualify due to the multiple support rules). You’re considered to “maintain a household” if you live in the home for the tax year and pay over half the cost of running it. We can answer any questions you have about your situation.

Need a new business vehicle? Consider a heavy SUV

Posted by Admin Posted on Mar 30 2021

Are you considering buying a vehicle that you’ll use in your business? If you choose a heavy sport utility vehicle (SUV), you may be able to benefit from lucrative tax rules for those vehicles. New and used heavy SUVs, pickups and vans acquired and put to business use in 2021 are eligible for 100% first-year bonus depreciation. However, you must use the vehicle more than 50% for business. If your business use is between 51% and 99%, you can deduct that percentage of the cost in the first year the vehicle is placed in service. This tax break is available only if the manufacturer’s gross vehicle weight rating is above 6,000 pounds. Consult with us to help evaluate if this is the right move for your business

New law tax break may make child care less expensive

Posted by Admin Posted on Mar 23 2021

The new American Rescue Plan Act provides eligible families with an enhanced child and dependent care credit for 2021. This is the credit for expenses paid for the care of qualifying children under the age 13 so the taxpayer can be gainfully employed. For 2021, the first $8,000 of care expenses generally qualifies for the credit if you have 1 qualifying individual, or $16,000 if you have 2 or more. (These amounts were $3,000 and $6,000, respectively.) If AGI is $125,000 or less, the maximum credit is $4,000 with 1 qualifying individual and $8,000 with 2 or more. The refundable credit phases out and for taxpayers with an AGI greater than $440,000, it’s phased out completely.

Estimated tax payments: The deadline for the first 2021 installment is coming up

Posted by Admin Posted on Mar 12 2021

April 15 is not only the deadline for filing your 2020 tax return, it’s also the deadline for the first estimated tax payment for 2021. You may have to make estimated payments if you receive interest, dividends, self-employment income, capital gains or other income. If you don’t pay enough tax during the year through withholding and estimated payments, you may be liable for a tax penalty on top of the tax that’s due. Individuals must generally pay 25% of their required annual tax by April 15, June 15, Sept. 15, and Jan. 15 of the following year, to avoid an underpayment penalty. If a deadline falls on a weekend or holiday, the payment is due the next business day.

Retiring soon? Recent law changes may have an impact on your retirement savings

Posted by Admin Posted on Mar 05 2021

If you’re approaching retirement, you probably want to ensure the money you’ve saved in retirement plans lasts as long as possible. If so, be aware that a law was enacted in late 2019 that made significant changes to retirement accounts. For example, the SECURE Act repealed the maximum age for making traditional IRA contributions. Before 2020, traditional IRA contributions weren’t allowed once you reached age 70 1/2. An individual of any age can now make contributions, as long as he or she has compensation and is otherwise eligible. The required minimum distribution age was also raised from 70 1/2 to 72. These are only some of the changes. Feel free to contact us with any questions.

If you run a business from home, you could qualify for home office deductions

Posted by Admin Posted on Feb 23 2021

During the pandemic, many people are working from home. If you’re self-employed and run your business from home or perform certain functions there, you may be able to claim deductions for home office expenses against your business income. There are two methods for claiming deductions. With the actual expenses method, you claim direct expenses, such as the cost of carpeting and a proportionate share of indirect expenses, such as utilities, insurance and depreciation. With the simplified method, you deduct $5 for each square foot of home office space, up to $1,500. Unfortunately, employees aren’t eligible for home office deductions. We can help you determine if you qualify and how to proceed.

Did you make donations in 2020? There’s still time to get substantiation

Posted by Admin Posted on Feb 17 2021

To claim a deduction for a donation of $250 or more, you generally need a contemporaneous written acknowledgment from the charity. “Contemporaneous” means the earlier of the date you file your income tax return, or the extended due date of your return. If you made a donation in 2020 but don’t have a written acknowledgment, you can request it from the charity and wait to file your 2020 return until you receive it. Additional rules apply to certain types of donations. Keep in mind that under a 2020 law, taxpayers who don’t itemize deductions can claim a federal income tax write-off for up to $300 of cash contributions to IRS-approved charities for the 2020 tax year.

2021 individual taxes: Answers to your questions about limits

Posted by Admin Posted on Feb 09 2021

It’s understandable if you’re more concerned about your 2020 tax bill than you are about your 2021 tax situation. That’s because your 2020 individual tax return is due to be filed in less than 3 months. However, it’s a good idea to familiarize yourself with tax amounts for this year. For example, the amount you have to earn in 2021 before you can stop paying Social Security on your salary has increased to $142,800 (from $137,700 for 2020). For 2021, you can contribute up to $19,500 (unchanged from 2020) to a 401(k) plan. You can contribute another $6,500 catch-up amount to a 401(k) if you’re age 50 or older. Contact us if you have questions or need more information

The power of the tax credit for buying an electric vehicle

Posted by Admin Posted on Feb 03 2021

Although electric vehicles are a small percentage of the cars on the road today, they’re increasing in popularity. And if you buy one, you may be eligible for a federal tax break. The tax code provides a credit to purchasers of qualifying plug-in electric drive motor vehicles including passenger cars and light trucks. The credit is equal to $2,500 plus an additional amount, based on battery capacity, that can’t exceed $5,000. Therefore, the maximum credit is $7,500. There are a number of requirements to qualify and the credit may not be available because of a per-manufacturer cumulative sales limitation. (Tesla and GM vehicles are no longer eligible.) Contact us if you want more information.

The new Form 1099-NEC and the revised 1099-MISC are due to recipients soon

Posted by Admin Posted on Jan 26 2021

There’s a new IRS form for business taxpayers that pay or receive certain types of nonemployee compensation and it must be furnished to most recipients by Feb. 1, 2021. After sending the forms to recipients, taxpayers must file the forms with the IRS by March 1 (March 31 if filing electronically). The requirement begins with forms for tax year 2020. Payers must complete Form 1099-NEC to report any payment of $600 or more to a recipient. February 1 is also the deadline for furnishing Form 1099-MISC to report certain other payments to recipients. There’s no automatic 30-day extension to file 1099-NEC but an extension may be available under certain hardship conditions. Contact us for help.

One reason to file your 2020 tax return early

Posted by Admin Posted on Jan 20 2021

The IRS is opening the 2020 individual income tax return filing season on Feb. 12. (This is later than in the past because of a law that was recently enacted.) Even if you usually don’t file until closer to the April 15 deadline (or you file an extension), consider filing early. It can potentially protect you from tax identity theft. In these scams, a thief uses another person’s personal information to file a fraudulent return early in the filing season and claim a bogus refund. Another benefit of early filing is that if you’re getting a refund, you’ll get it faster. And if you were eligible for an Economic Impact Payment last year and didn’t receive it, you can claim it on your 2020 return.

Educate yourself about the revised tax benefits for higher education

Posted by Admin Posted on Jan 12 2021

If you or your child attends (or plans to attend) college, you may be eligible for tax breaks to help foot the bill. The new Consolidated Appropriations Act made some changes. The law repeals the Tuition and Fees Deduction for 2021 and later years. In addition, for 2021 and beyond, the new law aligns the income phase-out rule for the Lifetime Learning Credit (LLC) with the more favorable phase-out rule for the American Opportunity Tax Credit (AOTC). The LLC can be worth up to $2,000 per tax return annually while the AOTC can be worth up to $2,500 per student each year. Talk with us about which tax credit is the most beneficial in your situation. Each has its own requirements.

The right entity choice: Should you convert from a C to an S corporation?

Posted by Admin Posted on Dec 29 2020

The best choice of entity can affect your business in several ways, including the amount of your tax bill. Although S corporations can provide substantial tax advantages over C corporations in some cases, there are potential tax problems to assess before deciding to convert from C to S status. One issue to consider is last-in, first-out (LIFO) inventory. A C corporation that uses LIFO inventory must pay tax on the benefits it derived by using LIFO if it converts to an S corporation. Other issues to consider are the built-in gains tax, passive income tax and unused net operating losses. Contact us if you’re interested in an entity change. We’ll explain your options and the tax implications.

The next estimated tax deadline is January 15 if you have to make a payment

Posted by Admin Posted on Dec 22 2020

If you’re self-employed and don’t have paycheck withholding, you probably have to make estimated tax payments. These payments must be sent to the IRS on a quarterly basis. The 4th 2020 estimated tax payment deadline for individuals is Friday, Jan. 15. Even if you do have some withholding from paychecks or other payments, you may still have to make estimated payments if you receive income such as Social Security, prizes, rent, interest and dividends. Generally, taxpayers send four equal installments. But people who earn income unevenly during the year (for example, from a seasonal business) may be able to send smaller payments. Contact us if you have questions about the estimated tax rules.

Maximize your 401(k) plan to save for retirement

Posted by Admin Posted on Dec 08 2020

If your employer offers a 401(k) or Roth 401(k) plan, contributing to it is a smart way to build a substantial nest egg. If you’re not already socking away the maximum allowed, consider increasing your contribution. With a 401(k), an employee elects to have a certain amount of pay deferred and contributed by an employer on his or her behalf to the plan. The contribution limit for 2020 is $19,500. Employees age 50 or older by year end are also permitted to make additional “catch-up” contributions of $6,500, for a total limit of $26,000 for 2020. The IRS recently announced that the 401(k) contribution limits for 2021 will remain the same as they are for 2020.

Small businesses: Cash in on depreciation tax savers

Posted by Admin Posted on Dec 01 2020

The Section 179 deduction provides a tax benefit to businesses, enabling them to claim immediate deductions for qualified assets, instead of depreciating them over time. For 2020, the maximum deduction is $1.04 million, subject to a phaseout rule if more than $2.59 million of eligible property is placed in service during the tax year. Even better, the Sec. 179 deduction isn’t the only avenue for immediate tax write-offs for assets such as machinery and equipment. Under the 100% bonus depreciation tax break, the entire cost of eligible assets placed in service in 2020 can be written off this year. Contact us if you want more details about how your business can make the most of the deductions.

Employees: Don’t forget about your FSA funds

Posted by Admin Posted on Nov 24 2020

Many employees save taxes by placing funds in their employer’s health or dependent care flexible spending arrangements (FSAs). It’s a good time to review 2020 expenditures and project amounts to be set aside for 2021. A pre-tax contribution of $2,750 to a health FSA is permitted in 2020. To avoid forfeiture of your health FSA funds because of a “use-it-or-lose-it” rule, you must make eligible medical expenditures by the last day of the plan year (Dec. 31 for a calendar year plan), unless the plan allows an optional grace period. Like health FSAs, dependent care FSAs are also generally subject to a use-it-or-lose-it rule. Other rules and exceptions may apply. Contact us with any questions.

Taking distributions from a traditional IRA

Posted by Admin Posted on Nov 17 2020

If you’ve built a nice nest egg in a traditional IRA (including a SEP or SIMPLE-IRA), it’s critical that you plan carefully for withdrawals from these tax-deferred retirement vehicles. For example, if you need to take money out of a traditional IRA before age 59½, distributions will generally be taxed and may also be subject to a 10% penalty. However, there are several ways to avoid the penalty (but not the regular income tax). Once you attain age 72, traditional IRA withdrawals must generally begin or you’ll be penalized. However, the CARES Act suspended the required minimum distribution rules for 2020. Contact us with traditional IRA questions and to analyze your retirement planning.

How Series EE savings bonds are taxed

Posted by Admin Posted on Nov 10 2020

Many people have Series EE savings bonds that were purchased many years ago. Perhaps they were given as gifts or maybe you bought them yourself and filed them away. You may wonder: How is the interest taxed? EE bonds don’t pay interest currently. Instead, accrued interest is reflected in their redemption value. (But owners can elect to have interest taxed annually.) EE bond interest isn’t subject to state income tax. And using the money for higher education may keep you from paying federal income tax on it. Unfortunately, the law doesn’t allow for the tax-free buildup of interest to continue forever. When the bonds reach final maturity, they stop earning interest. Contact us with questions.

Tax responsibilities if your business is closing amid the pandemic

Posted by Admin Posted on Nov 03 2020

Unfortunately, COVID-19 has forced many businesses to shut down. If this is your situation, we’re here to assist you in any way we can, including taking care of various tax obligations. A business must file a final income tax return and some other related forms for the year it closes. If you have employees, you must pay them final wages and compensation owed, make final federal tax deposits and report employment taxes. Failure to withhold or deposit employee income, Social Security and Medicare taxes can result in personal liability for what’s known as the Trust Fund Recovery Penalty. There may be other responsibilities. Contact us to discuss these issues and to get answers to any questions.

Divorcing couples should understand these 4 tax issues

Posted by Admin Posted on Oct 28 2020

When a couple is going through a divorce, taxes are probably not foremost on their minds. But without proper planning, some people find divorce to be even more taxing. Several concerns should be addressed to ensure that taxes are kept to a minimum. For example, if you sell your principal residence or one spouse remains living there while the other moves out, you want to make sure you’ll be able to avoid tax on up to $500,000 of gain. You also must decide how to file your return for the year (single, married filing jointly, married filing separately or head of household). There are other issues you may have to deal with. We can help you work through them.

Buying and selling mutual fund shares: Avoid these tax pitfalls

Posted by Admin Posted on Oct 20 2020

If you invest in mutual funds, there are potential pitfalls involved in buying and selling shares. For example, you may already have made taxable “sales” of part of your mutual fund without knowing it. One way this can happen is if your mutual fund allows you to write checks against your fund investment. If you write a check against your mutual fund account, you’ve made a partial sale of your interest in the fund (except for funds such as money market funds, for which share value remains constant). Thus, you may have taxable gain (or a deductible loss) when you write a check. And each such sale is a separate transaction that must be reported on your tax return. Contact us with questions.

What tax records can you throw away?

Posted by Admin Posted on Oct 13 2020

Oct. 15 is the deadline for individual taxpayers who extended their 2019 tax returns. If you’re finally done filing last year’s return, you might wonder: Which tax records can you toss once you’re done? Now is a good time to go through old tax records and see what you can discard. A common rule of thumb is to keep tax records for at least six years from filing, after which the IRS generally no longer can audit your return or assess additional taxes, even if your income was understated. But hang on to certain records longer including the tax returns themselves, W-2 forms and records related to real estate, investments and retirement accounts.

The easiest way to survive an IRS audit is to get ready in advance

Posted by Admin Posted on Oct 06 2020

IRS audit rates are historically low, according to the latest data, but that’s little consolation if your return is selected. But with proper preparation and planning, you should fare well. But it helps to know what might catch the attention of the IRS. For example, some audit “red flags” are unusually high deductions, major inconsistencies between previous years’ tax returns and the current one, profit margins and expenses markedly different from those of similar businesses. The IRS normally has three years within which to conduct an audit. If the IRS selects you for an audit, we can help you understand the issues, gather the needed documents and respond to the inquiries effectively.

Why it’s important to plan for income taxes as part of your estate plan

Posted by Admin Posted on Sept 29 2020

The current federal estate tax exemption ($11.58 million in 2020) means that many people aren’t concerned with estate tax. But they should still plan to save income taxes. For example, be careful making lifetime transfers of appreciated assets. It’s true that the assets and future appreciation generated by them are removed from your estate. But the gift carries a potential income tax cost because the recipient receives your basis upon transfer. He or she could face capital gains tax on the sale of the gifted property in the future. If the appreciated property is held until death, under current law, the heir will get a “step-up” in basis that will reduce or wipe out the capital gains tax.

Can investors who manage their own portfolios deduct related expenses?

Posted by Admin Posted on Sept 22 2020

In some cases, investors have related expenses, such as the cost of subscriptions to financial periodicals and clerical expenses. Are they tax deductible? Currently, they’re only deductible if you can show that your investment activities rise to the level of carrying on a trade or business. In that case, you may be considered a trader, rather than an investor. A trader is entitled to deduct investment-related expenses as business expenses. A trader is also entitled to deduct home-office expenses if the home office is used exclusively on a regular basis as the trader’s principal place of business. However, be aware that trader status is difficult to achieve. Contact us with questions.

Tax implications of working from home and collecting unemployment

Posted by Admin Posted on Sept 15 2020

COVID-19 has resulted in many changes in our lives, and some of them have tax implications. For example, many employers have required employees to work from home. Unfortunately, employee business expense deductions (including expenses to maintain a home office) are disallowed from 2018 through 2025. However, if you’re self-employed and work from a home office, you can be eligible to claim home office deductions for your related expenses if you satisfy the strict rules. Another tax-related situation involves people who are laid off and collecting unemployment benefits. Be aware that these benefits are taxable and must be reported on federal income tax returns for the tax year received.

Employers have questions and concerns about deferring employees’ Social Security taxes

Posted by Admin Posted on Sept 08 2020

The IRS has issued guidance to employers about the presidential action to allow employers to defer certain payroll taxes. Notice 2020-65 was issued to implement President Trump’s executive memo signed Aug. 8. The deferral involves wages or compensation paid to an employee beginning Sept. 1, 2020, and ending Dec. 31, 2020, but only if the amount paid for a biweekly pay period is less than $4,000, or an equivalent amount in other pay periods. The guidance postpones the withholding and remittance of the employee share of Social Security tax until the period beginning Jan. 1, 2021, and ending April 30, 2021. Penalties, interest and additions to tax will begin to accrue on May 1, 2021.

Back-to-school tax breaks on the books

Posted by Admin Posted on Sept 01 2020

Despite the COVID-19 pandemic, students are going back to school this fall, either remotely, in-person or a combination. In any event, parents may be eligible for certain tax breaks to help defray the cost of education. For example, with the American Opportunity Tax Credit (AOTC), you can save a maximum of $2,500 for each full-time college or grad school student. This applies to qualified expenses including tuition, room and board, books and computer equipment and other supplies. But the credit is phased out for moderate-to-upper income taxpayers. This is only one of the tax breaks available for education. Contact us for assistance in your situation

Will You Have to Pay Tax on Your Social Security Benefits?

Posted by Admin Posted on Aug 25 2020

If you’re getting close to retirement, you may wonder: Will my Social Security benefits be taxed? It depends on your other income. If you’re taxed, up to 85% of your payments could be hit with federal income tax. If you file a joint tax return and your “provisional income,” plus half your Social Security benefits, isn’t above $32,000 ($25,000 if unmarried), none of your benefits will be taxed. If it falls above those amounts, you must report a certain percentage of your benefits as income. If you know your Social Security benefits will be taxed, you can arrange to have the tax withheld from the payments. Otherwise, you may have to make estimated tax payments. Contact us for more information.

What happens if an individual can’t pay taxes

Posted by Admin Posted on Aug 18 2020

While you probably don’t have a problem paying your tax bills, you may wonder: What happens if you (or someone you know) can’t pay taxes on time? It’s important to file a properly prepared return even if full payment can’t be made. Include as large a partial payment as you can. You may be able to get an installment agreement with the IRS or borrow the money to make the payment. In some cases, a payment extension may be available if you can show payment would cause “undue hardship.” Not filing and paying could lead to escalating penalties and having liens assessed against your assets and income. It could also result in seizure and sale of your property. Contact us about your options

The possible tax consequences of PPP loans

Posted by Admin Posted on Aug 11 2020

If your business got a Paycheck Protection Program (PPP) loan taken out due to the COVID-19 crisis, there are potential tax implications. The PPP allows eligible businesses to receive loans that will be forgiven if they spend the proceeds on certain items within a certain period of time. In general, the reduction or cancellation of non-PPP debt results in cancellation of debt (COD) income to the debtor. However, forgiveness of PPP debt is excluded from gross income. The IRS has stated that expenses paid with PPP proceeds can’t be deducted, because the loans are forgiven without having taxable COD income and are tax-exempt income. Deducting the expenses would result in a double tax benefit.

The tax implications of employer-provided life insurance

Posted by Admin Posted on Aug 04 2020

Does your employer provide you with group term life insurance? If so, and depending on the amount of coverage, this employee benefit may create undesirable income tax consequences for you. The first $50,000 of group term life insurance coverage that your employer provides is excluded from taxable income and doesn’t add anything to your income tax bill. But the employer-paid cost of group term coverage in excess of $50,000 is taxable income to you. It’s included in the taxable wages reported on your Form W-2 — even though you never actually receive it. Contact us if you have questions about group term coverage or how much it is adding to your tax bill.

Are scholarships tax-free or taxable?

Posted by Admin Posted on July 28 2020

If your child has been awarded a scholarship, congratulations! But be aware that there may be tax implications. Scholarships and fellowships are generally tax-free for students at elementary, middle and high schools, as well as those attending college, graduate school or accredited vocational schools. It doesn’t matter if the scholarship makes a direct payment to the student or reduces tuition. However, certain conditions must be met. A scholarship is tax-free if it’s used to pay for: Tuition and fees required to attend the school, and fees, books, supplies and equipment required of students. Room and board, travel, research and clerical help don’t qualify. Contact us to learn more.

Take advantage of a “stepped-up basis” when you inherit property

Posted by Admin Posted on July 21 2020

If you’re planning your estate, or you’ve inherited assets, you may be unsure of the “cost” (or “basis”) for tax purposes. Under the fair market value basis rules (also known as the “step-up and step-down” rules), an heir receives a basis in inherited property equal to its date-of-death value. For example, if your grandfather bought stock in 1935 for $500 and it’s worth $5 million at his death, the basis is stepped up to $5 million in the hands of your grandfather’s heirs — and all of that gain escapes federal income tax forever. A “step-down” occurs if someone dies owning property that has declined in value. Contact us for tax assistance when estate planning or after inheriting assets.

Businesses: Get ready for the new Form 1099-NEC

Posted by Admin Posted on July 14 2020

There’s a new IRS form for business taxpayers who pay or receive nonemployee compensation. Beginning with tax year 2020, payers must complete Form 1099-NEC, Nonemployee Compensation, to report any payment of $600 or more to a payee. (Prior to 2020, Form 1099-MISC was filed to report payments of at least $600 in a calendar year for services performed in a business by someone who isn’t treated as an employee.) Generally, payers must file Form 1099-NEC by Jan. 31. For 2020 tax returns, the due date will be Feb. 1, 2021, because Jan. 31 is a Sunday. There’s no automatic 30-day extension to file Form 1099-NEC. However, an extension to file may be available under certain hardship conditions.

After you file your tax return: 3 issues to consider

Posted by Admin Posted on July 07 2020

After filing a 2019 tax return, there may still be three issues to bear in mind. 1) You can check up on your refund. Go to and click on “Get Your Refund Status” to find out. 2) Some tax records can now be thrown out. You should generally save statements, receipts, etc. for three years after filing (although keep the actual returns indefinitely). But there are exceptions to this general rule. 3) If you forgot something, you can generally file an amended tax return. File Form 1040X to claim a refund within three years after the date you filed the original return or two years of the date you paid the tax, whichever is later. Contact us for more information.

Some people are required to return Economic Impact Payments that were sent erroneously

Posted by Admin Posted on June 30 2020

Economic Impact Payments (EIPs) are being sent to eligible individuals in response to the financial impact caused by COVID-19. However, the IRS says some payments were sent erroneously and should be returned. For example, an EIP made to someone who died before receipt of the payment should be returned. The entire EIP should be returned unless it was made to joint filers and one spouse hadn’t died before receipt. In that case, you only need to return the EIP portion made to the decedent. This amount is $1,200 unless your adjusted gross income exceeded $150,000. Instructions for returning the payment can be found here:

What qualifies as a “coronavirus-related distribution” from a retirement plan?

Posted by Admin Posted on June 23 2020

The CARES Act allows qualified people to take “coronavirus-related distributions” from retirement plans without paying tax. So how do you qualify? You can take up to $100,000 in coronavirus-related distributions made from an eligible retirement plan between Jan. 1 and Dec. 30, 2020. If you repay the distribution to your IRA or plan within 3 years, you can treat it and the later recontribution as a tax-free rollover. In Notice 2020-50, the IRS explains that a qualified person is one who is diagnosed (or whose spouse/dependent is diagnosed) with COVID-19. Alternatively, it is someone who experiences adverse financial consequences due to COVID-19. For more details:

For Additional Funding, Take a Stroll Down Main Street

Posted by Admin Posted on June 19 2020

Good records are the key to tax deductions and trouble-free IRS audits

Posted by Admin Posted on June 17 2020

If you operate a small business, you need to keep records of your income and expenses. You should carefully record them in order to claim the full amount of tax deductions to which you’re entitled. You also want to make sure you can defend the amounts on your tax returns if you’re ever audited by the IRS. Certain expenses, such as automobile, travel, meals and office-at-home expenses, require special attention because they’re subject to special recordkeeping requirements or limits on deductibility. Contact us if you need assistance retaining adequate business records. Taking a meticulous approach to how you keep records can protect your deductions and help make an audit much less painful.

Seniors: Can you deduct Medicare premiums?

Posted by Admin Posted on June 09 2020

If you’re age 65 and older, and you have basic Medicare insurance, you may need to pay additional premiums to get the level of coverage you want. The premiums can be costly, especially if you’re married and both you and your spouse are paying them. But there may be a silver lining: You may qualify for a tax break for paying the premiums. However, it can be difficult to qualify to claim medical expenses on your tax return. For 2020, you can deduct medical expenses only if you itemize deductions and only to the extent that total qualifying expenses exceeded 7.5% of adjusted gross income. Contact us if you want more information about deducting medical expenses, including Medicare premiums.

A nonworking spouse can still have an IRA

Posted by Admin Posted on June 02 2020

It’s often hard for married couples to save for retirement when one spouse doesn’t work. An IRA contribution is generally only allowed if you have compensation. However, an exception exists. A spousal IRA allows a contribution to be made for a nonworking spouse. Under the rules, a couple can contribute $6,000 to an IRA for a nonworking spouse in 2020 ($7,000 if the spouse will be age 50 by the end of the year). However, if in 2020, the working spouse is an active participant in an employer retirement plan, a deductible contribution can be made to the IRA of the non-participant spouse only if the couple’s adjusted gross income doesn’t exceed a certain threshold. Contact us for more details.

IRS releases 2021 amounts for Health Savings Accounts

Posted by Admin Posted on May 26 2020

The IRS recently released the 2021 inflation-adjusted amounts for Health Savings Accounts (HSAs). For calendar year 2021, the annual contribution limitation for an individual with self-only coverage under a HDHP is $3,600. For an individual with family coverage, the amount is $7,200. This is up from $3,550 and $7,100, respectively, for 2020. For calendar year 2021, an HDHP is a health plan with an annual deductible that isn’t less than $1,400 for self-only coverage or $2,800 for family coverage. In addition, annual out-of-pocket expenses (deductibles, co-payments, and other amounts, but not premiums) can’t exceed $7,000 for self-only coverage or $14,000 for family coverage.

Did you get an Economic Impact Payment that was less than you expected?

Posted by Admin Posted on May 19 2020

Did you get an Economic Impact Payment (EIP) that was less than you expected? The federal government is sending EIPs to help mitigate the effects of COVID-19. If you’re under a certain adjusted gross income (AGI) threshold, you’re generally eligible for the full $1,200 ($2,400 if married filing jointly). And if you have a “qualifying child,” you’re eligible for an additional $500. Some people have received EIPs for less than they were expecting because they make too much money to receive the full EIP. Others may think their children are eligible for a payment and they aren’t. Still others may have debts, such as past-due child support or garnishments from creditors, that reduced their EIPs.


Posted by Admin Posted on May 18 2020

There’s still time to make a deductible IRA contribution for 2019

Posted by Admin Posted on May 12 2020

You still have time to make your 2019 traditional and Roth IRA contributions. The deadline is generally April 15 but because of the novel coronavirus (COVID-19) pandemic, the IRS extended the deadline until July 15, 2020. If you qualify, deductible contributions to traditional IRAs can lower your 2019 tax bill. Even nondeductible contributions can be beneficial because of tax-deferred growth. If you’re eligible, the 2019 contribution limit is $6,000 (plus $1,000 for those age 50 or older on Dec. 31, 2019). However, your deduction or contribution may be reduced or eliminated based on your income. Contact us to learn more about retirement saving in your situation.

Do you have tax questions related to COVID-19? Here are some answers

Posted by Admin Posted on May 05 2020

The coronavirus (COVID-19) pandemic has affected many Americans’ finances. You may have questions about the implications. For example, if your employer is requiring you to work from home, can you claim home office deductions on your tax return? Unfortunately, if you’re an EMPLOYEE who telecommutes, home office expenses aren’t deductible through 2025. What about unemployment compensation? Is it taxable for federal tax purposes? Yes. This includes state unemployment benefits plus the temporary $600 per week from the federal government. (Benefits may also be taxed for state tax purposes.) Contact us if you have questions or need more information about these or other COVID-19-related tax issues.

Hiring independent contractors? Make sure they’re properly classified

Posted by Admin Posted on Apr 28 2020

As a result of the coronavirus (COVID-19) crisis, your business may be using independent contractors to keep costs low. But be careful that these workers are properly classified for federal tax purposes. If the IRS reclassifies them as employees, it can be costly. The question of whether a worker is an independent contractor or an employee is a complex one. The IRS and courts have generally ruled that individuals are employees if the businesses they work for have the right to control and direct them in their jobs. Otherwise, they’re generally contractors. Contact us if you’d like to discuss how the rules apply to your business. We can help ensure that none of your workers are misclassified

Answers to questions you may have about Economic Impact Payments

Posted by Admin Posted on Apr 21 2020

Millions of eligible Americans have already received their Economic Impact Payments (EIPs) via direct deposit or paper checks, according to the IRS. Others are still waiting. The payments are part of the CARES Act. Is there a way to check on a payment status? A new IRS tool called “Get My Payment” shows taxpayers either their EIP amount and the scheduled delivery date, or that a payment hasn’t been scheduled. It also allows taxpayers who didn’t use direct deposit to provide bank account details. Some people are getting an error message (“payment status not available”). Hopefully, the IRS will have it running seamlessly soon. Access the tool here:

Eligible IRA withdrawals now penalty-free

Posted by Admin Posted on Apr 18 2020

COVID-19: IRS announces more relief and details

Posted by Admin Posted on Apr 14 2020

In the midst of the coronavirus (COVID-19) pandemic, Americans are focusing on their health and financial well-being. To help with the impact facing many people, the government has provided a range of relief. On its Twitter account, the IRS announced that it deposited the first Economic Impact Payments into bank accounts on April 11. “We know many people are anxious to get their payments; we’ll continue issuing them as fast as we can,” the agency added. There’s also a new online tool on the IRS website for people who didn’t file a 2018 or 2019 federal tax return because they didn’t have enough income or otherwise weren’t required to file. You can access the tool here:

CARES ACT changes retirement plan and charitable contribution rules

Posted by Admin Posted on Apr 07 2020

The CARES Act contains a range of relief, notably the “economic impact payments” that will be made to people under a certain income threshold. But the law also makes some changes to retirement plan rules. The additional 10% tax on early distributions from IRAs and 401(k) plans is waived for distributions made between Jan. 1 and Dec. 31, 2020 by a person who (or whose family) is infected with COVID-19 or is economically hurt by it. Penalty-free distributions are limited to $100,000, and may, subject to guidelines, be re-contributed to the plan or IRA. Income from the distributions may be spread out over 3 years. Other rules may apply. Contact us with any questions.

The new COVID-19 law provides businesses with more relief

Posted by Admin Posted on Mar 31 2020

On March 27, President Trump signed into law another coronavirus (COVID-19) bill, which provides extensive relief for businesses and employers. The new law provides a refundable payroll tax credit for 50% of wages paid by eligible employers to certain employees during the crisis. It also allows eligible taxpayers to defer paying the employer portion of Social Security taxes through Dec. 31, 2020. Instead, employers can pay 50% of the amounts by Dec. 31, 2021 and the remaining 50% by Dec. 31, 2022. In addition, there are changes to net operating losses, the business interest expense deduction and more. Other rules and limits may apply. Contact us if you have questions about your situation.

Individuals get coronavirus (COVID-19) tax and other relief

Posted by Admin Posted on Mar 24 2020

Taxpayers now have more time to file their returns and pay any tax owed because of the coronavirus (COVID-19) pandemic. The IRS announced that the filing due date is automatically extended from April 15, 2020, to July 15, 2020. Taxpayers can also defer making federal income tax payments, due on April 15 until July 15, without penalties and interest, regardless of the amount they owe. The deferment applies to individuals, trusts, estates, corporations, other non-corporate tax filers and those who pay self-employment tax. They can also defer their initial quarterly estimated federal income tax payments for the 2020 tax year from the April 15 deadline until July 15. Contact us with questions.

Making the most of your home renovation dollars

Posted by Admin Posted on Mar 20 2020

Why you should keep life insurance out of your estate

Posted by Admin Posted on Mar 17 2020

If you have a life insurance policy, you probably want to make sure that the life insurance benefits your family will receive after your death won’t be included in your estate. That way, the benefits won’t be subject to the federal estate tax. Under the estate tax rules, life insurance will be included in your taxable estate if either: 1) Your estate is the beneficiary of the insurance proceeds, or 2) You possessed certain economic ownership rights (called “incidents of ownership”) in the policy at your death (or within three years of your death). There are other strategies for keeping insurance out of your estate. Contact us for more information about your situation.

The 2019 gift tax return deadline is coming up

Posted by Admin Posted on Mar 10 2020

If you made large gifts to your children, grandchildren or others in 2019, it’s important to determine whether you’re required to file a gift tax return by April 15 (Oct. 15 if you file for an extension). Generally, you’ll need to file one if you made 2019 gifts that exceeded the $15,000-per-recipient gift tax annual exclusion (unless to your U.S. citizen spouse) and in certain other situations. But sometimes it’s desirable to file a gift tax return even if you aren’t required to. If you’re not sure whether you must (or should) file a 2019 gift tax return, contact us.

Home is where the tax breaks might be

Posted by Admin Posted on Mar 03 2020

If you own a home, the interest you pay on your home mortgage may provide a tax break. However, many people believe that any interest paid on home mortgage loans is deductible. Unfortunately, that’s not true. First, you must itemize deductions in order to deduct mortgage interest. And the deduction is limited. From 2018-2025, you can’t deduct the interest for mortgage acquisition debt greater than $750,000 ($375,000 for married taxpayers filing separately). From 2018-2025, there’s no deduction for home equity debt interest. But interest may be deductible on a home equity loan, home equity credit line, etc., if the proceeds are used to substantially improve or construct the home.

Do you run your business from home? You might be eligible for home office deductions

Posted by Admin Posted on Feb 25 2020

If you’re self-employed and work from home, you may be entitled to home office deductions. However, you must satisfy strict rules. Eligible taxpayers can deduct direct expenses such as the costs of home office repairs. You can also deduct the indirect expenses of maintaining the office such as the allocable share of utility costs, depreciation, insurance, mortgage interest and real estate taxes. In general, you qualify for home office deductions if part of your home is used “regularly and exclusively” as your principal place of business. If your home isn’t your principal place of business, you may still be able to deduct home office expenses. Questions? We can explain more about the rules.

Reasons why married couples might want to file separate tax returns

Posted by Admin Posted on Feb 19 2020

Married couples often wonder if they should file joint or separate tax returns. It depends on your individual tax situation. In general, you should use the filing status that results in the lowest tax. But keep in mind that, if you and your spouse file a joint return, each of you is “jointly and severally” liable for tax on your combined income (as well as any additional tax the IRS assesses, plus interest and most penalties). Therefore, the IRS can come after either of you for the full amount. In most cases, joint filing offers more tax savings but some people can save by filing separately. We can look at both options. Contact us to prepare your tax return or if you have questions.

The tax aspects of selling mutual fund shares

Posted by Admin Posted on Feb 11 2020

The tax rules involved in selling mutual fund shares can be complex. If you sell appreciated mutual fund shares that you’ve owned for more than one year, the profit will be a long-term capital gain. As such, the top federal income tax rate will be 20% and you may also owe the 3.8% net investment income tax. One difficulty is that certain mutual fund transactions are treated as sales even though they might not seem like it. For example, many funds provide checkwriting privileges. Each time you write a check on your fund account, you’re selling shares. Another problem may arise in determining your basis for shares sold. Contact us. We can explain in greater detail how the rules apply to you

Stop Tax ID Theft!

Posted by Admin Posted on Feb 07 2020

There still might be time to cut your tax bill with IRAs

Posted by Admin Posted on Feb 04 2020

If you’re getting ready to file your 2019 tax return, and your tax bill is higher than you’d like, there may still be an opportunity to lower it. If you qualify, you can make a deductible contribution to a traditional IRA right up until the Wed., April 15, 2020, filing date and benefit from the resulting tax savings on your 2019 return. For 2019 if you’re qualified, you can make a deductible traditional IRA contribution of up to $6,000 ($7,000 if you’re 50 or over). To be qualified, you must meet rules involving your income and whether you’re an active participant in an employer-sponsored retirement plan. If you’d like more information about whether you can contribute to an IRA, contact us

Numerous tax limits affecting businesses have increased for 2020

Posted by Admin Posted on Jan 28 2020

An array of tax-related limits affecting businesses are annually indexed for inflation, and many have increased for 2020. For example, the Section 179 expensing limit has gone up to $1.04 million from $1.02 million. Also up are the income-based phase-ins for certain limits on the Sec. 199A qualified business income deduction for owners of pass-through entities. And most limits related to employer-sponsored retirement plans, such as 401(k)s, are higher this year. This includes employee contributions to 401(k) plans, which are up $500 this year to $19,500. If you have questions about the tax limits that will affect your business in 2020, contact us.

Can you deduct charitable gifts on your tax return?

Posted by Admin Posted on Jan 21 2020

Many people who used to claim a tax break for making charitable contributions are no longer eligible. That’s because of some tax law changes that went into effect a couple years ago. You can only claim a deduction if you itemize deductions on your tax return and your itemized deductions exceed the standard deduction. Today’s much higher standard deduction combined with limits or suspensions on some common itemized deductions means you may no longer have enough itemized deductions to exceed the standard deduction. If you do meet the rules for itemizing, there are still other requirements to claim a charitable deduction. Contact us with questions.

What landlords should know about taxes

Posted by Admin Posted on Jan 17 2020

4 new law changes that may affect your retirement plan

Posted by Admin Posted on Jan 07 2020

If you save for retirement with an IRA or other plan, be aware there’s a new law that makes several changes to these accounts. For example, the SECURE Act repealed the maximum age for making traditional IRA contributions. Before 2020, traditional IRA contributions weren’t allowed once you reached age 70½. Starting in 2020, an individual of any age can make contributions, as long as he or she has compensation. The required minimum distribution age was also raised from 70½ to 72. In addition, penalty-free withdrawals up to $5,000 are now allowed from a retirement plan for birth or adoption expenses. These are only some of the new law changes. Questions? Don’t hesitate to contact us.

New law provides a variety of tax breaks to businesses and employers

Posted by Admin Posted on Dec 30 2019

While you were celebrating the holidays, you may have missed a law that passed with a grab bag of provisions providing tax relief to businesses and employers. It makes many changes to the tax code, including an extension (generally through 2020) of provisions that were set to expire or already expired. For example, the law extended the employer tax credit for paid family and medical leave through 2020, as well as the Work Opportunity Tax Credit for hiring individuals who are members of targeted groups. It also repealed the “Cadillac tax” on high-cost employer-sponsored health coverage. These are only a few provisions of the new law. If you have questions, don’t hesitate to contact us.

Congress gives a holiday gift in the form of favorable tax provisions

Posted by Admin Posted on Dec 26 2019

As part of a year-end budget bill, Congress just passed a package of tax provisions that will provide savings for some taxpayers. It contains a variety of tax breaks. For example, the age limit for IRA contributions is being raised from age 70½ to 72. The age to take required minimum distributions (RMDs) is also going up from 70½ to 72. Most of the tax “extenders” have been reinstated through 2020. In addition, there is a package of retirement-related provisions, including new rules that allow some part-time employees to participate in 401(k) plans. These are only some of the provisions in the new law. Contact us with any questions.

Is it Time to Change Employee Performance Reviews?

Posted by Admin Posted on Dec 20 2019

Do you have a side gig? Make sure you understand your tax obligations

Posted by Admin Posted on Dec 17 2019

The number of people engaged in the “gig” or sharing economy has grown in recent years. And there are tax consequences for the people who perform these jobs, such as providing car rides, renting spare rooms, delivering food and walking dogs. Generally, if you receive income from these gigs, it’s taxable. That’s true even if the income comes from a side job and if you don’t receive a 1099-MISC or 1099-K form reporting the money you made. You may need to make quarterly estimated tax payments because your income isn’t subject to withholding. Some or all of your business expenses may be deductible on your tax return, subject to the normal tax limitations and rules. Contact us to learn more.

Adopting a child? Bring home tax savings with your bundle of joy

Posted by Admin Posted on Dec 12 2019

If you’re adopting a child, or you adopted one this year, there may be significant tax benefits available to offset the expenses. For 2019, adoptive parents may be able to claim a nonrefundable credit against their federal tax for up to $14,080 of “qualified adoption expenses” for each adopted child. (This amount is increasing to $14,300 for 2020.) The credit allowable for 2019 is phased out for taxpayers with adjusted gross income (AGI) of $211,160 ($214,520 for 2020). It is eliminated when AGI reaches $251,160 for 2019 ($254,520 for 2020). We can help ensure that you meet all the requirements to get the full benefit of the tax savings available to adoptive parents.

Holiday parties and gifts can help show your appreciation and provide tax breaks

Posted by Admin Posted on Dec 03 2019

The holiday season is in full swing. Your business may want to show its gratitude to employees and customers by giving them gifts or hosting parties. It’s a good idea to understand the tax rules involved. Are they tax deductible by your business and taxable to the recipients? Gifts to customers are generally deductible up to $25 per recipient per year. De minimis, noncash gifts to employees (such as a holiday turkey) aren’t included in their taxable income yet are deductible by you. Holiday parties are 100% deductible if they’re primarily for the benefit of non-highly-paid employees and their families. If customers attend, parties may be partially deductible. Contact us with questions.

Medical expenses: What it takes to qualify for a tax deduction

Posted by Admin Posted on Nov 26 2019

Medical services and prescriptions are expensive. You may be able to deduct some expenses on your tax return but the rules make it difficult for many people to qualify. You may be able to time certain medical expenses to your tax advantage. For 2019, the medical expense deduction can only be claimed to the extent unreimbursed costs exceed 10% of your adjusted gross income. You also must itemize deductions. If your total itemized deductions will exceed your standard deduction, moving nonurgent medical procedures and other expenses into 2019 may allow you to exceed the 10% floor. This might include refilling prescriptions, buying eyeglasses, going to the dentist and getting elective surgery.

What is your taxpayer filing status?

Posted by Admin Posted on Nov 19 2019

When you file your tax return, you do so with one of five filing statuses. It’s possible that more than one status will apply. The box checked on your return generally depends in part on whether you’re unmarried or married on December 31. Here are the filing statuses: Single, married filing jointly, married filing separately, head of household and qualifying widow(er) with a dependent child. Head of household status can be more favorable than filing as a single person, but special rules apply. You must generally be unmarried, have a qualifying child (or dependent relative) and meet certain rules involving “maintaining a household.” If you have questions about your filing status, contact us.

5 Ways to trim 2019 taxes

Posted by Admin Posted on Nov 15 2019

Using your 401(k) plan to save this year and next

Posted by Admin Posted on Nov 12 2019

Does your employer offer a 401(k) or Roth 401(k) plan? Contributing to it is a taxwise way to build a nest egg. If you’re not already socking away the maximum allowed, consider increasing your contribution between now and year end. With a 401(k), an employee elects to have a certain amount of pay deferred and contributed by an employer on his or her behalf to the plan. The contribution limit for 2019 is $19,000. Employees age 50 or older by year end are also permitted to make additional “catch-up” contributions of $6,000, for a total limit of $25,000 in 2019. The IRS just announced that the 401(k) contribution limit for 2020 will increase to $19,500 (plus the $6,500 catch-up contribution).

Small businesses: Stay clear of a severe payroll tax penalty

Posted by Admin Posted on Nov 05 2019

Managing payroll is a laborious task for small businesses. But it’s critical to withhold the right amount of taxes from employees and pay them over to the federal government on time. If you don’t, you could be hit with the Trust Fund Recovery Penalty, also known as the 100% penalty. It applies to the Social Security and income taxes required to be withheld by a business from its employees’ wages. It’s called the 100% penalty because people liable or responsible for the taxes can be personally penalized 100% of the taxes due. Absolutely no failure to withhold and no “borrowing” from withheld amounts should ever be allowed in your business. Contact us for more information.

IRA charitable donations are an alternative to taxable required distributions

Posted by Admin Posted on Oct 29 2019

Are you charitably minded and have a significant amount of money in an IRA? If you’re age 70-1/2 or older, and don’t need the money from required minimum distributions, you may benefit by giving these amounts to charity. A popular way to transfer IRA assets to charity is through a tax provision that allows IRA owners who are 70-1/2 or older to give up to $100,000 per year of their IRA distributions to charity. These distributions are called qualified charitable distributions, or QCDs. The money given to charity counts toward the donor’s required minimum distributions (RMDs) but doesn’t increase the donor’s adjusted gross income or generate a tax bill. Contact us for more information.

Selling securities by year end? Avoid the wash sale rule

Posted by Admin Posted on Oct 22 2019

If you’re planning to sell assets at a loss to offset gains that have been realized during the year, it’s important to be aware of the “wash sale” rule. Under this rule, if you sell stock or securities for a loss and buy substantially identical stock or securities back within the 30-day period before or after the sale date, the loss can’t be claimed for tax purposes. The rule is designed to prevent taxpayers from using the tax benefit of a loss without parting with ownership in a significant way. Note that the rule applies to a 30-day period before or after the sale date to prevent “buying the stock back” before it’s even sold. Contact us if you have any questions.

Use a Coverdell ESA to help pay college, elementary and secondary school costs

Posted by Admin Posted on Oct 15 2019

You may be able to save for your child’s or grandchild’s education with a Coverdell Education Savings Account (ESA). There’s no upfront federal tax deduction for contributions, but the earnings grow tax-free. No tax is due when the account funds are withdrawn, to the extent the amounts don’t exceed the child’s qualified education expenses. Qualified expenses include college tuition, fees, books and room, as well as elementary and secondary school expenses. The annual contribution limit is $2,000 a year from all contributors for all ESAs for the same child. The amount you can contribute is phased out if your modified adjusted gross income exceeds $95,000 ($190,000 for married joint filers).

Understanding and controlling the unemployment tax costs of your business

Posted by Admin Posted on Oct 08 2019

Employers must pay federal unemployment tax on amounts up to $7,000 paid to each employee as wages during the year. The tax rate is 6% but it can be reduced by a credit for contributions paid into state unemployment funds. Typically, the more claims made against a business, the higher the unemployment tax bill. But there may be ways to control costs. Don’t hire employees to fill short-term jobs. To avoid layoffs, use temps. If you must hire, do so carefully to increase the chance that employees will work out. And if you terminate someone, provide severance and outplacement services, which may delay the start of unemployment benefits and cause them to end sooner. Contact us for more ideas.

Capital Gains Rates: The Long and Short of it

Posted by Admin Posted on Sept 27 2019

Uncle Sam may provide relief from college costs on your tax return

Posted by Admin Posted on Sept 17 2019

We all know college is expensive. Fortunately, there are two sizable federal tax credits for higher education costs that you may be able to claim. The American Opportunity credit generally provides the biggest benefit to most taxpayers. It offers a maximum benefit of $2,500. But it phases out based on modified adjusted gross income (MAGI). For 2019, the MAGI phaseout ranges are between $80,000 and $90,000 for single taxpayers, and between $160,000 and $180,000 for married joint filers. There’s also the Lifetime Learning credit, which equals 20% of qualified education expenses for up to $2,000 per tax return. There are requirements to qualify for both credits. Contact us for more information.

2019 Q4 tax calendar: Key deadlines for businesses and other employers

Posted by Admin Posted on Sept 11 2019

Here are a few key tax-related deadlines for businesses and other employers during Quarter 4 of 2019. OCT. 15: If a calendar-year C corp. that filed an extension, file a 2018 income tax return. OCT. 31: Report income tax withholding and FICA taxes for Q3 2019 (unless eligible for Nov. 12 deadline). DEC. 16: If a calendar-year C corp., pay the fourth installment of 2019 estimated income taxes. Contact us for more about the filing requirements and to ensure you’re meeting all applicable deadlines.

The next estimated tax deadline is September 16: Do you have to make a payment?

Posted by Admin Posted on Sept 03 2019

If you’re self-employed and don’t have paycheck withholding, you probably have to make estimated tax payments. These payments must be sent to the IRS on a quarterly basis. The 3rd 2019 estimated tax payment deadline for individuals is Monday, Sept. 16. Even if you do have some withholding from paychecks or other payments, you may still have to make estimated payments if you receive income such as Social Security, prizes, rent, interest and dividends. Generally, taxpayers send four equal installments. But people who earn income unevenly during the year (for example, from a seasonal business) may be able to send smaller payments. Contact us if you have questions about the estimated tax rules.

Expenses that teachers can and can’t deduct on their tax returns

Posted by Admin Posted on Aug 27 2019

As teachers head back to school, they often pay expenses for which they don’t receive reimbursement. Fortunately, they may be able to deduct some of them on their tax returns. You don’t have to itemize your deductions to claim this “above-the-line” tax break. For 2019, educators can deduct up to $250 of eligible expenses that weren’t reimbursed. Eligible expenses include books, supplies, computer equipment, software, other classroom materials, and professional development courses. To be eligible, taxpayers must be kindergarten through grade 12 teachers, instructors, counselors, principals or aides. They must also work at least 900 hours a school year in an elementary or secondary school.

Taking distributions from your traditional IRA

Posted by Admin Posted on Aug 20 2019

If you’re like many people, you’ve worked hard to accumulate a large nest egg in your traditional IRA (or a SEP-IRA). It’s critical to carefully plan for withdrawals. For example, if you need to take money out of your traditional IRA before age 59-1/2, the distribution will generally be taxable. In addition, distributions before age 59-1/2 may be subject to a 10% penalty tax. (However, several exceptions may allow you to avoid the penalty tax but not the regular income tax.) And once you reach age 70-1/2, distributions from a traditional IRA must begin. If you don’t withdraw the minimum amount each year, you may have to pay a 50% penalty tax on what should have been taken but wasn’t.

Avoid Common Slip-Ups

Posted by Admin Posted on Aug 16 2019

The tax implications of being a winner

Posted by Admin Posted on Aug 06 2019

If you’re lucky enough to be a winner at gambling or the lottery, congratulations! But be aware there are tax consequences. You must report 100% of your winnings as taxable income. If you itemize deductions, you can deduct losses but only up to the amount of winnings. You report lottery winnings as income in the year you actually receive them. In the case of noncash prizes (such as a car), this would be the year the prize is received. With cash, if you take the winnings in annual installments, you only report each year’s installment as income for that year. These are just the basic rules. Contact us with questions. We can help you minimize taxes and stay in compliance with all requirements.

The “kiddie tax” hurts families more than ever

Posted by Admin Posted on July 30 2019

Congress created the “kiddie tax” to discourage parents from putting investments in their children’s names to save tax. Over the years, it has gradually affected more families because the age at which it generally applies was raised to children under age 19 and full-time students under age 24 (unless the children provide more than half of their own support). Now, under the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act, the kiddie tax hits even harder. For 2019, an affected child’s unearned income above $2,200 generally will be taxed at rates paid by trusts and estates, up to 37%. That means children’s unearned income could be taxed at higher rates than their parents’ income. Contact us for details.

Do you get a "tingling" feeling from the IRS?

Posted by Admin Posted on July 26 2019

The “nanny tax” must be paid for more than just nannies

Posted by Admin Posted on July 23 2019

You may have heard of the “nanny tax.” But even if you don’t employ a nanny, it may apply to you. Hiring a housekeeper or other household employee (who isn’t an independent contractor) may make you liable for federal income tax, Social Security and Medicare (FICA) tax and federal unemployment tax. You may also have state tax obligations. In 2019, you must withhold and pay FICA taxes if your worker earns cash wages of $2,100 or more. You pay household worker obligations by increasing your quarterly estimated tax payments or increasing withholding from wages, rather than making a lump-sum payment. Employment taxes are then reported on your tax return. Contact us for assistance.

It’s a good time to buy business equipment and other depreciable property

Posted by Admin Posted on July 16 2019

The Section 179 deduction has long provided a tax windfall to businesses, enabling them to claim immediate deductions for qualified assets, instead of depreciating them over time. For 2019, the maximum deduction is $1.02 million, subject to a phaseout rule if more than $2.55 million of eligible property is placed in service during the tax year. Even better, the Sec. 179 deduction isn’t the only avenue for immediate tax write-offs for assets such as machinery and equipment. Under the 100% bonus depreciation tax break, the entire cost of eligible assets placed in service in 2019 can be written off this year. Contact us to learn how your business can maximize the deductions.

Volunteering for charity: Do you get a tax break?

Posted by Admin Posted on July 09 2019

Are you a volunteer who works for charity? You may be entitled to some tax breaks if you itemize deductions on your tax return. Unfortunately, they may not amount to as much as you think your generosity is worth. Because donations to charity of cash or property generally are tax deductible for itemizers, it may seem like donations of something more valuable for many people — their time — would also be deductible. However, no tax deduction is allowed for the value of time you spend volunteering or the services you perform for a charitable organization. However, you potentially can deduct out-of-pocket costs associated with your volunteer work. Many rules apply, so contact us with questions.

You may have to pay tax on Social Security benefits

Posted by Admin Posted on July 02 2019

If you’re getting close to retirement age, you may be wondering if your Social Security benefits are going to be taxed. The answer depends on your other income. If you’re taxed, up to 85% of your payments will be hit with federal income tax. (There could also be state tax.) If you file a joint tax return and your “provisional income,” plus half your Social Security benefits, isn’t above $32,000 ($25,000 if unmarried), none of your benefits are taxed. If your provisional income is above those amounts, you must report a certain percentage of your benefits as income. Contact us for help with the exact calculations. We can also help you plan to keep taxes as low as possible during retirement.

If your kids are off to day camp, you may be eligible for a tax break

Posted by Admin Posted on June 25 2019

Now that most schools are out for the summer, you might be sending your children to day camp. The good news: You might be eligible for a tax break for the cost.Day camp is a qualified expense under the child and dependent care credit, which is worth 20% to 35% of qualifying expenses, up to a maximum of $3,000 for one qualifying child and $6,000 for two or more. Note: Sleep-away camp doesn’t qualify. Eligible costs for care must be employment-related. In other words, they must enable you to work or look for work if you’re unemployed. Additional rules apply. Contact us if you have questions about your eligibility for this credit and other tax breaks for parents.

Confidential Fraud Hotlines Work

Posted by Admin Posted on June 21 2019

2019 Q3 tax calendar: Key deadlines for businesses and other employers

Posted by Admin Posted on June 19 2019

Here are some key tax-related deadlines for businesses and other employers during Quarter 3 of 2019. JULY 31: Report income tax withholding and FICA taxes for Q2 2019 (unless eligible for an Aug. 12 deadline). File a 2018 calendar-year retirement plan report or request an extension. SEPT. 16: If a calendar-year partnership or S corp. that filed an extension, file a 2018 income tax return. If a calendar-year C corp., pay the third installment of 2019 estimated income taxes. Contact us for more about the filing requirements and to ensure you meet all applicable deadlines.

Donating your vehicle to charity may not be a taxwise decision

Posted by Admin Posted on June 11 2019

Let’s say you’re buying a new car and want to get rid of your old one. You’ve heard ads claiming you can get a tax deduction for donating a car to charity. But this may not result in a big deduction — or any at all. It depends on whether you itemize and what the charity does with the vehicle. For cars worth more than $500, the deduction is the amount for which the charity sells the car. However, if a charity uses the car in its operations or materially improves it before selling, your deduction is based on the car’s fair market value at the time of donating. You also must itemize deductions. You can’t claim a deduction if you take the standard deduction. Contact us for more details.

How valuators adjust a financial picture

Posted by Admin Posted on June 07 2019

Thinking about moving to another state in retirement? Don’t forget about taxes

Posted by Admin Posted on June 04 2019

If you’re thinking about relocating to another state in retirement, consider the impact of state and local taxes. It may seem like a state with no income tax is a smart choice, but you also have to factor in property and sales taxes, as well as any state estate tax. If you make a move to a new state and want to escape taxes in the state you came from, it’s important to establish legal domicile in the new location. How? Take steps such as buying a new home, changing your mailing address, registering to vote and getting a driver’s license in the new state. Before deciding where to live in retirement, do some research and contact us. We can help you avoid unpleasant tax surprises.

The chances of IRS audit are down but you should still be prepared

Posted by Admin Posted on May 29 2019

The IRS just released its audit statistics for the 2018 fiscal year, and fewer taxpayers had their returns examined compared with prior years. Overall, just 0.59% of individual tax returns were audited (down from 0.62% in 2017). This was the smallest number of audits conducted since 2002. However, even though a small percentage of returns are being chosen for audit these days, that will be little consolation if yours is one of them. The easiest way to survive an IRS audit is to prepare. On an ongoing basis, systematically maintain documentation (invoices, bills, canceled checks, receipts, or other proof) for all items reported on your returns. Contact us if you receive an IRS audit letter.

Hire your children this summer: Everyone wins

Posted by Admin Posted on May 21 2019

If you’re a business owner with children, hiring them for the summer can provide many benefits. One is tax savings. By shifting business income to a child as wages for services performed, you can turn your high-taxed income into tax-free or low-taxed income. You may also be able to realize payroll tax savings (depending on the child’s age and how your business is organized) and enable retirement plan contributions for the children. Everybody wins! Many rules apply. Contact us to learn more.

Selling your home? Consider these tax implications

Posted by Admin Posted on May 14 2019

Depending on where you live, you may see “for sale” signs dotting the landscape. Spring and summer are the optimum seasons for selling a home. So it’s a good time to review the tax implications. If you’re selling your principal residence, you can exclude up to $250,000 ($500,000 for joint filers) of gain, so long as you meet certain tests. For example, you must have owned the property for at least two years during the five-year period ending on the sale date. A loss generally isn’t deductible, but if part of your home is rented out or used exclusively for your business, the loss attributable to that portion might be. Contact us with questions.

Check on your refund — and find out why the IRS might not send it

Posted by Admin Posted on May 07 2019

Are you wondering where your tax refund is? According to the IRS, most refunds are issued in less than 21 calendar days. If you’re curious about when yours will arrive, you can use the IRS “Where’s My Refund?” tool. Go to and click “Check My Refund Status.” In some cases, taxpayers may be notified that all or part of their refunds aren’t going to be paid because they’re going to “offset” past-due debts. These include federal or state tax obligations; past-due child and spousal support; and certain delinquent student loans. If you have questions about your refund, contact us.

Plug in tax savings for electric vehicles

Posted by Admin Posted on May 01 2019

If you’re interested in purchasing an electric or hybrid vehicle, you may be eligible for a federal tax credit of up to $7,500. (Depending on where you live, there may also be state tax breaks.) However, the federal credit is subject to a phaseout rule that may reduce or eliminate the tax break based on how many sales are made by a manufacturer. The vehicles of 2 manufacturers (GM and Tesla) have already begun to be phased out, which means they now qualify for a partial tax credit. For a list of manufacturers and credit amounts, visit:

How entrepreneurs must treat expenses on their tax returns

Posted by Admin Posted on Apr 23 2019

Have you recently started a new business or are you contemplating starting one? Keep in mind that not all start-up expenses can be deducted on your federal tax return right away. Some expenses probably must be amortized over time. You might be able to make an election to deduct up to $5,000 currently, but the deduction is reduced by the amount by which your total start-up costs exceed $50,000. You can also deduct $5,000 of the organizational costs of creating a corporation or partnership. Contact us. We can help you maximize deductions for a start-up business.

I need a vacation!

Posted by Admin Posted on Apr 22 2019

Three questions you may have after you file your return

Posted by Admin Posted on Apr 16 2019

After filing a tax return, you may have questions. 1. Where’s my refund? Go to and click on “Refund Status” to find out. 2. How long must I save tax records? You should generally save them for 3 years after filing (although keep the actual returns indefinitely). But there are exceptions to this general rule. 3. If I forgot something on my return, can I still claim a refund? You can generally file an amended return to claim a refund within 3 years after the date you filed the original return or 2 years of the date you paid the tax, whichever is later.

Seniors: Medicare premiums could lower your tax bill

Posted by Admin Posted on Apr 11 2019

Medicare premiums and supplemental insurance can be more expensive than seniors expect. However, some taxpayers may be able to lower their tax bills by deducting Medicare premiums and other qualifying medical expenses. However, it can be difficult to qualify to claim medical expenses on your tax return. For 2019, you can deduct medical expenses only if you itemize deductions and only to the extent that total qualifying expenses exceeded 10% of adjusted gross income. Contact us if you have questions about writing off medical expenses, including Medicare premiums.

Make a deductible IRA contribution for 2018. It’s not too late!

Posted by Admin Posted on Apr 11 2019

You still have time to make your 2018 traditional and Roth IRA contributions. The deadline for most taxpayers is April 15, 2019. If you qualify, deductible contributions to traditional IRAs can lower your 2018 tax bill. Even nondeductible contributions can be beneficial because of tax-deferred growth. The 2018 contribution limit is $5,500 (plus $1,000 for those age 50 or older on Dec. 31, 2018). However, your deduction or contribution may be reduced or eliminated based on your income. Contact us to learn more about retirement saving in your situation.

Green energy & tax breaks

Posted by Admin Posted on Mar 25 2019

Stretch your college student’s spending money with the dependent tax credit

Posted by Admin Posted on Mar 19 2019

If you’re the parent of a child age 17 to 23, and you pay all (or most) of his or her expenses, you may be surprised to learn you’re not eligible for the child tax credit. But there’s a $500 dependent tax credit that may be available to you. That can provide some extra spending money! To qualify, you and your child must pass certain tests. These include: The child lives with you for over half the year; the child is over age 16 and up to age 23 if he or she is a student; and you provide over half of the child’s support for the year. Contact us for more details.

The 2018 gift tax return deadline is almost here

Posted by Admin Posted on Mar 13 2019

Did you make large gifts to your heirs in 2018? If so, it’s important to determine whether you’re required to file a gift tax return by April 15 (Oct. 15 if you file for an extension). Generally, you’ll need to file one if you made 2018 gifts that exceeded the $15,000-per-recipient gift tax annual exclusion (unless to your U.S. citizen spouse) and in certain other situations. But sometimes it’s desirable to file a gift tax return even if you aren’t required to. If you’re not sure whether you must (or should) file a 2018 gift tax return, contact us.

Vehicle-expense deduction ins and outs for individual taxpayers

Posted by Admin Posted on Mar 05 2019

It’s not just businesses that can deduct vehicle-related expenses. Individuals also can deduct them in certain circumstances. But the TCJA might reduce your deduction compared to your 2017 return. For 2017, miles driven for business, moving, medical and charitable purposes were potentially deductible. For 2018 through 2025, business and moving miles are deductible only in much more limited circumstances. The near-doubling of the standard deduction may also affect the tax benefit. Questions? Contact us. We can help you with your 2018 return and 2019 tax planning.

Beware the Ides of March — if you own a pass-through entity

Posted by Admin Posted on Feb 26 2019

Pass-through entity owners: Beware the Ides of March. Shakespeare’s words don’t apply just to Julius Caesar; they also apply to calendar-year partnerships, S corporations and limited liability companies treated as partnerships or S corporations for tax purposes. Why? The Ides of March, better known as March 15, is the federal income tax filing deadline for these entities. If you haven’t filed your return and are worried about having sufficient time to complete it, you can avoid the tragedy of a late return by filing for an extension. Contact us with questions.

There's a better way to raise college funds

Posted by Admin Posted on Feb 22 2019

Some of your deductions may be smaller (or nonexistent) when you file your 2018 tax return

Posted by Admin Posted on Feb 19 2019

While the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act reduces most income tax rates and expands some tax breaks, it may cause you to see these five itemized deductions shrink or disappear when you file your 2018 tax return: 1) state and local tax, 2) mortgage interest, 3) home equity debt interest, 4) miscellaneous, and 5) casualty and theft loss. The combination of a much larger standard deduction and smaller itemized deductions may mean that, even if itemizing has typically benefited you, you might now be better off taking the standard deduction. Contact us for details.

Why you shouldn’t wait to file your 2018 income tax return

Posted by Admin Posted on Feb 06 2019

The IRS opened the 2018 income tax return filing season on Jan. 28. Consider filing as soon as you can, even if you typically don’t file this early. It can help protect you from tax identity theft, in which a thief files a return using your Social Security number to claim a bogus refund. If you file first, it will be returns filed by any would-be thieves that are rejected by the IRS, not yours. Other benefits: You’ll get your refund sooner or, if you owe tax, you’ll know how much you owe sooner so you can be ready to pay it by April 15. Contact us with questions.

There’s still time to get substantiation for 2018 donations

Posted by Admin Posted on Jan 22 2019

To claim an itemized deduction for a donation of more than $250, generally you need a contemporaneous written acknowledgment from the charity. “Contemporaneous” means the earlier of 1) the date you file your income tax return, or 2) the extended due date of your return. If you made a donation in 2018 but haven’t received substantiation and you’d like to deduct it, consider requesting a written acknowledgment from the charity and waiting to file your 2018 return until you receive it. Additional rules apply to certain types of donations. Contact us to learn more.

Paper or Plastic?

Posted by Admin Posted on Jan 18 2019

What will your marginal income tax rate be?

Posted by Admin Posted on Jan 15 2019

Under the TCJA, unmarried taxpayers could see their taxes go up due to their filing status. To further eliminate the marriage “penalty,” the TCJA changed some of the middle tax brackets, negatively affecting some unmarried filers. For example, single and head of household filers could be pushed into the 32% (33% in 2017) and 35% tax brackets much more quickly than pre-TCJA. It will be hard to tell exactly how specific taxpayers will be affected by TCJA changes until they file their 2018 tax returns. Contact us for help assessing your tax bracket for 2018 and 2019.

2 major tax law changes for individuals in 2019

Posted by Admin Posted on Jan 08 2019

Most TCJA provisions went into effect in 2018 and apply through 2025 or are permanent, but two major changes affect individuals beginning in 2019: 1) While the TCJA reduced the medical expense deduction threshold from 10% of adjusted gross income to 7.5%, the reduction applies only to 2017 and 2018. So for 2019, the threshold returns to 10%. 2) For divorce agreements executed (or, in some cases, modified) after Dec. 31, 2018, alimony payments won’t be deductible by the payer but will be excluded from the recipient’s taxable income. Contact us for details.

You may be able to save more for retirement in 2019

Posted by Admin Posted on Dec 26 2018

Retirement plan contribution limits are indexed for inflation, and most have increased for 2019. So you may have opportunities to increase your retirement savings. Limits for 401(k)s, SIMPLEs and IRAs increase by $500, to $19,000, $13,000 and $6,000, respectively. Catch-up contributions (for taxpayers age 50 or older) remain unchanged, however. They’re $6,000, $3,000 and $1,000, respectively. Additional factors may affect how much you’re allowed to contribute. For more on how to make the most of tax-advantaged retirement-saving opportunities in 2019, contact us.

Act soon to save 2018 taxes on your investments

Posted by Admin Posted on Dec 18 2018

Do you have investments outside of tax-advantaged retirement plans? You may still have time to shrink your 2018 tax bill by selling some of them. If you’ve sold investments at a gain this year, consider selling some at a loss to absorb the gains. But if you’ve sold investments at a loss, consider selling some that have appreciated, to the extent that the gains will be absorbed by your losses. Keep in mind that tax considerations shouldn’t drive your investment decisions; also consider your risk tolerance, investment goals and other factors. Questions? Contact us!

SWOT away your company's biggest risks

Posted by Admin Posted on Dec 17 2018

Year-end tax and financial to-do list for individuals

Posted by Admin Posted on Dec 11 2018

With 2019 arriving here soon, there are several tax and financial to-dos you should address before 2018 ends. For example: Incur qualifying health care Flexible Spending Account expenses by Dec. 31 to use up these funds or you’ll potentially lose them. Also, max out contributions to retirement plans. Or, if applicable, take required minimum distributions from those plans. If gift and estate taxes are a concern, make $15,000 annual exclusion gifts. Finally, check your withholding and increase it if needed to avoid underpayment penalties. Contact us to learn more.

2019 Q1 tax calendar: Key deadlines for businesses and other employers

Posted by Admin Posted on Dec 04 2018

Here are a few key tax-related deadlines for businesses during Q1 of 2019. JAN. 31: File 2018 Forms W-2 with the Social Security Administration and provide copies to employees. Also provide copies of 2018 Forms 1099-MISC to recipients and, if reporting nonemployee compensation in Box 7, file, too. FEB. 28: File 2018 Forms 1099-MISC if not required earlier and paper filing. MAR. 15: If a calendar-year partnership or S corp., file or extend your 2018 tax return. Contact us to learn more about filing requirements and ensure you’re meeting all applicable deadlines.

Does prepaying property taxes make sense anymore?

Posted by Admin Posted on Nov 27 2018

Prepaying property taxes has been a popular year-end tax-planning strategy. But does it still make sense? For many, particularly those in high-tax states, it doesn’t. The TCJA made two changes that affect this strategy: 1) nearly doubling the standard deduction, so fewer taxpayers will itemize, and 2) putting a $10,000 cap on state and local tax deductions. If you no longer itemize or you’ve already used up your $10,000 limit (on income or sales taxes or on previous property tax installments), prepaying property tax will provide no benefit. Contact us for details.

Catch-up retirement plan contributions can be particularly advantageous post-TCJA

Posted by Admin Posted on Nov 20 2018

Will you be age 50 or older on December 31? Are you still working? Are you already contributing to your 401(k) up to the regular annual limit? Then you may want to make “catch-up” contributions by the end of the year. Increasing your retirement plan contributions can be particularly advantageous if your itemized deductions for 2018 will be smaller than in the past because of changes under the TCJA. The additional contributions can reduce your taxable income and help make up for the loss of some of your itemized deductions. Contact us for more information.

Mutual funds: Handle with care at year end

Posted by Admin Posted on Nov 13 2018

As we approach the end of 2018, it’s a good idea to review the mutual fund holdings in your taxable accounts and take steps to avoid potential tax traps. For example, near year end, funds typically distribute net realized capital gains to investors. These gains will be taxable to you regardless of whether received in cash or reinvested in the fund. So, for each fund, find out the size of distributions and the breakdown of long-term vs. short-term gains. If the tax impact will be significant, consider strategies to offset the gain. Contact us to learn more

Make your charitable gift a work of art

Posted by Admin Posted on Nov 09 2018

Buy business assets before year end to reduce your 2018 tax liability

Posted by Admin Posted on Nov 06 2018

Investing in business assets is a traditional and powerful year-end tax planning strategy, and it might make even more sense in 2018. Sec. 179 expensing and bonus depreciation both allow an immediate deduction for the cost of eligible asset purchases, rather than depreciating them over a number of years. The TCJA increases potential deductions under these breaks and expands the assets that are eligible. To qualify, you must place assets in service by the end of the year. So there’s still time to make purchases and reduce your 2018 taxes. Contact us to learn more.

Donate appreciated stock for twice the tax benefits

Posted by Admin Posted on Oct 30 2018

Did you know that you may be able to enjoy two tax benefits if you donate long-term appreciated stock instead of cash? First, if you itemize, you can claim a charitable deduction equal to the stock’s fair market value. Second, you can avoid the capital gains tax you’d pay if you sold the stock. But the charitable deduction will provide a tax benefit only if your total itemized deductions exceed your standard deduction, and the TCJA nearly doubled the standard deduction. Also, additional rules and limits apply. Contact us to learn more.

Could “bunching” medical expenses into 2018 save you tax?

Posted by Admin Posted on Oct 23 2018

Some of your medical expenses may be tax deductible, but only if you itemize deductions and have enough expenses to exceed the applicable floor for deductibility. With proper planning, you may be able to time controllable medical expenses to your tax advantage. The Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (TCJA) could make bunching such expenses into 2018 beneficial for some taxpayers. At the same time, certain taxpayers who’ve benefited from the deduction in previous years might no longer benefit because of the TCJA’s increase to the standard deduction. Contact us to learn more

Consider all the tax consequences before making gifts to loved ones

Posted by Admin Posted on Oct 16 2018

Many people choose to pass assets to the next generation during life, whether to reduce the size of their taxable estate, to help out family members or simply to see their loved ones enjoy the gifts. If you’re considering lifetime gifts, be aware that which assets you give can affect the tax consequences. For example, to minimize your heir’s income tax, gift property that hasn’t appreciated significantly while you’ve owned it. The heir can sell the property at a minimal income tax cost. Contact us to discuss the tax consequences of any gifts you’d like to make.

How an accountant shaped a major soft drink’s brand.

Posted by Admin Posted on Oct 12 2018

Tax-free fringe benefits help small businesses and their employees

Posted by Admin Posted on Oct 09 2018

In today’s tightening job market, to attract and retain the best employees, small businesses need to offer not only competitive pay, but also appealing fringe benefits. Those that are tax-free are especially attractive to employees. Examples include many types of insurance (health, disability, long-term care, life) and assistance plans (dependent care, adoption and educational), subject to certain limits. The tax treatment of some benefits, such as moving expense reimbursements and transportation benefits, has changed under the TCJA. Contact us to learn more.

Charitable IRA rollovers may be especially beneficial in 2018

Posted by Admin Posted on Oct 02 2018

If you’re age 70 1/2 or older, you can make direct contributions (up to $100,000 annually) from your IRA to a qualified charity without owing any income tax on the distributions. This break may be especially beneficial now because of TCJA changes that affect who can benefit from the itemized deduction for charitable donations. While you might be able to achieve a similar result from taking the RMD, contributing that amount to charity and taking an itemized deduction for the donation, fewer taxpayers benefit from itemizing under the TCJA. Contact us for details.

Tax planning for investments gets more complicated

Posted by Admin Posted on Sept 25 2018

For investors, fall is a good time to review year-to-date gains and losses. Doing so can help you determine whether to buy or sell investments before year end to save taxes. You also need to consider the TCJA. While it didn’t change long-term capital gains rates, it did change the tax brackets. For 2018 through 2025, these brackets are no longer linked to the ordinary-income tax brackets for individuals. So, for example, you could be subject to the top long-term capital gains rate even if you aren’t subject to the top ordinary-income rate. Questions? Contact us.

Got Medical Bills?

Posted by Admin Posted on Sept 24 2018

The tax deduction ins and outs of donating artwork to charity

Posted by Admin Posted on Sept 18 2018

If you collect art, appreciated artwork can make one of the best charitable gifts from a tax perspective. In general, donating appreciated property is doubly beneficial because you can both enjoy a valuable tax deduction and avoid the capital gains taxes you’d owe if you sold the property. The extra benefit from donating artwork comes from the fact that the top long-term capital gains rate for art is 28%, as opposed to 20% for most other appreciated property. To maximize your deduction, plan your gift carefully and follow all the rules. Contact us to learn more.

2018 Q4 tax calendar: Key deadlines for businesses and other employers

Posted by Admin Posted on Sept 11 2018

Here are a few key tax-related deadlines for businesses and other employers during Quarter 4 of 2018. OCT. 15: If a calendar-year C corp. that filed an extension, file a 2017 income tax return. OCT. 31: Report income tax withholding and FICA taxes for Q3 2018 (unless eligible for Nov. 13 deadline). DEC. 17: If a calendar-year C corp., pay fourth installment of 2018 estimated income taxes. Contact us for more about the filing requirements and to ensure you’re meeting all applicable deadlines

Do you need to make an estimated tax payment by September 17?

Posted by Admin Posted on Sept 04 2018

To avoid interest and penalties, you must make sufficient income tax payments long before your April filing deadline through withholding, estimated tax payments or both. The third 2018 estimated tax payment deadline for individuals is Sept. 17. If you don’t have an employer withholding tax from your pay, you likely need to make estimated tax payments. But even with withholding, such payments can be necessary if you have more than a nominal amount of income from self-employment, investments, alimony, awards, prizes or other sources. Contact us to learn more.

Back-to-school time means a tax break for teachers

Posted by Admin Posted on Aug 28 2018

When elementary and secondary school teachers are setting up their classrooms for the new school year, it’s common for them to pay for some classroom supplies out of pocket. A special tax break allows these educators to take an above-the-line deduction for up to $250 of these expenses. The deduction is especially important now due to the TCJA’s suspension of miscellaneous itemized deductions subject to the 2% of adjusted gross income floor, which before 2018 could be used for educator expenses. Contact us for details on the educator expense deduction.

Play your tax cards right with gambling wins and losses

Posted by Admin Posted on Aug 21 2018

If you gamble, play your tax cards right with your wins and losses. Changes under the TCJA could have an impact. You must report 100% of your winnings as taxable income, but you might pay a lower rate on them because of TCJA rate reductions. Gambling losses are still allowed as an itemized deduction (up to your winnings for the year), but, with the standard deduction nearly doubled under the TCJA, you might no longer benefit from itemizing. Finally, “professional” gamblers face tighter limits on deducting their gambling expenses. Contact us if you have questions.

Choosing the right accounting method for tax purposes

Posted by Admin Posted on Aug 14 2018

The Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (TCJA) liberalized the eligibility rules for using the cash method of accounting, making this method (which is simpler than the accrual method) available to more businesses. Now the IRS has provided procedures for obtaining automatic consent to change accounting method under the TCJA. If you’re eligible for both methods, consider whether switching would be beneficial. The cash method is typically preferable, but in some cases the accrual method is advantageous. We can help you make this decision and execute the change if appropriate.

What are the Biggest D&O Risks?

Posted by Admin Posted on Aug 10 2018

The TCJA prohibits undoing 2018 Roth IRA conversions, but 2017 conversions are still eligible

Posted by Admin Posted on Aug 07 2018

Converting a traditional IRA to a Roth IRA can provide tax-free growth and tax-free withdrawals in retirement. But conversions are subject to income tax. Before the TCJA, if you discovered a conversion would be too costly tax-wise, you could undo it using a “recharacterization” and avoid the tax hit. Effective with 2018 conversions, the TCJA prohibits recharacterizations. If, however, you converted to a Roth IRA in 2017, you have until Oct. 15, 2018, to undo it. We can help you assess whether to recharacterize a 2017 conversion or execute a 2018 conversion.

Why the “kiddie tax” is more dangerous than ever

Posted by Admin Posted on July 24 2018

Once upon a time, some parents attempted to save tax by putting investments in the names of their young children. To discourage such strategies, Congress created the “kiddie” tax, which has gradually become more far-reaching. Now, under the TCJA, the big, bad kiddie tax is more dangerous than ever. For 2018, an affected child’s unearned income beyond $2,100 generally will be taxed according to the brackets for trusts and estates. As a result, in many cases, children’s unearned income will be taxed at higher rates than their parents’ income. Contact us for details.

Close-up on the new QBI deduction’s wage limit

Posted by Admin Posted on July 17 2018

The TCJA allows qualifying noncorporate owners of pass-through entities to deduct as much as 20% of qualified business income. But once taxable income exceeds $315,000 for married couples filing jointly or $157,500 for other filers, a wage limit begins to phase in. When the limit is fully phased in, the deduction generally can’t exceed the greater of the owner’s share of a) 50% of the amount of W-2 wages paid to employees during the tax year, or b) the sum of 25% of W-2 wages plus 2.5% of the cost of qualified business property. Contact us to learn more.

Are Frequent Flyer Miles Taxable?

Posted by Admin Posted on July 13 2018

What you can deduct when volunteering

Posted by Admin Posted on July 10 2018

While donations to charity of cash or property generally are tax deductible (if you itemize), donations of time or services aren’t. But you potentially can deduct out-of-pocket costs associated with volunteer work, such as supplies, uniforms, transportation and even travel. To be deductible, the costs can’t be reimbursed or be “personal, living or family” expenses. And they must be directly connected to the services you’re providing and be incurred only because of your volunteering. Additional rules apply; contact us with questions.

Home green home: Save tax by saving energy

Posted by Admin Posted on July 03 2018

“Going green” at home can reduce your tax bill in addition to your energy bill, all while helping the environment. To reap all three benefits, you need to buy and install certain types of renewable energy equipment in your home. For 2018, you may be eligible for a tax credit of 30% of expenditures for installing qualified solar electricity generating equipment, solar water heating equipment, wind energy equipment, geothermal heat pump equipment and fuel cell electricity generating equipment. Additional rules and limits apply. To learn more, contact us.

Do you know the ABCs of HSAs, FSAs and HRAs?

Posted by Admin Posted on June 26 2018

Do you know the ABCs of HSAs, FSAs and HRAs? The accounts in this “alphabet soup” offer tax-advantaged health care funding. If you have a qualified high-deductible health plan (HDHP), you can contribute to an HSA. It can grow tax-deferred similar to an IRA. An HDHP isn’t required for you to contribute to an FSA. What you don’t use by year end, you lose, but there are exceptions. An HRA also doesn’t require an HDHP, but only your employer can contribute. Any unused portion typically is carried forward. Questions about taxes and health care expenses? Contact us.

2018 Q3 tax calendar: Key deadlines for businesses and other employers

Posted by Admin Posted on June 19 2018

Here are some key tax-related deadlines for businesses and other employers during Quarter 3 of 2018. JULY 31: Report income tax withholding and FICA taxes for Q2 2018 (unless eligible for Aug. 10 deadline). File a 2017 calendar-year retirement plan report or request an extension. SEPT. 17: If a calendar-year partnership or S corp. that filed an extension, file a 2017 income tax return. If a calendar-year C corp., pay third installment of 2018 estimated income taxes. Contact us for more about the filing requirements and to ensure you meet all applicable deadlines.

It's Midyear

Posted by Admin Posted on June 15 2018

The tax impact of the TCJA on estate planning

Posted by Admin Posted on June 12 2018

The massive changes the TCJA made to income taxes have garnered the most attention. But the new law also made major changes to gift and estate taxes. While the TCJA didn’t repeal these taxes, it did significantly reduce the number of taxpayers who’ll be subject to them by more than doubling the gift and estate tax exemption. Yet factoring taxes into your estate planning is still important. First, the higher exemptions are only temporary. Second, you still may face state estate tax. Third, tax-smart estate planning can reduce income tax. Questions? Contact us.

Factor in state and local taxes when deciding where to live in retirement

Posted by Admin Posted on June 05 2018

Thinking about retiring to another state? Consider state and local taxes. A state that has no personal income tax may appear to be the best option. But if you don’t also factor in property, sales and estate taxes, you could be hit with unpleasant tax surprises. Also look at what types of income a state taxes. Some don’t tax wages but do tax interest and dividends. Others offer tax breaks for retirement plan and Social Security income. And keep in mind the TCJA’s new $10,000 limit on the federal deduction for state and local taxes. Contact us to learn more.

Saving tax on restricted stock awards with the Sec. 83(b) election

Posted by Admin Posted on May 29 2018

If you receive restricted stock from your employer, you may have a tax-saving opportunity: the Section 83(b) election. Income recognition for restricted stock normally is deferred until the stock is vested or you sell it, when you pay taxes on the fair market value at your ordinary-income rate. But if you make the Sec. 83(b) election, you recognize ordinary income when you receive the stock. This converts future appreciation from ordinary income to long-term capital gains income taxed at lower rates. We can help determine whether the election makes sense for you.

The TCJA changes some rules for deducting pass-through business losses

Posted by Admin Posted on May 22 2018

The Tax Cuts and Jobs Act restricts the losses that owners of pass-through entities (including sole proprietors) can currently deduct. For tax years beginning in 2018 through 2025, an “excess business loss” can’t be deducted in the current year. This is the excess of your aggregate business deductions for the tax year over the sum of 1) your aggregate business income and gains for the tax year and 2) $250,000 ($500,000 if you’re a married joint-filer). The excess business loss is carried over to the next tax year. Additional rules apply. Contact us for details.

How to set up an accountable plan

Posted by Admin Posted on May 17 2018

Be aware of the tax consequences before selling your home

Posted by Admin Posted on May 16 2018

In many parts of the country, summer is peak season for selling a home. If you’re planning to put your home on the market soon, you’re probably thinking about things like how quickly it will sell and how much you’ll get for it. But don’t neglect to consider the tax consequences.

Home sale gain exclusion

The U.S. House of Representatives’ original version of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act included a provision tightening the rules for the home sale gain exclusion. Fortunately, that provision didn’t make it into the final version that was signed into law.

As a result, if you’re selling your principal residence, there’s still a good chance you’ll be able to exclude up to $250,000 ($500,000 for joint filers) of gain. Gain that qualifies for exclusion also is excluded from the 3.8% net investment income tax.

To qualify for the exclusion, you must meet certain tests. For example, you generally must own and use the home as your principal residence for at least two years during the five-year period preceding the sale. (Gain allocable to a period of “nonqualified” use generally isn’t excludable.) In addition, you can’t use the exclusion more than once every two years.

More tax considerations

Any gain that doesn’t qualify for the exclusion generally will be taxed at your long-term capital gains rate, as long as you owned the home for at least a year. If you didn’t, the gain will be considered short-term and subject to your ordinary-income rate, which could be more than double your long-term rate.

Here are some additional tax considerations when selling a home:

Tax basis. To support an accurate tax basis, be sure to maintain thorough records, including information on your original cost and subsequent improvements, reduced by any casualty losses and depreciation claimed based on business use.

Losses. A loss on the sale of your principal residence generally isn’t deductible. But if part of your home is rented out or used exclusively for your business, the loss attributable to that portion may be deductible.

Second homes. If you’re selling a second home, be aware that it won’t be eligible for the gain exclusion. But if it qualifies as a rental property, it can be considered a business asset, and you may be able to defer tax on any gains through an installment sale or a Section 1031 exchange. Or you may be able to deduct a loss.

A big investment

Your home is likely one of your biggest investments, so it’s important to consider the tax consequences before selling it. If you’re planning to put your home on the market, we can help you assess the potential tax impact. Contact us to learn more.

Who can — and who should — take the American Opportunity credit?

Posted by Admin Posted on Mar 21 2017

If you have a child in college, you may be eligible to claim the American Opportunity credit on your 2016 income tax return. If, however, your income is too high, you won’t qualify for the credit — but your child might. There’s one potential downside: If your dependent child claims the credit, you must forgo your dependency exemption for him or her. And the child can’t take the exemption.

The limits

The maximum American Opportunity credit, per student, is $2,500 per year for the first four years of postsecondary education. It equals 100% of the first $2,000 of qualified expenses, plus 25% of the next $2,000 of such expenses.

The ability to claim the American Opportunity credit begins to phase out when modified adjusted gross income (MAGI) enters the applicable phaseout range ($160,000–$180,000 for joint filers, $80,000–$90,000 for other filers). It’s completely eliminated when MAGI exceeds the top of the range.

Running the numbers

If your American Opportunity credit is partially or fully phased out, it’s a good idea to assess whether there’d be a tax benefit for the family overall if your child claimed the credit. As noted, this would come at the price of your having to forgo your dependency exemption for the child. So it’s important to run the numbers.

Dependency exemptions are also subject to a phaseout, so you might lose the benefit of your exemption regardless of whether your child claims the credit. The 2016 adjusted gross income (AGI) thresholds for the exemption phaseout are $259,400 (singles), $285,350 (heads of households), $311,300 (married filing jointly) and $155,650 (married filing separately).

If your exemption is fully phased out, there likely is no downside to your child taking the credit. If your exemption isn’t fully phased out, compare the tax savings your child would receive from the credit with the savings you’d receive from the exemption to determine which break will provide the greater overall savings for your family.

We can help you run the numbers and can provide more information about qualifying for the American Opportunity credit.

2016 IRA contributions — it’s not too late!

Posted by Admin Posted on Mar 14 2017

Yes, there’s still time to make 2016 contributions to your IRA. The deadline for such contributions is April 18, 2017. If the contribution is deductible, it will lower your 2016 tax bill. But even if it isn’t, making a 2016 contribution is likely a good idea

Benefits beyond a deduction

Tax-advantaged retirement plans like IRAs allow your money to grow tax-deferred — or, in the case of Roth accounts, tax-free. But annual contributions are limited by tax law, and any unused limit can’t be carried forward to make larger contributions in future years.

This means that, once the contribution deadline has passed, the tax-advantaged savings opportunity is lost forever. So it’s a good idea to use up as much of your annual limit as possible.

Contribution options

The 2016 limit for total contributions to all IRAs generally is $5,500 ($6,500 if you were age 50 or older on December 31, 2016). If you haven’t already maxed out your 2016 limit, consider making one of these types of contributions by April 18:

1. Deductible traditional. If you and your spouse don’t participate in an employer-sponsored plan such as a 401(k) — or you do but your income doesn’t exceed certain limits — the contribution is fully deductible on your 2016 tax return. Account growth is tax-deferred; distributions are subject to income tax.

2. Roth. The contribution isn’t deductible, but qualified distributions — including growth — are tax-free. Income-based limits, however, may reduce or eliminate your ability to contribute.

3. Nondeductible traditional. If your income is too high for you to fully benefit from a deductible traditional or a Roth contribution, you may benefit from a nondeductible contribution to a traditional IRA. The account can still grow tax-deferred, and when you take qualified distributions you’ll be taxed only on the growth. Alternatively, shortly after contributing, you may be able to convert the account to a Roth IRA with minimal tax liability.

Want to know which option best fits your situation? Contact us.

When an elderly parent might qualify as your dependent

Posted by Admin Posted on Mar 07 2017

It’s not uncommon for adult children to help support their aging parents. If you’re in this position, you might qualify for the adult-dependent exemption. It allows eligible taxpayers to deduct up to $4,050 for each adult dependent claimed on their 2016 tax return.

Basic qualifications

For you to qualify for the adult-dependent exemption, in most cases your parent must have less gross income for the tax year than the exemption amount. (Exceptions may apply if your parent is permanently and totally disabled.) Generally Social Security is excluded, but payments from dividends, interest and retirement plans are included.

In addition, you must have contributed more than 50% of your parent’s financial support. If you shared caregiving duties with a sibling and your combined support exceeded 50%, the exemption can be claimed even though no one individually provided more than 50%. However, only one of you can claim the exemption.

Factors to consider

Even though Social Security payments can usually be excluded from the adult dependent’s income, they can still affect your ability to qualify. Why? If your parent is using Social Security money to pay for medicine or other expenses, you may find that you aren’t meeting the 50% test.

Don’t forget about your home. If your parent lives with you, the amount of support you claim under the 50% test can include the fair market rental value of part of your residence. If the parent lives elsewhere — in his or her own residence or in an assisted-living facility or nursing home — any amount of financial support you contribute to that housing expense counts toward the 50% test.

Easing the financial burden

Sometimes caregivers fall just short of qualifying for the exemption. Should this happen, you may still be able to claim an itemized deduction for the medical expenses that you pay for the parent. To receive a tax benefit, the combined medical expenses paid for you, your dependents and your parent must exceed 10% of your adjusted gross income.

The adult-dependent exemption is just one tax break that you may be able to employ to ease the financial burden of caring for an elderly parent. Contact us for more information on qualifying for this break or others.

Tangible property safe harbors help maximize deductions

Posted by Admin Posted on Feb 28 2017

If last year your business made repairs to tangible property, such as buildings, machinery, equipment or vehicles, you may be eligible for a valuable deduction on your 2016 income tax return. But you must make sure they were truly “repairs,” and not actually “improvements.”

Why? Costs incurred to improve tangible property must be depreciated over a period of years. But costs incurred on incidental repairs and maintenance can be expensed and immediately deducted.

What’s an “improvement”?

In general, a cost that results in an improvement to a building structure or any of its building systems (for example, the plumbing or electrical system) or to other tangible property must be capitalized. An improvement occurs if there was a betterment, restoration or adaptation of the unit of property.

Under the “betterment test,” you generally must capitalize amounts paid for work that is reasonably expected to materially increase the productivity, efficiency, strength, quality or output of a unit of property or that is a material addition to a unit of property.

Under the “restoration test,” you generally must capitalize amounts paid to replace a part (or combination of parts) that is a major component or a significant portion of the physical structure of a unit of property.

Under the “adaptation test,” you generally must capitalize amounts paid to adapt a unit of property to a new or different use — one that isn’t consistent with your ordinary use of the unit of property at the time you originally placed it in service.

2 safe harbors

Distinguishing between repairs and improvements can be difficult, but a couple of IRS safe harbors can help:

1. Routine maintenance safe harbor. Recurring activities dedicated to keeping property in efficient operating condition can be expensed. These are activities that your business reasonably expects to perform more than once during the property’s “class life,” as defined by the IRS.

Amounts incurred for activities outside the safe harbor don’t necessarily have to be capitalized, though. These amounts are subject to analysis under the general rules for improvements.

2. Small business safe harbor. For buildings that initially cost $1 million or less, qualified small businesses may elect to deduct the lesser of $10,000 or 2% of the unadjusted basis of the property for repairs, maintenance, improvements and similar activities each year. A qualified small business is generally one with gross receipts of $10 million or less.

There is also a de minimis safe harbor as well as an exemption for materials and supplies up to a certain threshold. Contact us for details on these safe harbors and exemptions and other ways to maximize your tangible property deductions.

What you need to know about the tax treatment of ISOs

Posted by Admin Posted on Feb 07 2017

Incentive stock options allow you to buy company stock in the future at a fixed price equal to or greater than the stock’s fair market value on the grant date. If the stock appreciates, you can buy shares at a price below what they’re then trading for. However, complex tax rules apply to this type of compensation.

Current tax treatment

ISOs must comply with many rules but receive tax-favored treatment:

  • You owe no tax when ISOs are granted.
  • You owe no regular income tax when you exercise ISOs, but there could be alternative minimum tax (AMT) consequences.
  • If you sell the stock after holding the shares at least one year from the exercise date and two years from the grant date, you pay tax on the sale at your long-term capital gains rate. You also may owe the 3.8% net investment income tax (NIIT).
  • If you sell the stock before long-term capital gains treatment applies, a “disqualifying disposition” occurs and any gain is taxed as compensation at ordinary-income rates.

So if you were granted ISOs in 2016, there likely isn’t any impact on your 2016 income tax return. But if in 2016 you exercised ISOs or you sold stock you’d acquired via exercising ISOs, then it could affect your 2016 tax liability. And it’s important to properly report the exercise or sale on your return to avoid potential interest and penalties for underpayment of tax.

Future exercises and stock sales

If you receive ISOs in 2017 or already hold ISOs that you haven’t yet exercised, plan carefully when to exercise them. Waiting to exercise ISOs until just before the expiration date (when the stock value may be the highest, assuming the stock is appreciating) may make sense. But exercising ISOs earlier can be advantageous in some situations.

Once you’ve exercised ISOs, the question is whether to immediately sell the shares received or to hold on to them long enough to garner long-term capital gains treatment. The latter strategy often is beneficial from a tax perspective, but there’s also market risk to consider. For example, it may be better to sell the stock in a disqualifying disposition and pay the higher ordinary-income rate if it would avoid AMT on potentially disappearing appreciation.

The timing of the sale of stock acquired via an exercise could also positively or negatively affect your liability for higher ordinary-income tax rates, the top long-term capital gains rate and the NIIT.

Planning ahead

Keep in mind that the NIIT is part of the Affordable Care Act (ACA), and lawmakers in Washington are starting to take steps to repeal or replace the ACA. So the NIIT may not be a factor in the future. In addition, tax law changes are expected later this year that might include elimination of the AMT and could reduce ordinary and long-term capital gains rates for some taxpayers. When changes might go into effect and exactly what they’ll be is still uncertain.

If you’ve received ISOs, contact us. We can help you ensure you’re reporting everything properly on your 2016 return and evaluate the risks and crunch the numbers to determine the best strategy for you going forward.

The “manufacturers’ deduction” isn’t just for manufacturers

Posted by Admin Posted on Jan 31 2017

The Section 199 deduction is intended to encourage domestic manufacturing. In fact, it’s often referred to as the “manufacturers’ deduction.” But this potentially valuable tax break can be used by many other types of businesses besides manufacturing companies.

Sec. 199 deduction 101

The Sec. 199 deduction, also called the “domestic production activities deduction,” is 9% of the lesser of qualified production activities income or taxable income. The deduction is also limited to 50% of W-2 wages paid by the taxpayer that are allocable to domestic production gross receipts.

Yes, the deduction is available to traditional manufacturers. But businesses engaged in activities such as construction, engineering, architecture, computer software production and agricultural processing also may be eligible.

The deduction isn’t allowed in determining net self-employment earnings and generally can’t reduce net income below zero. But it can be used against the alternative minimum tax.

How income is calculated

To determine a company’s Sec. 199 deduction, its qualified production activities income must be calculated. This is the amount of domestic production gross receipts (DPGR) exceeding the cost of goods sold and other expenses allocable to that DPGR. Most companies will need to allocate receipts between those that qualify as DPGR and those that don’t — unless less than 5% of receipts aren’t attributable to DPGR.

DPGR can come from a number of activities, including the construction of real property in the United States, as well as engineering or architectural services performed stateside to construct real property. It also can result from the lease, rental, licensing or sale of qualifying production property, such as:

  • Tangible personal property (for example, machinery and office equipment),
  • Computer software, and
  • Master copies of sound recordings.

The property must have been manufactured, produced, grown or extracted in whole or “significantly” within the United States. While each situation is assessed on its merits, the IRS has said that, if the labor and overhead incurred in the United States accounted for at least 20% of the total cost of goods sold, the activity typically qualifies.

Contact us to learn whether this potentially powerful deduction could reduce your business’s tax liability when you file your 2016 return.

The investment interest expense deduction: Less beneficial than you might think

Posted by Admin Posted on Jan 24 2017

Investment interest — interest on debt used to buy assets held for investment, such as margin debt used to buy securities — generally is deductible for both regular tax and alternative minimum tax purposes. But special rules apply that can make this itemized deduction less beneficial than you might think.

Limits on the deduction

First, you can’t deduct interest you incurred to produce tax-exempt income. For example, if you borrow money to invest in municipal bonds, which are exempt from federal income tax, you can’t deduct the interest.

Second, and perhaps more significant, your investment interest deduction is limited to your net investment income, which, for the purposes of this deduction, generally includes taxable interest, nonqualified dividends and net short-term capital gains, reduced by other investment expenses. In other words, long-term capital gains and qualified dividends aren’t included.

However, any disallowed interest is carried forward. You can then deduct the disallowed interest in a later year if you have excess net investment income.

Changing the tax treatment

You may elect to treat net long-term capital gains or qualified dividends as investment income in order to deduct more of your investment interest. But if you do, that portion of the long-term capital gain or dividend will be taxed at ordinary-income rates.

If you’re wondering whether you can claim the investment interest expense deduction on your 2016 return, please contact us. We can run the numbers to calculate your potential deduction or to determine whether you could benefit from treating gains or dividends differently to maximize your deduction.

Deduction for state and local sales tax benefits some, but not all, taxpayers

Posted by Admin Posted on Jan 17 2017

The break allowing taxpayers to take an itemized deduction for state and local sales taxes in lieu of state and local income taxes was made “permanent” a little over a year ago. This break can be valuable to those residing in states with no or low income taxes or who purchase major items, such as a car or boat.

Your 2016 tax return

How do you determine whether you can save more by deducting sales tax on your 2016 return? Compare your potential deduction for state and local income tax to your potential deduction for state and local sales tax.

Don’t worry — you don’t have to have receipts documenting all of the sales tax you actually paid during the year to take full advantage of the deduction. Your deduction can be determined by using an IRS sales tax calculator that will base the deduction on your income and the sales tax rates in your locale plus the tax you actually paid on certain major purchases (for which you will need substantiation).

2017 and beyond

If you’re considering making a large purchase in 2017, you shouldn’t necessarily count on the sales tax deduction being available on your 2017 return. When the PATH Act made the break “permanent” in late 2015, that just meant that there’s no scheduled expiration date for it. Congress could pass legislation to eliminate the break (or reduce its benefit) at any time.

Recent Republican proposals have included elimination of many itemized deductions, and the new President has proposed putting a cap on itemized deductions. Which proposals will make it into tax legislation in 2017 and when various provisions will be signed into law and go into effect is still uncertain.

Questions about the sales tax deduction or other breaks that might help you save taxes on your 2016 tax return? Or about the impact of possible tax law changes on your 2017 tax planning? Contact us — we can help you maximize your 2016 savings and effectively plan for 2017.

Help prevent tax identity theft by filing early

Posted by Admin Posted on Jan 10 2017

If you’re like many Americans, you might not start thinking about filing your tax return until close to this year’s April 18 deadline. You might even want to file for an extension so you don’t have to send your return to the IRS until October 16.

But there’s another date you should keep in mind: January 23. That’s the date the IRS will begin accepting 2016 returns, and filing as close to that date as possible could protect you from tax identity theft.

Why early filing helps

In an increasingly common scam, thieves use victims’ personal information to file fraudulent tax returns electronically and claim bogus refunds. This is usually done early in the tax filing season. When the real taxpayers file, they’re notified that they’re attempting to file duplicate returns.

A victim typically discovers the fraud after he or she files a tax return and is informed by the IRS that the return has been rejected because one with the same Social Security number has already been filed for the same tax year. The IRS then must determine who the legitimate taxpayer is.

Tax identity theft can cause major headaches to straighten out and significantly delay legitimate refunds. But if you file first, it will be the tax return filed by a potential thief that will be rejected — not yours.

Another important date

Of course, in order to file your tax return, you’ll need to have your W-2s and 1099s. So another key date to be aware of is January 31 — the deadline for employers to issue 2016 W-2s to employees and, generally, for businesses to issue 1099s to recipients of any 2016 interest, dividend or reportable miscellaneous income payments.

Delays for some refunds

The IRS reminded taxpayers claiming the earned income tax credit or the additional child tax credit to expect a longer wait for their refunds. A law passed in 2015 requires the IRS to hold refunds on tax returns claiming these credits until at least February 15.

An additional benefit

Let us know if you have questions about tax identity theft or would like help filing your 2016 return early. If you’ll be getting a refund, an added bonus of filing early is that you’ll be able to enjoy your refund sooner.

2017 Q1 tax calendar: Key deadlines for businesses and other employers

Posted by Admin Posted on Jan 03 2017

Here are some of the key tax-related deadlines affecting businesses and other employers during the first quarter of 2017. Keep in mind that this list isn’t all-inclusive, so there may be additional deadlines that apply to you. Contact us to ensure you’re meeting all applicable deadlines and to learn more about the filing requirements.

January 31

  • File 2016 Forms W-2, “Wage and Tax Statement,” with the Social Security Administration and provide copies to your employees.
  • File 2016 Forms 1099-MISC, “Miscellaneous Income,” reporting nonemployee compensation payments in Box 7 with the IRS, and provide copies to recipients.
  • File Form 941, “Employer’s Quarterly Federal Tax Return,” to report Medicare, Social Security and income taxes withheld in the fourth quarter of 2016. If your tax liability is less than $2,500, you can pay it in full with a timely filed return. If you deposited the tax for the quarter in full and on time, you have until February 10 to file the return. Employers that have an estimated annual employment tax liability of $1,000 or less may be eligible to file Form 944,“Employer’s Annual Federal Tax Return.”
  • File Form 940, “Employer’s Annual Federal Unemployment (FUTA) Tax Return,” for 2016. If your undeposited tax is $500 or less, you can either pay it with your return or deposit it. If it’s more than $500, you must deposit it. However, if you deposited the tax for the year in full and on time, you have until February 10 to file the return.
  • File Form 945, “Annual Return of Withheld Federal Income Tax,” for 2016 to report income tax withheld on all nonpayroll items, including backup withholding and withholding on accounts such as pensions, annuities and IRAs. If your tax liability is less than $2,500, you can pay it in full with a timely filed return. If you deposited the tax for the year in full and on time, you have until February 10 to file the return.

February 28

File 2016 Forms 1099-MISC with the IRS and provide copies to recipients. (Note that Forms 1099-MISC reporting nonemployee compensation in Box 7 must be filed by January 31, beginning with 2016 forms filed in 2017.)

March 15

If a calendar-year partnership or S corporation, file or extend your 2016 tax return. If the return isn’t extended, this is also the last day to make 2016 contributions to pension and profit-sharing plans.


Want to save for education? Make 2016 ESA contributions by December 31

Posted by Admin Posted on Dec 20 2016

There are many ways to save for a child’s or grandchild’s education. But one has annual contribution limits, and if you don’t make a 2016 contribution by December 31, the opportunity will be lost forever. We’re talking about Coverdell Education Savings Accounts (ESAs).

How ESAs work

With an ESA, you contribute money now that the beneficiary can use later to pay qualified education expenses:

  • Although contributions aren’t deductible, plan assets can grow tax-deferred, and distributions used for qualified education expenses are tax-free.
  • You can contribute until the child reaches age 18 (except beneficiaries with special needs).
  • You remain in control of the account — even after the child is of legal age.
  • You can make rollovers to another qualifying family member.

Not just for college

One major advantage of ESAs over another popular education saving tool, the Section 529 plan, is that tax-free ESA distributions aren’t limited to college expenses; they also can fund elementary and secondary school costs. That means you can use ESA funds to pay for such qualified expenses as tutoring and private school tuition.

Another advantage is that you have more investment options. So ESAs are beneficial if you’d like to have direct control over how and where your contributions are invested.

Annual contribution limits

The annual contribution limit is $2,000 per beneficiary. However, the ability to contribute is phased out based on income.

The limit begins to phase out at a modified adjusted gross income (MAGI) of $190,000 for married filing jointly and $95,000 for other filers. No contribution can be made when MAGI hits $220,000 and $110,000, respectively.

Maximizing ESA savings

Because the annual contribution limit is low, if you want to maximize your ESA savings, it’s important to contribute every year in which you’re eligible. The contribution limit doesn’t carry over from year to year. In other words, if you don’t make a $2,000 contribution in 2016, you can’t add that $2,000 to the 2017 limit and make a $4,000 contribution next year.

However, because the contribution limit applies on a per beneficiary basis, before contributing make sure no one else has contributed to an ESA on behalf of the same beneficiary. If someone else has, you’ll need to reduce your contribution accordingly.

Would you like more information about ESAs or other tax-advantaged ways to fund your child’s — or grandchild’s — education expenses? Contact us!

Why making annual exclusion gifts before year end can still be a good idea

Posted by Admin Posted on Dec 13 2016

A tried-and-true estate planning strategy is to make tax-free gifts to loved ones during life, because it reduces potential estate tax at death. There are many ways to make tax-free gifts, but one of the simplest is to take advantage of the annual gift tax exclusion with direct gifts. Even in a potentially changing estate tax environment, making annual exclusion gifts before year end can still be a good idea.

What is the annual exclusion?

The 2016 gift tax annual exclusion allows you to give up to $14,000 per recipient tax-free without using up any of your $5.45 million lifetime gift tax exemption. If you and your spouse “split” the gift, you can give $28,000 per recipient. The gifts are also generally excluded from the generation-skipping transfer tax, which typically applies to transfers to grandchildren and others more than one generation below you.

The gifted assets are removed from your taxable estate, which can be especially advantageous if you expect them to appreciate. That’s because the future appreciation can also avoid gift and estate taxes.

Making gifts in 2016

The exclusion is scheduled to remain at $14,000 ($28,000 for split gifts) in 2017. But that’s not a reason to skip making annual exclusion gifts this year. You need to use your 2016 exclusion by Dec. 31 or you’ll lose it.

The exclusion doesn’t carry from one year to the next. For example, if you don’t make an annual exclusion gift to your daughter this year, you can’t add $14,000 to your 2017 exclusion to make a $28,000 tax-free gift to her next year.

While the President-elect and Republicans in Congress have indicated that they want to repeal the estate tax, it’s uncertain exactly what tax law changes will be passed, since the Republicans don’t have a filibuster-proof majority in the Senate. Plus, in some states there’s a state-level estate tax. So if you have a large estate, making 2016 annual exclusion gifts is generally still well worth considering.

We can help you determine how to make the most of your 2016 gift tax annual exclusion.

Can you pay bonuses in 2017 but deduct them this year?

Posted by Admin Posted on Dec 06 2016

You may be aware of the rule that allows businesses to deduct bonuses employees have earned during a tax year if the bonuses are paid within 2½ months after the end of that year (by March 15 for a calendar-year company). But this favorable tax treatment isn’t always available.

For one thing, only accrual-basis taxpayers can take advantage of the 2½ month rule — cash-basis taxpayers must deduct bonuses in the year they’re paid, regardless of when they’re earned. Even for accrual-basis taxpayers, however, the 2½ month rule isn’t automatic. The bonuses can be deducted in the year they’re earned only if the employer’s bonus liability is fixed by the end of the year.

The all-events test

For accrual-basis taxpayers, the IRS determines when a liability (such as a bonus) has been incurred — and, therefore, is deductible — by applying the “all-events test.” Under this test, a liability is deductible when:

  1. All events have occurred that establish the taxpayer’s liability,
  2. The amount of the liability can be determined with reasonable accuracy, and
  3. Economic performance has occurred.

Generally, the third requirement isn’t an issue; it’s satisfied when an employee performs the services required to earn a bonus. But the first two requirements can delay your tax deduction until the year of payment, depending on how your bonus plan is designed.

For example, many bonus plans require an employee to remain in the company’s employ on the payment date as a condition of receiving the bonus. Even if the amount of the bonus is fixed at the end of the tax year, and employees who leave the company before the payment date forfeit their bonuses, the all-events test isn’t satisfied until the payment date. Fortunately, it’s possible to accelerate deductions with a carefully designed bonus pool arrangement.

How a bonus pool works

In a 2011 ruling, the IRS said that employers may deduct bonuses in the year they’re earned — even if there’s a risk of forfeiture — as long as any forfeited bonuses are reallocated among the remaining employees in the bonus pool rather than retained by the employer. Under such a plan, an employer satisfies the all-events test because the aggregate bonus amount is fixed at the end of the year, even though amounts allocated to specific employees aren’t determined until the payment date.

Additional rules and limits apply to this strategy. To learn whether your current bonus plan allows you to take 2016 deductions for bonuses paid in early 2017, contact us. If you don’t qualify this year, we can also help you design a bonus plan for 2017 that will allow you to accelerate deductions next year.

Ensure your year-end donations will be deductible on your 2016 return

Posted by Admin Posted on Nov 29 2016

Donations to qualified charities are generally fully deductible, and they may be the easiest deductible expense to time to your tax advantage. After all, you control exactly when and how much you give. To ensure your donations will be deductible on your 2016 return, you must make them by year end to qualified charities.

When’s the delivery date?

To be deductible on your 2016 return, a charitable donation must be made by Dec. 31, 2016. According to the IRS, a donation generally is “made” at the time of its “unconditional delivery.” But what does this mean? Is it the date you, for example, write a check or make an online gift via your credit card? Or is it the date the charity actually receives the funds — or perhaps the date of the charity’s acknowledgment of your gift?

The delivery date depends in part on what you donate and how you donate it. Here are a few examples for common donations:

Check. The date you mail it.

Credit card. The date you make the charge.

Pay-by-phone account. The date the financial institution pays the amount.

Stock certificate. The date you mail the properly endorsed stock certificate to the charity.

Is the organization “qualified”?

To be deductible, a donation also must be made to a “qualified charity” — one that’s eligible to receive tax-deductible contributions.

The IRS’s online search tool, Exempt Organizations (EO) Select Check, can help you more easily find out whether an organization is eligible to receive tax-deductible charitable contributions. You can access EO Select Check at Information about organizations eligible to receive deductible contributions is updated monthly.

Many additional rules apply to the charitable donation deduction, so please contact us if you have questions about the deductibility of a gift you’ve made or are considering making. But act soon — you don’t have much time left to make donations that will reduce your 2016 tax bill.

There’s still time to benefit on your 2016 tax bill by buying business assets

Posted by Admin Posted on Nov 28 2016

In order to take advantage of two important depreciation tax breaks for business assets, you must place the assets in service by the end of the tax year. So you still have time to act for 2016.

Section 179 deduction

The Sec. 179 deduction is valuable because it allows businesses to deduct as depreciation up to 100% of the cost of qualifying assets in year 1 instead of depreciating the cost over a number of years. Sec. 179 can be used for fixed assets, such as equipment, software and leasehold improvements. Beginning in 2016, air conditioning and heating units were added to the list.

The maximum Sec. 179 deduction for 2016 is $500,000. The deduction begins to phase out dollar-for-dollar for 2016 when total asset acquisitions for the tax year exceed $200,010,000.

Real property improvements used to be ineligible. However, an exception that began in 2010 was made permanent for tax years beginning in 2016. Under the exception, you can claim a Sec. 179 deduction of up to $500,000 for certain qualified real property improvement costs.

Note: You can use Sec. 179 to buy an eligible heavy SUV for business use, but the rules are different from buying other assets. Heavy SUVs are subject to a $25,000 deduction limitation.

First-year bonus depreciation

For qualified new assets (including software) that your business places in service in 2016, you can claim 50% first-year bonus depreciation. (Used assets don’t qualify.) This break is available when buying computer systems, software, machinery, equipment, and office furniture.

Additionally, 50% bonus depreciation can be claimed for qualified improvement property, which means any eligible improvement to the interior of a nonresidential building if the improvement is made after the date the building was first placed in service. However, certain improvements aren’t eligible, such as enlarging a building and installing an elevator or escalator.

Contemplate what your business needs now

If you’ve been thinking about buying business assets, consider doing it before year end. This article explains only some of the rules involved with the Sec. 179 and bonus depreciation tax breaks. Contact us for ideas on how you can maximize your depreciation deductions.

Accelerating your property tax deduction to reduce your 2016 tax bill

Posted by Admin Posted on Nov 22 2016

Smart timing of deductible expenses can reduce your tax liability, and poor timing can unnecessarily increase it. When you don’t expect to be subject to the alternative minimum tax (AMT) in the current year, accelerating deductible expenses into the current year typically is a good idea. Why? Because it will defer tax, which usually is beneficial. One deductible expense you may be able to control is your property tax payment.

You can prepay (by December 31) property taxes that relate to 2016 but that are due in 2017, and deduct the payment on your return for this year. But you generally can’t prepay property taxes that relate to 2017 and deduct the payment on this year’s return.

Should you or shouldn’t you?

As noted earlier, accelerating deductible expenses like property tax payments generally is beneficial. Prepaying your property tax may be especially beneficial if tax rates go down for 2017, which could happen based on the outcome of the November election. Deductions save more tax when tax rates are higher.

However, under the President-elect’s proposed tax plan, some taxpayers (such as certain single and head of household filers) might be subject to higher tax rates. These taxpayers may save more tax from the property tax deduction by holding off on paying their property tax until it’s due next year.

Likewise, taxpayers who expect to see a big jump in their income next year that would push them into a higher tax bracket also may benefit by not prepaying their property tax bill.

More considerations

Property tax isn’t deductible for AMT purposes. If you’re subject to the AMT this year, a prepayment may hurt you because you’ll lose the benefit of the deduction. So before prepaying your property tax, make sure you aren’t at AMT risk for 2016.

Also, don’t forget the income-based itemized deduction reduction. If your income is high enough that the reduction applies to you, the tax benefit of a prepayment will be reduced.

Not sure whether you should prepay your property tax bill or what other deductions you might be able to accelerate into 2016 (or should consider deferring to 2017)? Contact us. We can help you determine the best year-end tax planning strategies for your specific situation.

Year-end tax strategies for accrual-basis taxpayers

Posted by Admin Posted on Nov 21 2016

The last month or so of the year offers accrual-basis taxpayers an opportunity to make some timely moves that might enable them to save money on their 2016 tax bill.

Record and recognize

The key to saving tax as an accrual-basis taxpayer is to properly record and recognize expenses that were incurred this year but won’t be paid until 2017. This will enable you to deduct those expenses on your 2016 federal tax return. Common examples of such expenses include:

  • Commissions, salaries and wages,
  • Payroll taxes,
  • Advertising,
  • Interest,
  • Utilities,
  • Insurance, and
  • Property taxes.

You can also accelerate deductions into 2016 without actually paying for the expenses in 2016 by charging them on a credit card. (This works for cash-basis taxpayers, too.) Accelerating deductible expenses into 2016 may be especially beneficial if tax rates go down for 2017, which could happen based on the outcome of the November election. Deductions save more tax when tax rates are higher.

Look at prepaid expenses

Also review all prepaid expense accounts and write off any items that have been used up before the end of the year. If you prepay insurance for a period of time beginning in 2016, you can expense the entire amount this year rather than spreading it between 2016 and 2017, as long as a proper method election is made. This is treated as a tax expense and thus won’t affect your internal financials.

Miscellaneous tax tips

Here are a few more year-end tax tips to consider:

  • Review your outstanding receivables and write off any receivables you can establish as uncollectible.
  • Pay interest on all shareholder loans to or from the company.
  • Update your corporate record book to record decisions and be better prepared for an audit.

Consult us for more details on how these and other year-end tax strategies may apply to your business.

Go Green, Save Green

Posted by Admin Posted on Nov 15 2016

A quick look at the President-elect’s tax plan for businesses

Posted by Admin Posted on Nov 14 2016

The election of Donald Trump as President of the United States could result in major tax law changes in 2017. Proposed changes spelled out in Trump’s tax reform plan released earlier this year that would affect businesses include:

  • Reducing the top corporate income tax rate from 35% to 15%,
  • Abolishing the corporate alternative minimum tax,
  • Allowing owners of flow-through entities to pay tax on business income at the proposed 15% corporate rate rather than their own individual income tax rate, although there seems to be ambiguity on the specifics of how this provision would work,
  • Eliminating the Section 199 deduction, also commonly referred to as the manufacturers’ deduction or the domestic production activities deduction, as well as most other business breaks — but, notably, not the research credit,
  • Allowing U.S. companies engaged in manufacturing to choose the full expensing of capital investment or the deductibility of interest paid, and
  • Enacting a deemed repatriation of currently deferred foreign profits at a 10% tax rate.

President-elect Trump’s tax plan is somewhat different from the House Republicans’ plan. With Republicans retaining control of both chambers of Congress, some sort of overhaul of the U.S. tax code is likely. That said, Republicans didn’t reach the 60 Senate members necessary to become filibuster-proof, which means they may need to compromise on some issues in order to get their legislation through the Senate.

So there’s still uncertainty as to which specific tax changes will ultimately make it into legislation and be signed into law.

It may make sense to accelerate deductible expenses into 2016 that might not be deductible in 2017 and to defer income to 2017, when it might be subject to a lower tax rate. But there is some risk to these strategies, given the uncertainty as to exactly what tax law changes will be enacted. Plus no single strategy is right for every business. Please contact us to develop the best year-end strategy for your business.

There’s still time to set up a retirement plan for 2016

Posted by Admin Posted on Nov 08 2016

Saving for retirement can be tough if you’re putting most of your money and time into operating a small business. However, many retirement plans aren’t difficult to set up and it’s important to start saving so you can enjoy a comfortable future.

So if you haven’t already set up a tax-advantaged plan, consider doing so this year.

Note: If you have employees, they generally must be allowed to participate in the plan, provided they meet the qualification requirements.

Here are three options:

  1. Profit-sharing plan. This is a defined contribution plan that allows discretionary employer contributions and flexibility in plan design. You can make deductible 2016 contributions as late as the due date of your 2016 tax return, including extensions — provided your plan exists on Dec. 31, 2016. For 2016, the maximum contribution is $53,000, or $59,000 if you are age 50 or older.
  2. Simplified Employee Pension (SEP). This is also a defined contribution plan that provides benefits similar to those of a profit-sharing plan. But you can establish a SEP in 2017 and still make deductible 2016 contributions as late as the due date of your 2016 income tax return, including extensions. In addition, a SEP is easy to administer. For 2016, the maximum SEP contribution is $53,000.
  3. Defined benefit plan. This plan sets a future pension benefit and then actuarially calculates the contributions needed to attain that benefit. The maximum annual benefit for 2016 is generally $210,000 or 100% of average earned income for the highest three consecutive years, if less. Because it’s actuarially driven, the contribution needed to attain the projected future annual benefit may exceed the maximum contributions allowed by other plans, depending on your age and the desired benefit. You can make deductible 2016 defined benefit plan contributions until your return due date, provided your plan exists on Dec. 31, 2016.

Contact us if you want more information about setting up the best retirement plan in your situation.

It’s critical to be aware of the tax rules surrounding your NQDC plan

Posted by Admin Posted on Nov 01 2016

Nonqualified deferred compensation (NQDC) plans pay executives at some time in the future for services to be currently performed. They differ from qualified plans, such as 401(k)s, in that:

  • NQDC plans can favor certain highly compensated employees,
  • Although the executive’s tax liability on the deferred income also may be deferred, the employer can’t deduct the NQDC until the executive recognizes it as income, and
  • Any NQDC plan funding isn’t protected from the employer’s creditors.

They also differ in terms of some of the rules that apply to them, and it’s critical to be aware of those rules.

What you need to know

Internal Revenue Code (IRC) Section 409A and related IRS guidance have tightened and clarified the rules for NQDC plans. Some of the most important rules to be aware of affect:

Timing of initial deferral elections. Executives must make the initial deferral election before the year in which they perform the services for which the compensation is earned. So, for instance, if you wish to defer part of your 2017 compensation to 2018 or beyond, you generally must make the election by the end of 2016.

Timing of distributions. Benefits must be paid on a specified date, according to a fixed payment schedule or after the occurrence of a specified event — such as death, disability, separation from service, change in ownership or control of the employer, or an unforeseeable emergency.

Elections to change timing or form. The timing of benefits can be delayed but not accelerated. Elections to change the timing or form of a payment must be made at least 12 months in advance. Also, new payment dates must be at least five years after the date the payment would otherwise have been made.

Employment tax issues

Another important NQDC tax issue is that employment taxes are generally due when services are performed or when there’s no longer a substantial risk of forfeiture, whichever is later. This is true even though the compensation isn’t actually paid or recognized for income tax purposes until later years. So your employer may:

  • Withhold your portion of the tax from your salary,
  • Ask you to write a check for the liability, or
  • Pay your portion, in which case you’ll have additional taxable income.

Consequences of noncompliance

The penalties for noncompliance can be severe: Plan participants (that is, you, the executive) will be taxed on plan benefits at the time of vesting, and a 20% penalty and potential interest charges also will apply. So if you’re receiving NQDC, you should check with your employer to make sure it’s addressing any compliance issues. And we can help incorporate your NQDC or other executive compensation into your year-end tax planning and a comprehensive tax planning strategy for 2016 and beyond.

Beware of income-based limits on itemized deductions and personal exemptions

Posted by Admin Posted on Oct 25 2016

Many tax breaks are reduced or eliminated for higher-income taxpayers. Two of particular note are the itemized deduction reduction and the personal exemption phaseout.

Income thresholds

If your adjusted gross income (AGI) exceeds the applicable threshold, most of your itemized deductions will be reduced by 3% of the AGI amount that exceeds the threshold (not to exceed 80% of otherwise allowable deductions). For 2016, the thresholds are $259,400 (single), $285,350 (head of household), $311,300 (married filing jointly) and $155,650 (married filing separately). The limitation doesn’t apply to deductions for medical expenses, investment interest, or casualty, theft or wagering losses.

Exceeding the applicable AGI threshold also could cause your personal exemptions to be reduced or even eliminated. The personal exemption phaseout reduces exemptions by 2% for each $2,500 (or portion thereof) by which a taxpayer’s AGI exceeds the applicable threshold (2% for each $1,250 for married taxpayers filing separately).

The limits in action

These AGI-based limits can be very costly to high-income taxpayers. Consider this example:

Steve and Mary are married and have four dependent children. In 2016, they expect to have an AGI of $1 million and will be in the top tax bracket (39.6%). Without the AGI-based exemption phaseout, their $24,300 of personal exemptions ($4,050 × 6) would save them $9,623 in taxes ($24,300 × 39.6%). But because their personal exemptions are completely phased out, they’ll lose that tax benefit.

The AGI-based itemized deduction reduction can also be expensive. Steve and Mary could lose the benefit of as much as $20,661 [3% × ($1 million − $311,300)] of their itemized deductions that are subject to the reduction — at a tax cost as high as $8,182 ($20,661 × 39.6%).

These two AGI-based provisions combined could increase the couple’s tax by $17,805!

Year-end tips

If your AGI is close to the applicable threshold, AGI-reduction strategies — such as contributing to a retirement plan or Health Savings Account — may allow you to stay under it. If that’s not possible, consider the reduced tax benefit of the affected deductions before implementing strategies to accelerate deductible expenses into 2016. If you expect to be under the threshold in 2017, you may be better off deferring certain deductible expenses to next year.

For more details on these and other income-based limits, help assessing whether you’re likely to be affected by them or more tips for reducing their impact, please contact us.

Exec Comp

Posted by Admin Posted on Oct 12 2016

Are you timing business income and expenses to your tax advantage?

Posted by Admin Posted on Oct 11 2016

Typically, it’s better to defer tax. One way is through controlling when your business recognizes income and incurs deductible expenses. Here are two timing strategies that can help businesses do this:

  1. Defer income to next year. If your business uses the cash method of accounting, you can defer billing for your products or services. Or, if you use the accrual method, you can delay shipping products or delivering services.
  2. Accelerate deductible expenses into the current year. If you’re a cash-basis taxpayer, you may make a state estimated tax payment before Dec. 31, so you can deduct it this year rather than next. Both cash- and accrual-basis taxpayers can charge expenses on a credit card and deduct them in the year charged, regardless of when the credit card bill is paid.

But if you think you’ll be in a higher tax bracket next year (or you expect tax rates to go up), consider taking the opposite approach instead — accelerating income and deferring deductible expenses. This will increase your tax bill this year but can save you tax over the two-year period.

These are only some of the nuances to consider. Please contact us to discuss what timing strategies will work to your tax advantage, based on your specific situation.

Expanding a Corporate Business With a Tax-Free Merger

Posted by Admin Posted on Oct 06 2016

If a corporate business is seeking to quickly expand, it may be considering one of these options:

1. Gaining control over another corporation's business (the target) indirectly via a merger transaction that would result in your corporation being in charge.

With a merger, the corporation generally issues stock to the target company's shareholders, which means they wind up owning part of the merged company. A merger can often be structured as a tax-free transaction for the seller, as well as the buyer.

2. Alternatively, the corporation may directly buy the target's stock or assets in a taxable transaction. With a taxable direct purchase deal, the corporation simply pays cash and/or issues debt in exchange for the target corporation's stock or assets. The target or its shareholders may owe income taxes but the buyer will not.

Here are some key factors to keep in mind when evaluating a corporate acquisition by merger (as opposed to a taxable stock or asset purchase).

How to Join Forces? Factors That Might Dictate Making An Acquisition With a Tax- Free Merger

  • You are not concerned about getting stepped-up tax basis for assets owned by the target corporation.

  • The seller insists on a tax-free deal.

  • You don't want the expense and hassle of transferring legal ownership of the target corporation's assets.

  • The target corporation owns valuable non-transferable assets that could not be acquired in an asset purchase.

  • You can accept becoming responsible for the target corporation's liabilities (because you are now the legal owner the target).

  • You can't afford to pay cash or issue debt to make the acquisition.

  • You can accept taking on additional stockholders from the target business.

Tax-Free Merger Pluses

From a company's perspective as a buyer, the beauty of a tax-free merger is that it doesn't require cash. Instead the corporation issues stock to the seller to finance the acquisition.

From the seller's perspective, the beauty of a tax-free merger is that it doesn't trigger an immediate income tax hit. Instead, the tax consequences are postponed until the stock received in the transaction is sold. That may be years later. Under current federal income tax rules, the maximum federal rate on an individual seller's long-term gain from a stock sale is only 15 percent. (If the seller is the target company's corporate parent, there's no preferential federal tax rate for the stock sale gain.)

While tax-free treatment is great, the merger must be carefully structured to gain the desired result. The applicable tax rules are complicated. Professional advice is critical to avoid mistakes.

Non-tax considerations are also important. It may be much easier from a legal perspective to take over control of the target company's assets with a merger rather than having to formally transfer title to a large number of acquired assets that would be necessary with an asset purchase transaction. (With a merger, the controlling corporation can generally take over effective ownership of the target's assets without filing any legal paperwork.)

Last but not least, a merger may allow you to gain control over valuable non-transferable assets owned by the target corporation, such as leases and licenses, that could not be acquired with an asset purchase.

Now for the Minuses of Mergers

Unlike a taxable asset purchase, a tax-free merger doesn't allow the buyer to "step up" (increase) the tax basis of the target's appreciated assets to reflect the purchase price. This means if your company is the buyer, it won't benefit from bigger post-purchase tax write-offs for depreciation, amortization, cost of goods sold and so forth. However, this is not a negative factor if:

  • The target corporation's assets are not significantly appreciated.


  • Your company doesn't need bigger tax write-offs.

With a merger, any target corporation liabilities (known or unknown) generally become the buyer's responsibility for all practical purposes — because the buyer effectively takes over legal ownership of the target corporation, including its imperfections. The seller or sellers are generally taken off the hook once the deal is done. To avoid unpleasant surprises about liabilities, a buyer may want to hire a professional firm to conduct a detailed due diligence investigation of the target.

With a merger, the target corporation's shareholder (or shareholders) will retain a piece of the business through their ownership of stock in the post-merger corporation. In other words, they buyer will have to put up with one or more new shareholders. If this is a big concern, the buyer should consider making a taxable stock or asset purchase instead. These transactions allow buyers to avoid having to take on additional shareholders. If your corporation is considering expanding by merging with a target corporation, there are important tax and non-tax factors to evaluate. Before finalizing any deal, get professional tax and valuation advice. A due diligence study can help avoid being harmed by unanticipated target corporation liabilities.

Tax-smart options for your old retirement plan when you change jobs

Posted by Admin Posted on Oct 04 2016

There’s a lot to think about when you change jobs, and it’s easy for a 401(k) or other employer-sponsored retirement plan to get lost in the shuffle. But to keep building tax-deferred savings, it’s important to make an informed decision about your old plan. First and foremost, don’t take a lump-sum distribution from your old employer’s retirement plan. It generally will be taxable and, if you’re under age 59½, subject to a 10% early-withdrawal penalty. Here are three tax-smart alternatives:

1. Stay put. You may be able to leave your money in your old plan. But if you’ll be participating in your new employer’s plan or you already have an IRA, keeping track of multiple plans can make managing your retirement assets more difficult. Also consider how well the old plan’s investment options meet your needs.

2. Roll over to your new employer’s plan. This may be beneficial if it leaves you with only one retirement plan to keep track of. But evaluate the new plan’s investment options.

3. Roll over to an IRA. If you participate in your new employer’s plan, this will require keeping track of two plans. But it may be the best alternative because IRAs offer nearly unlimited investment choices.

If you choose a rollover, request a direct rollover from your old plan to your new plan or IRA. If instead the funds are sent to you by check, you’ll need to make an indirect rollover (that is, deposit the funds into an IRA) within 60 days to avoid tax and potential penalties.

Also, be aware that the check you receive from your old plan will, unless an exception applies, be net of 20% federal income tax withholding. If you don’t roll over the gross amount (making up for the withheld amount with other funds), you’ll be subject to income tax — and potentially the 10% penalty — on the difference.

There are additional issues to consider when deciding what to do with your old retirement plan. We can help you make an informed decision — and avoid potential tax traps.

Get 2 tax benefits from 1 donation: Give appreciated stock instead of cash

Posted by Admin Posted on Sept 27 2016

If you’re charitably inclined, making donations is probably one of your key year-end tax planning strategies. But if you typically give cash, you may want to consider another option that provides not just one but two tax benefits: Donating long-term appreciated stock.

More tax savings

Appreciated publicly traded stock you’ve held more than one year is long-term capital gains property. If you donate it to a qualified charity, you can enjoy two benefits: 1) You can claim a charitable deduction equal to the stock’s fair market value, and 2) you can avoid the capital gains tax you’d pay if you sold the stock. This will be especially beneficial to taxpayers facing the 3.8% net investment income tax (NIIT) or the top 20% long-term capital gains rate this year.

Let’s say you donate $10,000 of stock that you paid $3,000 for, your ordinary-income tax rate is 39.6% and your long-term capital gains rate is 20%. If you sold the stock, you’d pay $1,400 in tax on the $7,000 gain. If you were also subject to the 3.8% NIIT, you’d pay another $266 in NIIT.

By instead donating the stock to charity, you save $5,626 in federal tax ($1,666 in capital gains tax and NIIT plus $3,960 from the $10,000 income tax deduction). If you donated $10,000 in cash, your federal tax savings would be only $3,960.

Tread carefully

Beware that donations of long-term capital gains property are subject to tighter deduction limits — 30% of your adjusted gross income for gifts to public charities, 20% for gifts to nonoperating private foundations (compared to 50% and 30%, respectively, for cash donations).

And don’t donate stock that’s worth less than your basis. Instead, sell the stock so you can deduct the loss and then donate the cash proceeds to charity.

If you own appreciated stock that you’d like to sell, but you’re concerned about the tax hit, donating it to charity might be right for you. For more details on this and other strategies to achieve your charitable giving and tax-saving goals, contact us.

Prepaid tuition vs. college savings: Which type of 529 plan is better?

Posted by Admin Posted on Sept 20 2016

Section 529 plans provide a tax-advantaged way to help pay for college expenses. Here are just a few of the benefits:

  • Although contributions aren’t deductible for federal purposes, plan assets can grow tax-deferred.
  • Some states offer tax incentives for contributing in the form of deductions or credits.
  • The plans usually offer high contribution limits, and there are no income limits for contributing.

Prepaid tuition plans

With this type of 529 plan, if your contract is for four years of tuition, tuition is guaranteed regardless of its cost at the time the beneficiary actually attends the school. This can provide substantial savings if you invest when the child is still very young.

One downside is that there’s uncertainty in how benefits will be applied if the beneficiary attends a different school. Another is that the plan doesn’t cover costs other than tuition, such as room and board.

Savings plan

This type of 529 plan can be used to pay a student’s expenses at most postsecondary educational institutions. Distributions used to pay qualified expenses (such as tuition, mandatory fees, books, supplies, computer equipment, software, Internet service and, generally, room and board) are income-tax-free for federal purposes and typically for state purposes as well, thus making the tax deferral a permanent savings.

The biggest downside may be that you don’t have direct control over investment decisions; you’re limited to the options the plan offers. Additionally, for funds already in the plan, you can make changes to your investment options only twice during the year or when you change beneficiaries.

But each time you make a new contribution to a 529 savings plan, you can select a different option for that contribution, regardless of how many times you contribute throughout the year. And every 12 months you can make a tax-free rollover to a different 529 plan for the same child.

As you can see, each 529 plan type has its pluses and minuses. Whether a prepaid tuition plan or a savings plan is better depends on your situation and goals. If you’d like help choosing, please contact us.

Documentation is the key to business expense deductions

Posted by Admin Posted on Sept 13 2016

If you have incomplete or missing records and get audited by the IRS, your business will likely lose out on valuable deductions. Here are two recent U.S. Tax Court cases that help illustrate the rules for documenting deductions.

Case 1: Insufficient records

In the first case, the court found that a taxpayer with a consulting business provided no proof to substantiate more than $52,000 in advertising expenses and $12,000 in travel expenses for the two years in question.

The business owner said the travel expenses were incurred ”caring for his business.“ That isn’t enough. ”The taxpayer bears the burden of proving that claimed business expenses were actually incurred and were ordinary and necessary,“ the court stated. In addition, businesses must keep and produce ”records sufficient to enable the IRS to determine the correct tax liability.“ (TC Memo 2016-158)

Case 2: Documents destroyed

In another case, a taxpayer was denied many of the deductions claimed for his company. He traveled frequently for the business, which developed machine parts. In addition to travel, meals and entertainment, he also claimed printing and consulting deductions.

The taxpayer recorded expenses in a spiral notebook and day planner and kept his records in a leased storage unit. While on a business trip to China, his documents were destroyed after the city where the storage unit was located acquired it by eminent domain.

There’s a way for taxpayers to claim expenses if substantiating documents are lost through circumstances beyond their control (for example, in a fire or flood). However, the court noted that a taxpayer still has to ”undertake a ‘reasonable reconstruction,’ which includes substantiation through secondary evidence.“

The court allowed 40% of the taxpayer’s travel, meals and entertainment expenses, but denied the remainder as well as the consulting and printing expenses. The reason? The taxpayer didn’t reconstruct those expenses through third-party sources or testimony from individuals whom he’d paid. (TC Memo 2016-135)

Be prepared

Keep detailed, accurate records to protect your business deductions. Record details about expenses as soon as possible after they’re incurred (for example, the date, place, business purpose, etc.). Keep more than just proof of payment. Also keep other documents, such as receipts, credit card slips and invoices. If you’re unsure of what you need, check with us.

Are You Ready for the New Overtime Rules?

Posted by Admin Posted on Sept 07 2016

The deadline for the Department of Labor's (DOL's) new final overtime rule is December 1, 2016. While CFOs at most large U.S. companies have been working overtime themselves to prepare for the changes, many small and midsize firms haven't been as quick to react.

Current Overtime Rule

The Fair Labor Standards Act (FLSA) is the federal law that controls overtime pay. It requires employers to pay employees 1.5 times their regular pay rate for overtime above 40 hours a week, unless specifically exempted. The FLSA "white collar" exemptions exclude from the federal overtime rules certain executive, administrative and professional (EAP) employees and outside salespeople.

The DOL requires each of the following three tests to be met for employees to be covered by the EAP exemption and, therefore, ineligible for overtime pay:

1. Salary basis test. The employee must be paid a predetermined and fixed salary that isn't subject to reduction because of variations in the quality or quantity of work performed.

2. Salary level test. The amount of salary paid must meet a minimum specified amount. Currently, this figure is $455 per week for EAP employees. (This is the equivalent of $23,660 annually for a full-year employee.)

3. Duties test. The employee's job duties must primarily involve executive, administrative or professional duties as defined by the DOL regulations. In addition, the regulations include a relaxed duties test for certain highly compensated employees (HCEs) who receive total annual compensation of $100,000 or more and are paid at least $455 per week under current levels.

The DOL released updated guidance in May that makes significant changes to the overtime regs. Prior to those changes, the DOL regulations on overtime pay — which date back to 1940 — hadn't been updated since 2004.

New Overtime Rule

The new final rule makes several significant changes related to overtime pay. Here are the highlights:

Salary level test. The standard salary level used to determine whether EAP employees are exempt from overtime will increase from $455 per week ($23,660 per year) to $913 per week ($47,476 per year) for full-time workers.

Employers aren't necessarily in compliance with the new standard salary level threshold if an employee's pay meets the $47,476 annual threshold. An employee's eligibility to receive overtime is determined on a weekly basis. What's more, this limit will be adjusted every three years, beginning January 1, 2020.

Bonuses and incentive payments. For the first time ever, employers will be permitted to use nondiscretionary bonuses and incentive payments (including commissions) to satisfy up to 10% of the standard salary level. These payments may include, for example, nondiscretionary incentive bonuses tied to productivity and profitability. For employers to credit nondiscretionary bonuses and incentive payments toward a portion of the standard salary level test, payments must be made at least on a quarterly basis, although employers can still make "catch-up" payments.

HCEs. The total annual compensation threshold for an HCE will increase from $100,000 to $134,004. The final rule makes no changes to the requirement that HCEs receive at least the full standard salary amount each pay period on a salary or fee basis without regard to nondiscretionary bonuses and incentive payments.

Thus, if employees earn at least $913 per week and pass the standard duties test for an EAP employee, they won't be affected by the increase in the annual threshold. If they pass only the relaxed duties test for an HCE, the employer must raise the compensation to the new $134,004 threshold to retain the exempt status.

While HCEs must receive 100% of the $913 weekly threshold on a salary or fee basis, nondiscretionary bonuses and incentive payments (including commissions) may be used to satisfy the remainder of the $134,004 total annual compensation requirement.

Duties test. The final rule doesn't make any changes to the existing EAP job duty requirements to qualify for exemption from overtime.

Outside salespeople. These employees aren't subject to the salary basis or salary level requirements. Therefore, they aren't affected by the rule changes.

Salaries for nonexempt employees. "Salaried status" and "exempt status" are separate concepts. So, employees entitled to overtime pay may still be paid on a salary basis as long as they receive overtime pay for working over 40 hours in a workweek.

Seasonal employers. A seasonal employer must comply with these rules during the period the employer is open for business. For example, if a seasonal employer is open during eight months of the year, the employer must guarantee that at least $913 per week is paid to an employee during that eight-month period for the employee to be exempt from overtime.

Job classifications. Employees with the same job classification don't all have to be classified as either eligible or exempt from overtime. The determination is made on an employee-by-employee basis.

Compliance Options for Employers

Faced with the fast-approaching implementation date, employers have several options to comply with the new rule:

1. Increase salaries of employees who are paid near the salary level threshold to maintain their exempt status (assuming they also meet the EAP duties test). The DOL says that this option works best for employees who have salaries close to the new salary level and regularly work overtime. But it may be only a short-term fix, because the salary level threshold will be increased again, beginning in 2020.

2. Pay overtime in addition to the employee's current salary when necessary. Employers can also continue to pay their newly overtime-eligible employees the same salary and pay them overtime whenever they work more than 40 hours in a week.

The DOL says that this approach may be preferable for companies with employees who work 40 hours or fewer in a typical workweek, but they have occasional spikes that require overtime. Thus, the employer can plan and budget for the extra pay. The DOL also notes that there's no requirement to convert employees from salaried to hourly for overtime pay calculations.

3. Limit workers' hours to 40 hours per week. Under this option, employers must ensure that workload distribution, time and staffing levels are managed appropriately for EAP workers earning below the salary threshold. Employers might hire additional workers to achieve this goal.

There's no "wrong" or "right" answer for employers. The optimal approach for your company will depend on the particular facts and circumstances. It also will require a balancing act between meeting the company's needs and being fair to employees. Employers already operating on slim profit margins may seek to cut costs in other ways, including making better use of technology.

At the very least, employers need to review how they manage payroll before December 1. For instance, you may want workers who never had to "punch in" in the past to start reporting their hours worked. Employers will need to think about the nuts-and-bolts of how they want employees to track their time.

Act Now

The time to address the new final overtime rule is growing short. Is your company ready? If not, consult with your financial and legal advisors to ensure you'll be in full compliance when the rule goes into effect. These outside professionals can help analyze your payroll systems and determine the best approach for your company.

Tax impact of investor vs. trader status

Posted by Admin Posted on Sept 06 2016

If you invest, whether you’re considered an investor or a trader can have a significant impact on your tax bill. Do you know the difference?


Most people who trade stocks are classified as investors for tax purposes. This means any net gains are treated as capital gains rather than ordinary income.

That’s good if your net gains are long-term (that is, you’ve held the investment more than a year) because you can enjoy the lower long-term capital gains rate. However, any investment-related expenses (such as margin interest, stock tracking software, etc.) are deductible only if you itemize and, in some cases, only if the total of the expenses exceeds 2% of your adjusted gross income.


Traders have it better in some situations. Their expenses reduce gross income even if they can’t itemize deductions and not just for regular tax purposes, but also for alternative minimum tax purposes.

Plus, in certain circumstances, if traders have a net loss for the year, they can claim it as an ordinary loss (so it can offset other ordinary income) rather than a capital loss. Capital losses are limited to a $3,000 ($1,500 if married filing separately) per year deduction once any capital gains have been offset.

Passing the trader test

What does it take to successfully meet the test for trader status? The answer is twofold:

1. The trading must be “substantial.” While there’s no bright line test, the courts have tended to view more than a thousand trades a year, spread over most of the available trading days, as substantial.

2. The trading must be designed to try to catch the swings in the daily market movements. In other words, you must be attempting to profit from these short-term changes rather than from the long-term holding of investments. So the average duration for holding any one position needs to be very short, generally only a day or two.

If you satisfy these conditions, the chances are good that you’d ultimately be able to prove trader vs. investor status. Of course, even if you don’t satisfy one of the tests, you might still prevail, but the odds against you are higher. If you have questions, please contact us.

Are frequent flyer miles ever taxable?

Posted by Admin Posted on Aug 30 2016

If you recently redeemed frequent flyer miles to treat the family to a fun summer vacation or to take your spouse on a romantic getaway, you might assume that there are no tax implications involved. And you’re probably right — but there is a chance your miles could be taxable.

Usually tax free

As a general rule, miles awarded by airlines for flying with them are considered nontaxable rebates, as are miles awarded for using a credit or debit card.

The IRS partially addressed the issue in Announcement 2002-18, where it said “Consistent with prior practice, the IRS will not assert that any taxpayer has understated his federal tax liability by reason of the receipt or personal use of frequent flyer miles or other in-kind promotional benefits attributable to the taxpayer’s business or official travel.”


There are, however, some types of mile awards the IRS might view as taxable. Examples include miles awarded as a prize in a sweepstakes and miles awarded as a promotion.

For instance, in Shankar v. Commissioner, the U.S. Tax Court sided with the IRS, finding that airline miles awarded in conjunction with opening a bank account were indeed taxable. Part of the evidence of taxability was the fact that the bank had issued Forms 1099 MISC to customers who’d redeemed the rewards points to purchase airline tickets.

The value of the miles for tax purposes generally is their estimated retail value.

If you’re concerned you’ve received mile awards that could be taxable, please contact us and we’ll help you determine your tax liability, if any.

Combining business and vacation travel: What can you deduct?

Posted by Admin Posted on Aug 17 2016

If you go on a business trip within the United States and tack on some vacation days, you can deduct some of your expenses. But exactly what can you write off?

Transportation expenses

Transportation costs to and from the location of your business activity are 100% deductible as long as the primary reason for the trip is business rather than pleasure. On the other hand, if vacation is the primary reason for your travel, then generally none of your transportation expenses are deductible.

What costs can be included? Travel to and from your departure airport, airfare, baggage fees, tips, cabs, and so forth. Costs for rail travel or driving your personal car are also eligible.

Business days vs. pleasure days

The number of days spent on business vs. pleasure is the key factor in determining if the primary reason for domestic travel is business. Your travel days count as business days, as do weekends and holidays if they fall between days devoted to business, and it would be impractical to return home.

Standby days (days when your physical presence is required) also count as business days, even if you aren’t called upon to work those days. Any other day principally devoted to business activities during normal business hours also counts as a business day, and so are days when you intended to work, but couldn’t due to reasons beyond your control (such as local transportation difficulties).

You should be able to claim business was the primary reason for a domestic trip if business days exceed personal days. Be sure to accumulate proof and keep it with your tax records. For example, if your trip is made to attend client meetings, log everything on your daily planner and copy the pages for your tax file. If you attend a convention or training seminar, keep the program and take notes to show you attended the sessions.

Once at the destination, your out-of-pocket expenses for business days are fully deductible. These expenses include lodging, hotel tips, meals (subject to the 50% disallowance rule), seminar and convention fees, and cab fare. Expenses for personal days are nondeductible.

We can help

Questions? Contact us if you want more information about business travel deductions.

Moving Expense Deduction?

Posted by Admin Posted on Aug 11 2016

3 strategies for tax-smart giving

Posted by Admin Posted on Aug 09 2016

Giving away assets during your life will help reduce the size of your taxable estate, which is beneficial if you have a large estate that could be subject to estate taxes. For 2016, the lifetime gift and estate tax exemption is $5.45 million (twice that for married couples with proper estate planning strategies in place).

Even if your estate tax isn’t large enough for estate taxes to be a concern, there are income tax consequences to consider. Plus it’s possible the estate tax exemption could be reduced or your wealth could increase significantly in the future, and estate taxes could become a concern.

That’s why, no matter your current net worth, it’s important to choose gifts wisely. Consider both estate and income tax consequences and the economic aspects of any gifts you’d like to make.

Here are three strategies for tax-smart giving:

1. To minimize estate tax, gift property with the greatest future appreciation potential. You’ll remove that future appreciation from your taxable estate.

2. To minimize your beneficiary’s income tax, gift property that hasn’t appreciated significantly while you’ve owned it. The beneficiary can sell the property at a minimal income tax cost.

3. To minimize your own income tax, don’t gift property that’s declined in value. Instead, consider selling the property so you can take the tax loss. You can then gift the sale proceeds.

For more ideas on tax-smart giving strategies, contact us.

The Strain on Social Security

Posted by Admin Posted on Aug 08 2016

Intellectual Property in M&A: Patenting a System for Success

Posted by Admin Posted on Aug 03 2016

In the global, new media economy, patent due diligence has taken on increased importance in M&A negotiations. Emerging advancements have resulted in patented technology becoming the driving force behind many transactions.

Patent due diligence is crucial in these deals. In such an environment, a patent due diligence team is often required to assess whether a competitor may have a similar patent or whether a similar technology is at work in the marketplace without a patent.

Determining the Value of a Business and its Intellectual Property

Obtaining an independent, formal business valuation is critical in M&A transactions. It helps illustrate that the appraiser does not have a vested interest and the value is not overstated or understated.

When buying, selling, merging or acquiring, a business valuation can be used as a starting point for negotiations and might even provide an estimate that a seller can expect to receive.

Professional appraisers use various methods to calculate the value of a business. In addition to valuing tangible assets, such as real estate and equipment, a business valuation includes intangible assets such as patents, trademarks, copyrights, royalties, customer lists, franchise agreements, goodwill, non-compete covenants and option rights.

M&A transactions are not the only reason why business valuations are performed. They can also be needed in other situations including estate planning, divorce, litigation, partnership dissolution, buy-sell agreements and shareholder actions.

A Component For All Deals

Increasingly, however, patent due diligence is being carefully conducted for businesses without significant patent portfolios. This is due to the ever-transforming nature of business in the 21st Century. When patent due diligence is conducted for businesses with small patent portfolios, patentable assets are sometimes identified.

In addition, due diligence takes into account whether developing technologies and planned rollouts of new products are patentable. Such a proactive exercise can protect proprietary technology and products or services.

A number of potential red flags can also be uncovered during a patent due diligence process. Possible scenario:One of the companies in question is unknowingly infringing upon an existing patent. This information may be crucial in determining the feasibility of a deal centering around the technology or product and would likely be uncovered in a thorough patent due diligence process.

Determining Ownership and Licensing

When it comes to emerging technology, the developer of the technology may own it outright rather than the company for which it was developed. This is crucial information that may make or break a deal. How the patent was registered reflects who owns the technology or service and patent due diligence can verify the ownership status.

Another factor that needs to be assessed is whether or not loans were taken out against the technology. This can affect the ownership interest of the technology. Additionally, the technology — although owned by the company — may have been licensed out to a third party. This license may be exclusive, which prevents the new owner from utilizing the technology or non-exclusive, which allows the technology to be used but lessens the proprietary value of it.

Valuing Patents

Some patents cover technology, products or services that have a higher value than others. Valuing patents is also a vital component of patent due diligence and one that tends to vary depending upon the industry involved. Generally, competitor patents are assessed to determine their value.

When it comes to new and emerging technologies, however, sophisticated forecasts are utilized to determine a patent's value. At this point in the patent due diligence process a thorough search is often conducted to identify patents that could block future integration or expansion plans.

Sometimes a 'dominant' patent exists which may thwart an expansion of the newly merged or acquired company or require that a licensing fee be paid to the third-party holder of the dominant patent.

Global Patent Implications

Since the U.S. Patent Office only governs patents within the United States, each offshore country that the product or technology will be marketed to needs to be assessed to determine if foreign protection is available in each country and what the process entails to acquire it. Additional searches should be undertaken to determine if such a product or technology is already patented under the system of the country in question.

The Complexity of Patents in M&A

Patent due diligence is one of the most crucial factors in M&A transactions and also one of the most complex. Companies considering a merger often need to create a patent due diligence team in order to clearly determine the issues of ownership and potential infringement upon existing patents both domestically and abroad.

Don’t roll the dice with your taxes if you gamble this year

Posted by Admin Posted on Aug 02 2016

For anyone who takes a spin at roulette, cries out “Bingo!” or engages in other wagering activities, it’s important to be familiar with the applicable tax rules. Otherwise, you could be putting yourself at risk for interest or penalties — or missing out on tax-saving opportunities.


You must report 100% of your wagering winnings as taxable income. The value of complimentary goodies (“comps”) provided by gambling establishments must also be included in taxable income because comps are considered gambling winnings. Winnings are subject to your regular federal income tax rate, which may be as high as 39.6%.

Amounts you win may be reported to you on IRS Form W-2G (“Certain Gambling Winnings”). In some cases, federal income tax may be withheld, too. Anytime a Form W-2G is issued, the IRS gets a copy. So if you’ve received such a form, keep in mind that the IRS will expect to see the winnings on your tax return.


You can write off wagering losses as an itemized deduction. However, allowable wagering losses are limited to your winnings for the year, and any excess losses cannot be carried over to future years. Also, out-of-pocket expenses for transportation, meals, lodging and so forth don’t count as gambling losses and, therefore, can’t be deducted.


To claim a deduction for wagering losses, you must adequately document them, including:

  1. The date and type of specific wager or wagering activity.
  2. The name and address or location of the gambling establishment.
  3. The names of other persons (if any) present with you at the gambling establishment. (Obviously, this is not possible when the gambling occurs at a public venue such as a casino, race track, or bingo parlor.)
  4. The amount won or lost.

The IRS allows you to document income and losses from wagering on table games by recording the number of the table that you played and keeping statements showing casino credit that was issued to you. For lotteries, your wins and losses can be documented by winning statements and unredeemed tickets.

Please contact us if you have questions or want more information. If you qualify as a “professional” gambler, some of the rules are a little different.


Step-up in basis and the importance of business valuations for deceased estates and heirs

Posted by Admin Posted on July 28 2016

An information piece for clients and prospective clients by Craig HD Field B.Acc, EA, CPA

The tax issues related to deceased estates tend to be largely ignored in the USA. This is largely due to, in my view, the lack of any real tax liability for most estates. However this should not lead us to ignore one key concept – the step-up in basis.

We need to take a step back to understand how an estate is treated for tax purposes. There are two taxes that come into play with deceased estates; one is income tax, which is based on net income of the estate, and the other is the estate tax, which is based on the assets in the estate. When a person passes away their assets, generally, go into an “estate”. An estate is a separate legal entity with its own income tax number. It has to file an annual income tax return if it has income of more than $600, and an Estate Tax return if it has assets worth more than $5,450,000[i].

Once all the assets of the estate have been collected and all bills paid, the executor of the estate will usually wind up the estate and share all the assets among the beneficiaries or heirs. Often the heirs receive this distribution tax free because usually comprises the after tax assets that the deceased person had owned. The value of the assets inherited by the heir in this process is the fair market value of the assets on the date of death[ii]. This is known as the stepped-up basis.

The stepped-up basis is an important number for anyone who owns an asset that they might one day sell. The tax payable on the sale is based on the difference between the net sale proceeds and the basis. The higher the basis, the lower the tax payable on the sale. The stepped up basis estate does exactly this, raises the basis for a future sale.

For example:

Joe Smith owns ACME Trading Inc., a business that he started in his garage 20 years ago and is now a large and successful business. Joe started the business with a $5,000 loan from his bank which he has long since repaid. Joe thinks the business is worth $1 million now. He isretired and his daughters, Sammy and Abby, are doing a fine job running the show. Joe wants to give the business to them and is considering his options.

  • If Joe was to sell the store to them, he would have to pay capital gains tax on the difference between $1 million today and the $5,000 it cost him to start the business 20 years ago, approximately $150,000 in federal tax;
  • If he donated the stock of ACME Trading Inc. to his daughters equally, they would have a basis of $2,500 each in the stock (because in a gift the recipient takes over the asset at the same cost as the donor). This does not save any tax but does defer it until the daughters decide to sell;
  • If Joe was to hold onto the stock in the business and bequeath it to his daughters in his will, he will pay no tax on the transfer to his daughters. Furthermore, the daughters will get the stock at a basis of $1 million, assuming this was the fair market value on the date of death. This effectively saves them approximately $150,000 in federal tax.

The tax savings available using the step-up in basis can be substantial, as can be seen in the above example. Given these savings, it is important that the fair market value basis is well supported and justified. For this reason it is advisable to retain the services of a reputable and professional appraiser, whether it be real estate, equipment or an accredited business valuation.

 For further information on the step-up in basis or to engage Taylor & Morgan for an independent accredited business valuation, please contact us:


[i] The basic exclusion amount for 2016.

[ii] Or the alternate valuation date 6 months after the date of death.


What to Do If You Haven't Filed Last Year's Tax Return or Can't Pay the Bill

Posted by Admin Posted on July 20 2016

Unless you've extended the due date for filing last year's individual federal income tax return to October 17, the filing deadline passed you by in April. What if you didn't extend and you haven't yet filed your Form 1040? And what if you can't pay your tax bill? This article explains how to handle these situations.

"I Didn't File but I Don't Owe"

Let's say you're certain that you don't owe any federal income tax for last year. Maybe you had negative taxable income or paid your fair share via withholding or estimated tax payments. But you didn't file or extend the deadline because you were missing some records, were too busy, or had some other convincing reason (to you) for not meeting the deadline.

No problem, since you don't owe — right? Wrong.

While it's true there won't be IRS interest or penalties (these are based on your unpaid liability, which you don't have), blowing off filing is still a bad idea. For example:

  • You may be due a refund. Filing a return gets your money back. Without a return, there is no refund.
  • Until a return is filed, the three-year statute-of-limitations period for the commencement of an IRS audit never gets started. The IRS could then decide to audit your 2015 tax situation five years (or more) from now and hit you with a tax bill plus interest and penalties. By then, you may not be able to prove that you actually owed nothing. In contrast, when you do the smart thing and file a 2015 return showing zero tax due, the government must generally begin any audit within three years. Once the three-year window closes, your 2015 tax year is generally safe from audit, even if the return had problems.
  • If you had a tax loss in 2015, you may be able to carry it back as far as your 2013 tax year and claim refunds for taxes paid in 2013 and/or 2014. However, until you file a 2015 return, your tax loss doesn't officially exist, and no loss carryback refund claims are possible.

There are other more esoteric reasons that apply to taxpayers in specific situations.

The bottom line is, you should file a 2015 return, even though you've missed the deadline and believe you don't owe.

"I Owe but Don't Have the Dough"

In this situation, there's no excuse for not filing your 2015 return, especially if you obtained a filing extension to October 17.

If you did extend, filing your return by October 17 will avoid the 5%-per-month "failure-to-file" penalty. The only cost for failing to pay what you owe is an interest charge. The current rate is a relatively reasonable 0.83% per month, which amounts to a 10% annual rate. This rate can change quarterly, and you'll continue to incur it until you pay up. If you still can't pay when you file by the extended October 17 due date, relax. You can arrange for an installment arrangement (see below).

If you didn't extend, you'll continue to incur the 5%-per-month failure-to-file penalty until it cuts off:

  1. Five months after the April 19 due date for filing your 2015 return or
  2. When you file, whichever occurs sooner.

While the penalty can't be assessed for more than five months, it can amount to up to 25% of your unpaid tax bill (5 times 5% per month equals 25%). So you can still save some money by filing your 2015 return as soon as possible to cut off the 5%-per-month penalty. Then you'll continue to be charged only the IRS interest rate — currently 0.83% per month — until you pay.

If you still don't file your 2015 return, the IRS will collect the resulting penalty and interest. You'll be charged the failure-to-file penalty until it hits 25% of what you owe. For example, if your unpaid balance is $10,000, you'll rack up monthly failure-to-file penalties of $500 until you max out at $2,500. After that, you'll be charged interest until you settle your account (at the current monthly rate of 0.83%).

Save Money with an Installment Agreement

By now you understand why filing your 2015 return is crucial even if you don't have the money to pay what you owe. But you may ask: When do I have to come up with the balance due? The answer: As soon as possible, if you want to halt the IRS interest charge. If you can borrow at a reasonable rate, you may want to do so and pay off the government, hopefully at the same time you file your return or even sooner if possible.

Alternatively, you can usually request permission from the IRS to pay off your bill in installments. This is done by filing a form with your 2015 return. On the form, you suggest your own terms. For example, if you owe $5,000, you might offer to pay $250 on the first of each month. You're supposed to get an answer to your installment payment application within 31 days of filing the form, but it sometimes takes a bit longer. Upon approval, you'll be charged a $120 setup fee or $52 if you agree to automatic withdrawals from your bank account.

As long as you have an unpaid balance, you'll be charged interest (currently at 0.583% a month, which equates to a 7% annual rate), but this may be much lower than you could arrange with a commercial lender. Other details:

  • Approval of your installment payment request is automatic if you owe $10,000 or less (not counting interest or penalties), propose a repayment period of 36 months or less, haven't entered into an earlier installment agreement within the preceding five years, and have filed returns and paid taxes for the preceding five tax years.
  • A streamlined installment payment approval process is available if you owe between $10,001 and $25,000 (including any assessed interest and penalties) and propose a repayment period of 72 months or less.
  • Another streamlined process is available if you owe between $25,001 and $50,000 and propose a repayment period of 72 months or less. However, you must agree to automatic bank withdrawals, and you may have to supply financial information.
  • If you owe $50,000 or less, you can apply for an installment payment arrangement online instead of filing an IRS form.
  • Finally, if you can pay what you owe within 120 days, you can arrange for an agreement with the IRS and avoid any setup fee.

Warning: When you enter into an installment agreement, you must pledge to stay current on your future taxes. The government is willing to help with your 2015 unpaid liability, but it won't agree to defer payments for later years while you're still paying the 2015 tab.

Pay With a Credit Card

You can also pay your federal tax bill with Visa, MasterCard, Discover or American Express. But before pursuing this option, ask about the one-time fee your credit card company will charge and the interest rate. You may find the IRS installment payment program is a better deal.

Act Soon

Filing a 2015 federal income return is important even if you believe you don't owe anything or can't pay right now. If you need assistance or want more information, contact your tax adviser.


To deduct business losses, you may have to prove “material participation”

Posted by Admin Posted on July 19 2016

You can only deduct losses from an S corporation, partnership or LLC if you “materially participate” in the business. If you don’t, your losses are generally “passive” and can only be used to offset income from other passive activities. Any excess passive loss is suspended and must be carried forward to future years.

Material participation is determined based on the time you spend in a business activity. For most business owners, the issue rarely arises — you probably spend more than 40 hours working on your enterprise. However, there are situations when the IRS questions participation.

Several tests

To materially participate, you must spend time on an activity on a regular, continuous and substantial basis.

You must also generally meet one of the tests for material participation. For example, a taxpayer must:

  1. Work 500 hours or more during the year in the activity,
  2. Participate in the activity for more than 100 hours during the year, with no one else working more than the taxpayer, or
  3. Materially participate in the activity for any five taxable years during the 10 tax years immediately preceding the taxable year. This can apply to a business owner in the early years of retirement.

There are other situations in which you can qualify for material participation. For example, you can qualify if the business is a personal service activity (such as medicine or law). There are also situations, such as rental businesses, where it is more difficult to claim material participation. In those trades or businesses, you must work more hours and meet additional tests.

Proving your involvement

In some cases, a taxpayer does materially participate, but can’t prove it to the IRS. That’s where good recordkeeping comes in. A good, contemporaneous diary or log can forestall an IRS challenge. Log visits to customers or vendors and trips to sites and banks, as well as time spent doing Internet research. Indicate the time spent. If you’re audited, it will generally occur several years from now. Without good records, you’ll have trouble remembering everything you did.

Passive activity losses are a complicated area of the tax code. Consult with your tax adviser for more information on your situation.

There’s still time for homeowners to save with green tax credits

Posted by Admin Posted on July 12 2016

The income tax credit for certain energy-efficient home improvements and equipment purchases was extended through 2016 by the Protecting Americans from Tax Hikes Act of 2015 (the PATH Act). So, you still have time to save both energy and taxes by making these eco-friendly investments.

What qualifies

The credit is for expenses related to your principal residence. It equals 10% of certain qualified improvement expenses plus 100% of certain other qualified equipment expenses, subject to a maximum overall credit of $500, which is reduced by any credits claimed in earlier years. (Because of this reduction, many people who previously claimed the credit will be ineligible for any further credits in 2016.)

Examples of improvement investments potentially eligible for the 10% of expense credit include:

  • Insulation systems that reduce heat loss or gain,
  • Metal and asphalt roofs with heat-reduction components that meet Energy Star requirements, and
  • Exterior windows (including skylights) and doors that meet Energy Star requirements. These expenditures are subject to a separate $200 credit cap.

Examples of equipment investments potentially eligible for the 100% of expense credit include:

  • Qualified central air conditioners; electric heat pumps; electric heat pump water heaters; water heaters that run on natural gas, propane, or oil; and biomass fuel stoves used for heating or hot water, which are subject to a separate $300 credit cap.
  • Qualified furnaces and hot water boilers that run on natural gas, propane or oil, which are subject to a separate $150 credit cap.
  • Qualified main air circulating fans used in natural gas, propane and oil furnaces, which are subject to a separate $50 credit cap.

Manufacturer certifications required

When claiming the credit, you must keep with your tax records a certification from the manufacturer that the product qualifies. The certification may be found on the product packaging or the manufacturer’s website. Additional rules and limits apply. For more information about these and other green tax breaks for individuals, contact us.

Testing the Waters Before Jumping In

Posted by Admin Posted on July 06 2016

When considering a merger or acquisition, the most opportune time to find out about possible culture clashes is obviously before the deal is complete. In fact, one often-cited reason for mergers or acquisitions that fail to get off the ground is concern about potential cultural integration problems. Avoiding such costly pitfalls by conducting a cultural evaluation has become a high priority for most companies considering transactions.

While other facets of due diligence focus heavily upon quantitative factors such as assets and liabilities, a cultural evaluation conducted by a professional adviser assesses more subtle qualitative factors that go into a merger or acquisition. This can include an assessment of the values of each company, as well as each organization's management style, work environment and founding philosophies.

Strategic visions need to be examined to determine areas of compatibility and synergy. In addition, the employees, customers and shareholders of each firm are generally evaluated in an effort to assess areas of common ground and avenues of potential conflict. While no integration between two organizations is ever seamless, significant obstacles can be identified early in the process to determine if potential culture clashes might outweigh the benefits.

Steps at Each Stage of the Deal

While a cultural evaluation is a critical component prior to a merger or acquisition, there are basic factors assessed during all stages of the process:

1. Pre-Merger Stage - A cultural evaluation identifies leadership and middle management styles, as well as each company's values and work environment. An intercultural assessment is conducted to determine a cultural framework to guide early discussions.

2. Active Merger Stage - The evaluation monitors the progress of discussions, keeping the framework of the initial assessment in mind. The team provides a consultative analysis of any potential conflicts in management styles they foresee based on their observations of the negotiations.

3. Planning for the Post-Merger Stage - An evaluation can also provide valuable input that lays the groundwork for integrating the two cultures, management styles and work environments. It is vital that post-merger steps be planned prior to the deal being finalized. It is at this stage when many mergers or acquisition efforts fall through due to culture clashes that create insurmountable obstacles.

In the past, many companies failed to fully comprehend the difficult path of cultural integration that lay ahead. As a result, mergers and acquisitions were finalized without due consideration to this issue and incompatible companies wasted valuable resources attempting to bridge a wide cultural chasm. These days, however, with a thorough cultural evaluation, companies tend to create unions that are more compatible than in the past.

Cross Border M&A: Bridging the International Divide

With the sharp rise in international M&A transactions, cultural evaluations have taken on a whole new meaning. With these complex unions, cross-cultural factors need to be carefully examined prior to a transaction. Cultural differences need to be assessed and the potential benefits of cultural diversity needs to be evaluated for each organization.

In cross-border cultural evaluations, specialized knowledge is often needed with regard to the sensitive areas for each organization. The companies need to forge understanding across cultural divides. The evaluation can provide a detailed analysis of potential cross-cultural pitfalls in the negotiation process as well as the post-integration stage.

An Ounce of Prevention Versus a Pound of Cure

It used to be that the predominant focus of a premerger or acquisition evaluation was the quantitative side of the equation. The financial issues were thought to far outweigh the value of the qualitative issues. These days, however, companies have learned the importance of focusing on the whole picture with the goal of ending up with an integrated plan in which all of the divergent puzzle pieces eventually fit together. With this type of planning, companies can be more confident that the transition will be a smooth one down the road.

3 mutual fund tax hazards to watch out for

Posted by Admin Posted on July 05 2016

Investing in mutual funds is an easy way to diversify a portfolio, which is one reason why they’re commonly found in retirement plans such as IRAs and 401(k)s. But if you hold such funds in taxable accounts, or are considering such investments, beware of these three tax hazards:

  1. High turnover rates. Mutual funds with high turnover rates can create income that’s taxed at ordinary-income rates. Choosing funds that provide primarily long-term gains can save you more tax dollars because of the lower long-term rates.
  2. Earnings reinvestments. Earnings on mutual funds are typically reinvested, and unless you keep track of these additions and increase your basis accordingly, you may report more gain than required when you sell the fund. (Since 2012, brokerage firms have been required to track — and report to the IRS — your cost basis in mutual funds acquired during the tax year.)
  3. Capital gains distributions. Buying equity mutual fund shares late in the year can be costly tax-wise. Such funds often declare a large capital gains distribution at year end, which is a taxable event. If you own the shares on the distribution’s record date, you’ll be taxed on the full distribution amount even if it includes significant gains realized by the fund before you owned the shares. And you’ll pay tax on those gains in the current year — even if you reinvest the distribution.
  4. If your mutual fund investments aren’t limited to your tax-advantaged retirement accounts, watch out for these hazards. And contact us — we can help you safely navigate them to keep your tax liability to a minimum.

Making Sales With Installment Payments

Posted by Admin Posted on June 30 2016

No matter what the economy is like, many businesses see the benefits of allowing customers to make installment payments. With low interest rates, installment sales contracts have become an important tool for companies looking for ways to boost sluggish sales.

In some court cases, consumers' installment contracts have been ruled unenforceable under the "doctrine of unconscionability." This involves a contract so unfair and one-sided that it literally "shocks the conscience of the court."

Before rushing in and offering consumers the ability to buy products or services "on time," companies should understand that both federal and state laws closely regulate installment sales contracts. Failing to meet the terms of these laws can be costly.

In one case, Service Corporation International, the world's largest funeral industry company, settled a consumer lending class-action lawsuit in 2003 that arose from SCI's use of installment contracts for a potential of nearly $3 million.

In the lawsuit, filed in Miami, consumers claimed that under the installment contract used to purchase SCI's "Memorial Plan" SCI charged illegally high processing fees, and failed to disclose finance charges, the amount financed, and the annual interest rate to consumers. In addition, the suit alleged that SCI failed to provide consumers with copies of the paperwork as required by law.

Although SCI admitted no wrong doing in the case, it did agree to pay $50,000 cash to consumers with claims under federal law. The company also agreed to provide coupons worth $175 to some 16,000 customers with claims arising under state law. Finally, the company agreed to an injunction, which bars it from continuing to use the contract in question and lowers the processing fee in the future from $50 to just $10.

While laws vary from state to state, companies should always keep in mind that installment contracts must provide full disclosure of the terms of the loan. The annual percentage rate (APR) of the loan must be specified. Finance charges must be disclosed, and the amount financed (the amount of the loan) must be specified. In addition, added fees for processing, etc. must never be so high that the total cost of the loan is so high that it runs afoul of state usury laws. Care must be taken when drafting a company's contract for installment sales that all necessary disclosures are conspicuously made.

In addition to these consumer credit laws, there are separate federal and state laws involving the advertising of offers involving installment payments.

While full disclosure of the terms of the lending agreement is of paramount importance for any company considering installment contracts, it is also important to remember that many states have additional requirements. For example, some states require that consumer installment contracts be written in clear, concise, plain English. Some even specify the size of the type that must be used when printing such agreements.

Don't bury important aspects of lending agreements in legal jargon and "fine print." Information should be disclosed clearly and conspicuously so that consumers can evaluate the merits of an offer and make an informed purchasing decision.

Awards of RSUs can provide tax deferral opportunity

Posted by Admin Posted on June 28 2016

Executives and other key employees are often compensated with more than just salary, fringe benefits and bonuses: They may also be awarded stock-based compensation, such as restricted stock or stock options. Another form that’s becoming more common is restricted stock units (RSUs). If RSUs are part of your compensation package, be sure you understand the tax consequences — and a valuable tax deferral opportunity.

RSUs vs. restricted stock

RSUs are contractual rights to receive stock (or its cash value) after the award has vested. Unlike restricted stock, RSUs aren’t eligible for the Section 83(b) election that can allow ordinary income to be converted into capital gains.

But RSUs do offer a limited ability to defer income taxes: Unlike restricted stock, which becomes taxable immediately upon vesting, RSUs aren’t taxable until the employee actually receives the stock.

Tax deferral

Rather than having the stock delivered immediately upon vesting, you may be able to arrange with your employer to delay delivery. This will defer income tax and may allow you to reduce or avoid exposure to the additional 0.9% Medicare tax (because the RSUs are treated as FICA income).

However, any income deferral must satisfy the strict requirements of Internal Revenue Code Section 409A.

Complex rules

If RSUs — or other types of stock-based awards — are part of your compensation package, please contact us. The rules are complex, and careful tax planning is critical.

Throw a company picnic for employees this summer and enjoy larger deductions

Posted by Admin Posted on June 21 2016

Many businesses host a picnic for employees in the summer. It’s a fun activity for your staff and you may be able to take a larger deduction for the cost than you would on other meal and entertainment expenses.

Deduction limits

Generally, businesses are limited to deducting 50% of allowable meal and entertainment expenses. But certain expenses are 100% deductible, including expenses:

  • For recreational or social activities for employees, such as summer picnics and holiday parties,
  • For food and beverages furnished at the workplace primarily for employees, and
  • That are excludable from employees’ income as de minimis fringe benefits.

There is one caveat for a 100% deduction: The entire staff must be invited. Otherwise, expenses are deductible under the regular business entertainment rules.

Recordkeeping requirements

Whether you deduct 50% or 100% of allowable expenses, there are a number of requirements, including certain records you must keep to prove your expenses.

If your company has substantial meal and entertainment expenses, you can reduce your tax bill by separately accounting for and documenting expenses that are 100% deductible. If doing so would create an administrative burden, you may be able to use statistical sampling methods to estimate the portion of meal and entertainment expenses that are fully deductible.

For more information about deducting business meals and entertainment, including how to take advantage of the 100% deduction, please contact us.

Equity Recap: An Optional Capital Infusion

Posted by Admin Posted on June 15 2016

Private equity funds offer a way to get a capital infusion for your company for a period of time while maintaining a role in its operation and avoiding a sale or a merger.

Choosing Partners Wisely

Another important element of an equity recap is to find a partner who shares your vision for the company because the private equity fund will play a key role in future growth.

It is also vital to consider how well the personalities will mesh on both sides in the years to come. The current management of the company must feel comfortable interacting on a regular basis with the private equity fund as it will be a partnership going forward regardless of whether a majority interest in the company is relinquished or not.

Typically, companies hire an intermediary such as an investment banking firm to establish a value for the company, help position the company with the appropriate funds, and ensure confidentiality of the process so as not to alarm customers, employees or competitors.

Choose a trusted intermediary you enjoy working with and who has:

  • Knowledge and experience with equity recaps.

  • Contacts and understanding of investment goals with the private equity community.

  • An understanding of the tax and dilution implications of various debt and equity structures.

Once the private equity firm is selected and a value for the company is determined, due diligence is performed, purchase documents are negotiated and a closing date is set. The typical process generally takes four to six months to complete.

It's called equity recapitalization and it typically involves selling a minority or majority stake in your company to a private equity fund.

With an equity recap, you retain part-ownership and remain involved in the daily operations of the company for an average of five years. Following that period of restructuring and growth, the equity fund typically sells its ownership stake. Then, a second deal is arranged with the equity firm that may involve the owner:

  • Selling the remaining stake.

  • Retaining that stake.

  • Buying back the debt from the equity company and regaining full ownership.

Equity Recap Candidates

Many candidates for equity recap are private business owners looking for personal liquidity or financing to expand their companies. But shareholder regulations may limit a corporate owner's ability to liquidate — or sell — a large portion of personal shares, which keeps the majority of the owner's personal wealth tied up in the company.

With an equity recap, however, the owner is freed up to sell a large stake in the company. An equity recap can offer multiple advantages, including:

1. Diversifying personal wealth.

2. Obtaining an influx of capital for growth.

3. Retaining some ownership.

4. Positioning the company for growth.

5. An opportunity to recognize significant future equity returns.

6. Limiting financial risk, because the owner's net worth is no longer tied exclusively to the financial fluctuations of the company.

Potential Pitfalls

Despite the advantages, however, if you consider an equity recap restructuring, you should proceed carefully with professional help both during the initial share transfer and the subsequent resale. There are two pitfalls in particular that you want to clarify, both regarding ownership:

  • If retaining control of the business is crucial, you must make that fact clear early on in the negotiation process. Many equity recap transactions transfer a majority share of the company to the private equity fund.

  • If you want to regain ownership of the company by buying back the debt at the end of the restructuring period, an arrangement must be worked out before the initial share transfer. Many equity recap transactions conclude with the company being sold to a third party with both the private equity fund and the owner relinquishing their shares.

Seek Expert Guidance

One of the most important steps when considering an equity recap is to seek expert guidance in the following areas:

  • Determining the value of the company.
  • Finding an intermediary who will explore investment interest in the private equity community.
  • Performing due diligence when it comes to potential private equity partners.
  • Clarifying the tax implications of potential debt and equity recap structures.
  • Structuring the private equity recap transaction.
  • Establishing a plan for growth following private equity investment.

Bottom line: An equity recap is a complex transaction that takes several months to complete and also has an interim period of several years. Yet many business owners have found it a preferable path to selling their companies outright or merging with other corporate entities.


Finding the right tax-advantaged account to fund your health care expenses

Posted by Admin Posted on June 14 2016

With health care costs continuing to climb, tax-friendly ways to pay for these expenses are more attractive than ever. Health Savings Accounts (HSAs), Flexible Spending Accounts (FSAs) and Health Reimbursement Accounts (HRAs) all provide opportunities for tax-advantaged funding of health care expenses. But what’s the difference between these three accounts? Here’s an overview:

HSA. If you’re covered by a qualified high-deductible health plan (HDHP), you can contribute pretax income to an employer-sponsored HSA — or make deductible contributions to an HSA you set up yourself — up to $3,350 for self-only coverage and $6,750 for family coverage for 2016. Plus, if you’re age 55 or older, you may contribute an additional $1,000.

You own the account, which can bear interest or be invested, growing tax-deferred similar to an IRA. Withdrawals for qualified medical expenses are tax-free, and you can carry over a balance from year to year.

FSA. Regardless of whether you have an HDHP, you can redirect pretax income to an employer-sponsored FSA up to an employer-determined limit — not to exceed $2,550 in 2016. The plan pays or reimburses you for qualified medical expenses.

What you don’t use by the plan year’s end, you generally lose — though your plan might allow you to roll over up to $500 to the next year. Or it might give you a 2 1/2-month grace period to incur expenses to use up the previous year’s contribution. If you have an HSA, your FSA is limited to funding certain “permitted” expenses.

HRA. An HRA is an employer-sponsored account that reimburses you for medical expenses. Unlike an HSA, no HDHP is required. Unlike an FSA, any unused portion typically can be carried forward to the next year. And there’s no government-set limit on HRA contributions. But only your employer can contribute to an HRA; employees aren’t allowed to contribute.

Questions? We’d be happy to answer them — or discuss other ways to save taxes in relation to your health care expenses.

Combine business travel and a family vacation without losing tax benefits

Posted by Admin Posted on June 07 2016

Are you thinking about turning a business trip into a family vacation this summer? This can be a great way to fund a portion of your vacation costs. But if you’re not careful, you could lose the tax benefits of business travel.

Reasonable and necessary

Generally, if the primary purpose of your trip is business, expenses directly attributable to business will be deductible (or excludable from your taxable income if your employer is paying the expenses or reimbursing you through an accountable plan). Reasonable and necessary travel expenses generally include:

  • Air, taxi and rail fares,
  • Baggage handling,
  • Car use or rental,
  • Lodging,
  • Meals, and
  • Tips.

Expenses associated with taking extra days for sightseeing, relaxation or other personal activities generally aren’t deductible. Nor is the cost of your spouse or children traveling with you.

Business vs. pleasure

How do you determine if your trip is “primarily” for business? One factor is the number of days spent on business vs. pleasure. But some days that you might think are “pleasure” days might actually be “business” days for tax purposes. “Standby days,” for example, may be considered business days, even if you’re not engaged in business-related activities. You also may be able to deduct certain expenses on personal days if tacking the days onto your trip reduces the overall cost.

During your trip it’s critical to carefully document your business vs. personal expenses. Also keep in mind that special limitations apply to foreign travel, luxury water travel and certain convention expenses.

Maximize your tax savings

For more information on how to maximize your tax savings when combining business travel with a vacation, please contact us. In some cases you may be able to deduct expenses that you might not think would be deductible.

Private Equity: Taking Companies to the Next Level

Posted by Admin Posted on June 01 2016

The number of mergers and acquisitions has continued to be strong in recent years, and private equity has remained as one of the driving forces.


With private equity capital looking for investments these days, the gates may be open for companies to find opportunities for cash infusions while business owners remain at the helm.

At some point in their business cycles, midsized companies often find they lack the financial resources or management skills to cut overhead and spark growth. In such instances, private equity investors might be able to help.

Rather than investing in companies that they possibly break up and sell off, many private equity firms take another tack. They work with existing management to enhance shareholder value by finding profit solutions, including plant and equipment upgrades, new product development and process improvements that shorten lead times.

In these transactions, a private equity group targets businesses with strong track records to add to its portfolio of companies. Some private equity investors specialize in certain industries. The terms of the deal depend on fundamentals such as the company's financial position, management team, business plan, growth strategy, customer base and objectives for the capital infusion.

Often, private equity investors turn to outside professionals, including accountants and attorneys, to provide due diligence, tax advice, business consulting and other services for their portfolio companies, as well as businesses they are interested in acquiring. (See right-hand box for a list of ongoing services that accounting firms may offer in private equity transactions.)

In addition to providing expertise, some private equity investors operate a purchasing group, which allows their portfolio companies to buy certain goods and services at lower prices than they can obtain themselves.

Retaining Some Control

If the existing business owners hope to retain management after the transaction closes, they must consider the private equity group's horizon for involvement. Generally, a private equity firm's stays engaged for three to seven years, after which it expects a solid return on its investment. The investor's exit plan and ideas should match the vision of existing management. A private equity deal can eventually result in a third-party acquisition, a management buyout, an initial public offering or other exit strategy.

The level of a private equity firm's financial and operational contributions — and a factor business owners must closely evaluate — often depends on the approach investors plan to take: hands-on or hands-off.

With a hands-on, active approach, the goal is to become a business partner. Although day-to-day operational control isn't usually part of the deal, private equity firms expect to have a seat on their portfolio companies' boards. They may also want businesses to:

  • Provide forward-looking managerial information, such as budgets, cash flow and sales goals, as well as copies of the minutes of board meetings.
  • Be advised by outside professionals hired to help identify critical problems and opportunities — and take action to solve or take advantage of them.
  • Allow consultation, involvement in, and veto power over major business decisions such as large capital purchases, changes in strategic direction, business acquisitions and disposals, debt levels and leadership.

In a hands-off, passive approach the investing firm basically allows management to run the business until the exit time. However, the firm still expects regular financial reports. And if a business fails to meet agreed targets, defaults on payments, or runs into other difficulties, the private equity investors typically become more involved.

In the end, private equity investment can help ensure some companies thrive. It can also offer employees and management a chance to share in the company's success through incentive-based programs that allow them to buy or earn equity.

Money Isn't the Only Contribution

Generally, private equity investments are value-added propositions that can make major contributions in areas including:

  • Financial advice,
  • Strategic direction in day-to-day operations,
  • Innovation,
  • Management recruitment, and
  • Marketing.

Evaluating Offers

If a company receives an offer from a private equity investment firm, here are some considerations:

Risks. What are the financing conditions? Can the deal be financed at the leverage level proposed? How will that leverage affect the business and its ability to achieve goals? Will the business be over-leveraged?

Financing Structure. Some private equity groups may want to include earnouts, convertible preferred investments, clawbacks and guaranteed return instruments.

Management Details. What terms are being proposed for keeping current management?

Chemistry. Given a choice, businesses should examine the chemistry with potential investors. Also important is a knowledge of the company's industry and investors that can add value rather than simply offer financial re-engineering.

Outside Pros Are Often Tapped

Private equity investors often partner with accounting firms and other professional service providers to help identify target businesses, close transactions and provide operational assistance to companies in their portfolios. Services include:

  • Due diligence,
  • Business valuation,
  • Tax planning and preparation of returns,
  • Internal controls to prevent and detect fraud,
  • Financial statement audits,
  • Consulting to strengthen financial processes and identify profit opportunities,
  • Information technology solutions, and
  • Sarbanes-Oxley Act  and other legal compliance.

Stock market volatility can cut tax on a Roth IRA conversion

Posted by Admin Posted on May 31 2016

This year’s stock market volatility can be unnerving, but if you have a traditional IRA, this volatility may provide a valuable opportunity: It can allow you to convert your traditional IRA to a Roth IRA at a lower tax cost.

Traditional IRAs

Contributions to a traditional IRA may be deductible, depending on your modified adjusted gross income (MAGI) and whether you participate in a qualified retirement plan, such as a 401(k). Funds in the account can grow tax-deferred.

On the downside, you generally must pay income tax on withdrawals, and, with only a few exceptions, you’ll face a penalty if you withdraw funds before age 59½ — and an even larger penalty if you don’t take your required minimum distributions (RMDs) after age 70½.

Roth IRAs

Roth IRA contributions, on the other hand, are never deductible. But withdrawals — including earnings — are tax-free as long as you’re age 59½ or older and the account has been open at least five years. In addition, you’re allowed to withdraw contributions at any time tax- and penalty-free.

There are also estate planning advantages to a Roth IRA. No RMD rules apply, so you can leave funds growing tax-free for as long as you wish. Then distributions to whoever inherits your Roth IRA will be income-tax-free as well.

The ability to contribute to a Roth IRA, however, is subject to limits based on your MAGI. Fortunately, anyone is eligible to convert a traditional IRA to a Roth. The catch? You’ll have to pay income tax on the amount you convert.

Saving tax

This is where the “benefit” of stock market volatility comes in. If your traditional IRA has lost value, converting to a Roth now rather than later will minimize your tax hit. Plus, you’ll avoid tax on future appreciation when the market stabilizes.

Of course, there are more ins and outs of IRAs that need to be considered before executing a Roth IRA conversion. If your interest is piqued, discuss with us whether a conversion is right for you.

How many employees does your business have for ACA purposes?

Posted by Admin Posted on May 24 2016

It seems like a simple question: How many full-time workers does your business employ? But, when it comes to the Affordable Care Act (ACA), the answer can be complicated.

The number of workers you employ determines whether your organization is an applicable large employer (ALE). Just because your business isn’t an ALE one year doesn’t mean it won’t be the next year.

50 is the magic number

Your business is an ALE if you had an average of 50 or more full time employees — including full-time equivalent employees — during the prior calendar year. Therefore, you’ll count the number of full time employees you have during 2016 to determine if you’re an ALE for 2017.

Under the law, an ALE:

  • Is subject to the employer shared responsibility provisions with their potential penalties, and
  • Must comply with certain information reporting requirements.

Calculating full-timers

A full-timer is generally an employee who works on average at least 30 hours per week, or at least 130 hours in a calendar month.

A full-time equivalent involves more than one employee, each of whom individually isn’t a full-timer, but who, in combination, are equivalent to a full-time employee.

Seasonal workers

If you’re hiring employees for summer positions, you may wonder how to count them. There’s an exception for workers who perform labor or services on a seasonal basis. An employer isn’t considered an ALE if its workforce exceeds 50 or more full-time employees in a calendar year because it employed seasonal workers for 120 days or less.

However, while the IRS states that retail workers employed exclusively for the holiday season are considered seasonal workers, the situation isn’t so clear cut when it comes to summer help. It depends on a number of factors.

We can help

Contact us for help calculating your full-time employees, including how to handle summer hires. We can help ensure your business complies with the ACA.

Is This the Right Time to Sell Your Business?

Posted by Admin Posted on May 18 2016

Selling a business requires a great deal of time and effort on both the buyer's and seller's behalf. In addition, determining the right time to finalize the transaction can make a huge difference in the price.

Obviously, determining when to sell a business is primarily the seller's decision. In order to help determine the optimal time to sell your business, here are 12 questions to consider:

1. Who is the ideal buyer for the business?Specifically, what attributes does the buyer need in order to complete the acquisition and successfully operate the company? Has anyone expressed interest in the past? Are those individuals appropriately qualified to make the purchase?

2. Do you have the appropriate team of advisers available to help complete the sale? For example, does your attorney have the appropriate experience reviewing the purchase agreements?

3. Do you know what the business is worth? Can you provide support to a potential buyer, for example, a third-party valuation report? If the buyer engages a valuation expert, do you have all of the appropriate information readily available to support their efforts (financial statements, customer lists etc.).

4. What role do you wish to have after the acquisition? Would you like a consulting contract or other position for yourself and other executives? Further, what level of income do you need to support your current lifestyle as well as your personal goals once the business is sold?

5. Is the business currently performing at a level that would attract buyers?If not, what steps do you need to take to improve the operations?

6. Do you have the right team in place? One important asset you're selling is the employees who work at your company. From the buyer's point of view, is the team properly trained and is there a winning company culture?

7. What about the outside team? In addition to the employees, you are also selling your customer base and relationships with vendors that took time to build.

8. Are the company's financial statements reviewed or audited by a reputable accounting firm?

9. Have you documented all of the company's processes and procedures?Do they accurately detail how the business performs on a day-to-day basis?

10. From a buyer's perspective, does the business have a strong track record of financial performance? How confident would a buyer be that the business will maintain or improve once bought?

11. Have you considered how the sale should be structured for federal tax purposes? The tax consequences can vary widely depending on how long you've owned the business, the type of entity (C corporation, S corporation, LLC, etc.) and exactly how the deal is structured. By planning ahead with your tax adviser, you may be able to substantially reduce the tax bill. Don't forget to assess state and local tax issues.

12. What will you tell employees, vendors and shareholders who may hear about a proposed sale? Controlling rumors is very important in terms of keeping the company operating at peak performance.

Words of Caution: Be careful not to invest too much time in one potential buyer. A buyer may not complete the transaction so it can be a smart move to negotiate with two or three potential buyers, at least in the early stages of the sales process. Doing so also creates the potential for a bidding war.

Keep in mind that sellers, as well as buyers, must conduct due diligence investigations. For example, assess the creditworthiness of a potential buyer by obtaining credit reports and financial statements. Also check the buyer's business reputation and management experience. Do an internet search for information about any unethical business practices the buyer might have engaged in. Check public records to uncover any outstanding liens and judgments against the buyer or related parties, undisclosed litigation, and so forth.

Once all of the questions above have been addressed, consider developing an offering memo that summarizes the key elements of your business. The information needed to complete the memo can often be derived from your company's five-year business plan. It should include the history of the company, a list of markets or customers served, financial performance to date, as well as general comments regarding future growth potential.


How summer day camp can save you taxes

Posted by Admin Posted on May 17 2016

Although the kids might still be in school for a few more weeks, summer day camp is rapidly approaching for many families. If yours is among them, did you know that sending your child to day camp might make you eligible for a tax credit?

The power of tax credits

Day camp (but not overnight camp) is a qualified expense under the child and dependent care credit, which is worth 20% of qualifying expenses (more if your adjusted gross income is less than $43,000), subject to a cap. For 2016, the maximum expenses allowed for the credit are $3,000 for one qualifying child and $6,000 for two or more.

Remember that tax credits are particularly valuable because they reduce your tax liability dollar-for-dollar — $1 of tax credit saves you $1 of taxes. This differs from deductions, which simply reduce the amount of income subject to tax. For example, if you’re in the 28% tax bracket, $1 of deduction saves you only $0.28 of taxes. So it’s important to take maximum advantage of the tax credits available to you.

Rules to be aware of

A qualifying child is generally a dependent under age 13. (There’s no age limit if the dependent child is unable physically or mentally to care for him- or herself.) Special rules apply if the child’s parents are divorced or separated or if the parents live apart.

Eligible costs for care must be work-related, which means that the child care is needed so that you can work or, if you’re currently unemployed, look for work. However, if your employer offers a child and dependent care Flexible Spending Account (FSA) that you participate in, you can’t use expenses paid from or reimbursed by the FSA to claim the credit.

Are you eligible?

These are only some of the rules that apply to the child and dependent care credit. So please contact us to determine whether you’re eligible.

Get Ready for Due Diligence Long Before a Sale or Merger

Posted by Admin Posted on May 13 2016

It doesn't matter where you are in the life span of your business. If you plan to sell someday or merge with another business — even years from now — you need to begin getting ready for the due diligence process. In today's environment, the M&A process is very detailed. Here is a list of issues that your business may be asked to document. The sooner you start preparing, the better.

To read this full article click on the link below.

Putting your home on the market? Understand the tax consequences of a sale

Posted by Admin Posted on May 10 2016

As the school year draws to a close and the days lengthen, you may be one of the many homeowners who are getting ready to put their home on the market. After all, in many locales, summer is the best time of year to sell a home. But it’s important to think not only about the potential profit (or loss) from a sale, but also about the tax consequences.


If you’re selling your principal residence, you can exclude up to $250,000 ($500,000 for joint filers) of gain — as long as you meet certain tests. Gain that qualifies for exclusion also is excluded from the 3.8% net investment income tax.

To support an accurate tax basis, be sure to maintain thorough records, including information on your original cost and subsequent improvements, reduced by any casualty losses and depreciation claimed based on business use. Keep in mind that gain that’s allocable to a period of “nonqualified” use generally isn’t excludable.


A loss on the sale of your principal residence generally isn’t deductible. But if part of your home is rented out or used exclusively for your business, the loss attributable to that portion may be deductible.

Second homes

If you’re selling a second home, be aware that it won’t be eligible for the gain exclusion. But if it qualifies as a rental property, it can be considered a business asset, and you may be able to defer tax on any gains through an installment sale or a Section 1031 exchange. Or you may be able to deduct a loss.

Learn more

If you’re considering putting your home on the market, please contact us to learn more about the potential tax consequences of a sale.

Maintain a Healthy Cash Flow

Posted by Admin Posted on May 04 2016

In today's economic environment, one major concern for businesses is maintaining a healthy cash flow.

If your company is feeling the squeeze of a tight economy — and tight credit — its ability to manage cash flow is critical. Enterprises that successfully practice good cash management generally survive and prosper. Those that don't are likely to be undone by the weight of increasing debt and the inability to pay employees and suppliers.

Cash flow is the heartbeat of your business and keeping it stable requires juggling most aspects of your operation, including accounts receivables, payroll, credit and inventory.

With that in mind, here are a dozen strategies to strengthen your company's cash flow:

1. Take the maximum time to pay your suppliers. Essentially, this amounts to an interest-free line of credit and gives you more time to use your working capital.

2. Check to see if your suppliers offer payment incentives. Some companies offer a discount for paying early. Even if your business regularly purchases a substantial amount from another company, you're in a good position to negotiate favorable payment terms. In addition to early payment incentives, ask for special terms that accommodate your cash flow requirements. For example, negotiate to make payments after your busy season.

Many suppliers are willing to offer incentives, in order to speed up their own receivables and cement long-term relationships with good customers.

3. On your end, offer customer discounts to early payers. Consider providing a one to two percent discount, if bills are paid within ten days of delivery. It may cost you a little, but it can also light a fire under slow payers — and have a major positive effect on your cash flow.

4. Examine payment terms and your billing schedule. If possible, send an invoice with your shipments — not separately afterward. Waiting until the end of the month can add as many as 30 extra days to your cash flow conversion period. If your business provides a service and it is appropriate, ask customers for a deposit before work begins.

Remind customers of your credit terms. Check your invoices or statements to ensure there is a clear indication of when payment is due. Encourage customers to pay with fund transfers or Internet payments.

5. Closely track and collect overdue accounts. Have your accounting department prepare fast, accurate reports on overdue payments. Monitoring accounts can reveal early warning signs. Act immediately on past-due accounts and use a collection agency, if necessary. Telephone tardy customers and obtain a payment commitment by a specific date. Consider giving staff members financial rewards when they collect long-overdue bills.

Don't keep delivering services or shipping goods when payments are far behind. Put problem customers on a C.O.D. system, or stop shipments altogether.

6. Consider establishing an interest penalty for late payments. Once a bill becomes long overdue, you may have to resort to penalties. While you can, and should, sympathize with hard-pressed customers for a reasonable amount of time, don't let their problems drag your cash flow down.

7. Don't extend credit without taking the proper precautions. Require all new customers to fill out credit applications. Request and check credit references.

A written agreement at the onset of a business relationship can help avoid misunderstandings later on. Spell out the terms of the arrangement on your credit application. You might want to go one step further and have customers sign a separate statement or contract identifying when payments are due and that the other party is liable for any legal or arbitration costs if a bill is not paid.

If your business is extending credit to a financially troubled company, insist on securing personal guarantees from the owners, as well as their spouses.

8. Trim expenses and cut unnecessary spending. Look for ways to reduce waste in office supplies, company vehicles, cell phones and land lines, utilities, business travel, overtime pay, insurance and more. Ask your employees for cost-cutting suggestions. They are likely to come up with ideas management hasn't thought about.

Dispose of unused vehicles, vacant real estate and machinery you don't need. You could be paying insurance, maintenance and storage costs on them. Selling idle assets can result in a cash flow boost, while donating to a qualified charity can be a tax-wise move.

9. Keep your inventory lean. As a rule of thumb, the expense of maintaining stock in inventory averages about two percent of the cost of those goods for each month not sold. If your business carries an item for a year, you're down 24 percent. It's hard to overcome this kind of cost handicap — especially in hard times.

Don't fall into the trap of hanging onto slow-moving inventory in order to avoid admitting you made a mistake. Cut your losses on old and outdated inventory items or donate them and claim a charitable tax deduction.

10. Speaking of tax deductions, look for valuable opportunities you may have overlooked. The complex Internal Revenue Code is filled with breaks for various industries and taxpayers in certain situations. Consult with your tax adviser to see if there are potential opportunities or steps you should take by the end of the year to reduce your tax bill.

11. Free up cash by leasing rather than buying. Leasing computer equipment, cars, facilities, tools and other gear generally costs more than buying, but you avoid tying up cash. You can also limit your exposure with short-term leases.

12. Examine prices. Many company owners and executives won't consider increasing prices in a tough economy because they're afraid customers will head to the competition. However, it may be necessary if your prices aren't keeping pace with expenses. If you do raise prices, explain the reasons to your customers and, if possible, give them notice. Emphasize the value of your products or services.

These ideas are just some of the ways your company can improve cash flow. Consult with your accountant who can help you review cash flow statements, find weaknesses and come up with solutions to maintain a healthy balance between the money flowing in and out of your organization.



QSB stock offers 2 valuable tax benefits

Posted by Admin Posted on May 03 2016

By investing in qualified small business (QSB) stock, you can diversify your portfolio and enjoy two valuable tax benefits:

1. Tax-free gain rollovers. If within 60 days of selling QSB stock you buy other QSB stock with the proceeds, you can defer the tax on your gain until you dispose of the new stock. The rolled-over gain reduces your basis in the new stock. For determining long-term capital gains treatment, the new stock’s holding period includes the holding period of the stock you sold.

2. Exclusion of gain. Generally, taxpayers selling QSB stock are allowed to exclude up to 50% of their gain if they’ve held the stock for more than five years. But, depending on the acquisition date, the exclusion may be greater: The exclusion is 75% for stock acquired after Feb. 17, 2009, and before Sept. 28, 2010, and 100% for stock acquired on or after Sept. 28, 2010. The acquisition deadline for the 100% gain exclusion had been Dec. 31, 2014, but Congress has made this exclusion permanent.

The taxable portion of any QSB gain will be subject to the lesser of your ordinary-income rate or 28%, rather than the normal long-term gains rate. Thus, if the 28% rate and the 50% exclusion apply, the effective rate on the QSB gain will be 14% (28% × 50%).

Keep in mind that these tax benefits are subject to additional requirements and limits. For example, to be a QSB, a business must be engaged in an active trade or business and must not have assets that exceed $50 million.

Consult us for more details before buying or selling QSB stock. And be sure to consider the nontax factors as well, such as your risk tolerance, time horizon and overall investment goals.

Unexpected retirement plan disqualification can trigger serious tax problems

Posted by Admin Posted on Apr 26 2016

It’s not unusual for the IRS to conduct audits of qualified employee benefit plans, including 401(k)s. Plan sponsors are expected to stay in compliance with numerous, frequently changing federal laws and regulations.

For example, have you identified all employees eligible for your 401(k) plan and given them the opportunity to make deferral elections? Are employee contributions limited to the amounts allowed under tax law for the calendar year? Does your 401(k) plan pass nondiscrimination tests? Traditional 401(k) plans must be regularly tested to ensure that the contributions don’t discriminate in favor of highly compensated employees.

If the IRS uncovers compliance errors and the plan sponsor doesn’t fix them, the plan could be disqualified.

What happens if qualified status is lost?

Tax law and administrative details that may seem trivial or irrelevant may actually be critical to maintaining a plan’s qualified status. If a plan loses its tax-exempt status, each participant is taxed on the value of his or her vested benefits as of the disqualification date. That can result in large (and completely unexpected) tax liabilities for participants.

In addition, contributions and earnings that occur after the disqualification date aren’t tax-free. They must be included in participants’ taxable incomes. The employer’s tax deductions for plan contributions are also at risk. There are also penalties and fees that can be devastating to a business.

Finally, withdrawals made after the disqualification date cannot be rolled over into other tax-favored retirement plans or accounts (such as IRAs).

Voluntary corrections

The good news is that 401(k) plan errors can often be voluntarily corrected. We can help determine if changes should be made to your company’s qualified plan to achieve and maintain compliance. Contact us for more information.

Are You Using Chip Cards Yet?

Posted by Admin Posted on Apr 20 2016

The major U.S. card companies — including Visa, MasterCard, Discover and American Express — voluntarily imposed a shift of liability for counterfeit "card present" transactions that went into effect for most merchants on October 1, 2015. (Gas stations with automated fuel dispensers have until October 1, 2017, before their liability on counterfeit cards will shift.)

As a result of this liability shift, brick-and-mortar stores are expected to upgrade their card readers and processing systems to accept chip cards, also known as Europay, MasterCard and Visa (EMV) cards. If a store fails to upgrade and accepts an in-store payment with a chip card using a magnetic-only card reader, the store — not the card issuer — is generally responsible for replacing any fraud losses.

CardHub, a credit card comparison website, recently followed up on the status of EMV compliance in the United States with its "2016 EMV Adoption Survey." It revealed that 42% of U.S. retailers still haven't upgraded the terminals in any of their stores. What's more, the adoption rate is no better for merchants who've been hacked in the past. The study found that, among U.S. retailers who've experienced a data breach in the last five years, 43% haven't upgraded their card readers.

Although upgrading may be costly, especially for small banks and retailers, EMV technology provides greater protection for card issuers, merchants and consumers. By using a card without a chip or shopping at stores that aren't EMV-compliant, you're putting your accounts at greater risk of fraud. Here's why.

Magnetic Strips vs. Chips

How do chip cards help fight payment card fraud? A chip card contains a tiny metallic square that's actually a minicomputer. Chip cards generate a unique encrypted code for each transaction, so they're more secure than magnetic cards when read by an EMV-compliant processing device. For now, most U.S. chip cards call for dual authorization with card holder signatures, unless the card previously required a personal identification number (PIN). Eventually, the United States may transition to chip-and-PIN cards, which would add a layer of fraud protection.

Conversely, magnetic cards store static information, similar to old-fashioned music cassette tapes, making them easy targets for hackers. If a thief steals data from a magnetic credit card, he or she can copy the unchanging data onto a cloned card and use it to make purchases or withdraw cash.

Card issuers in Canada and several European, Asian and Latin American countries have already seen payment card fraud rates drop significantly after they switched from magnetic cards to chip cards. In addition, most foreign chip card readers already require PINs.

Affected Transactions

In the past, card issuers — including banks, credit unions and other financial institutions that issue debit or credit cards — generally accepted all liability for counterfeit payment card transactions. But on October 1, 2015, the liability for counterfeit in-store payment card transactions generally shifted to the party (either the issuer or merchant) that doesn't support EMV.

The liability shift doesn't change the responsibility for online purchases, in-store transactions conducted using lost or stolen cards, or in-store transactions conducted using cards that only offer magnetic strips. Payment card issuers will continue to be liable for payment fraud that occurs with these types of transactions.

Consumer Perceptions of Chip Cards

Many consumers remain indifferent or uncertain about the benefits that chip cards offer. CardHub's survey revealed that:

  • 41% of consumers haven't received (or don't know if they've received) a chip-enabled card, and

  • 56% of consumers don't care if a merchant's equipment is chip-enabled.

It's easy to tell if you're using EMV technology. Chip cards have a tiny metallic square on the front. Most chip cards will also have a magnetic strip on the back, at least for now. These may be used if the merchant's card reader isn't chip-enabled or the chip reader (or card) malfunctions.

You know a store has installed chip-enabled terminals if the checkout clerk asks you to "dip" your card into the bottom of the reader, rather than "swipe" the magnetic strip. You also might notice that chip card payments take about 10 seconds longer to process than magnetic strip card payments. This gives the chip card's minicomputer time to communicate with the merchant's terminal.

Protect Your Accounts

Although consumers aren't directly affected by this shift of liability, they'll benefit from more secure credit and debit cards. Criminals steal billions of dollars through payment card frauds each year. When fraud strikes, it's a huge inconvenience to card holders.

Victims might, for example, need to dispute fraudulent charges on their monthly card statements, cancel their existing cards and wait for new cards to arrive. They should also switch all automated bill payments and online shopping accounts to the new card numbers and expiration dates.

Fortunately, chip card technology can help reduce your chances of becoming the next payment card fraud victim. But you only get the added layer of protection if you use chip cards and shop at stores that have updated their equipment and processing systems. Contact your financial or legal advisers for more information.


Why it’s time to start tax planning for 2016

Posted by Admin Posted on Apr 19 2016

Now that the April 18 income tax filing deadline has passed, it may be tempting to set aside any thought of taxes until year end is approaching. But don’t succumb. For maximum tax savings, now is the time to start tax planning for 2016.

More opportunities

A tremendous number of variables affect your overall tax liability for the year. Starting to look at these variables early in the year can give you more opportunities to reduce your 2016 tax bill.

For example, the timing of income and deductible expenses can affect both the rate you pay and when you pay. By regularly reviewing your year-to-date income, expenses and potential tax, you may be able to time income and expenses in a way that reduces, or at least defers, your tax liability.

In other words, tax planning shouldn’t be just a year-end activity.

More certainty

In recent years, planning early has been a challenge because there were a lot of expired tax breaks where it was uncertain whether they’d be extended for the year. But the Protecting Americans from Tax Hikes Act of 2015 (PATH Act) extended a wide variety of tax breaks through 2016, or, in some cases, later. It also made many breaks permanent.

For example, the PATH Act made permanent the deduction for state and local sales taxes in lieu of state and local income taxes and tax-free IRA distributions to charities for account holders age 70½ or older. So you don’t have to wait and see whether these breaks will be available for the year like you did in 2014 and 2015.

Getting started

To get started on your 2016 tax planning, contact us. We can discuss what strategies you should be implementing now and throughout the year to minimize your tax liability.

Entrepreneurs: What can you deduct and when?

Posted by Admin Posted on Mar 29 2016

Starting a new business is an exciting time. But before you even open the doors, you generally have to spend a lot of money. You may have to train workers and pay for rent, utilities, marketing and more.

Entrepreneurs are often unaware that many expenses incurred by start-ups can’t be deducted right away.

How expenses are handled on your tax return

When planning a new enterprise, remember these key points:

  • Start-up costs include those incurred or paid while creating an active trade or business — or investigating the creation or acquisition of one. Organizational costs include the costs of creating a corporation or partnership.
  • Under the federal tax code, taxpayers can elect to deduct up to $5,000 of business start-up and $5,000 of organizational costs. The $5,000 deduction is reduced dollar-for-dollar by the amount by which your total start-up or organizational costs exceed $50,000. Any remaining costs must be amortized over 180 months on a straight-line basis.
  • No deductions or amortization write-offs are allowed until the year when “active conduct” of your new business commences. That usually means the year when the enterprise has all the pieces in place to begin earning revenue. To determine if a taxpayer meets this test, the IRS and courts will generally ask: Did the taxpayer undertake the activity intending to earn a profit? Was the taxpayer regularly and actively involved? Has the activity actually begun?

An important decision

Time may be of the essence if you have start-up expenses that you’d like to deduct this year. You need to decide whether to take the elections described above. Recordkeeping is important. Contact us about your business start-up plans. We can help with the tax and other aspects of your new venture.

Tips for deducting losses from a disaster, fire or theft

Posted by Admin Posted on Mar 23 2016

If you suffer damage to your home or personal property, you may be able to deduct these “casualty” losses on your federal income tax return. A casualty is a sudden, unexpected or unusual event, such as a natural disaster (hurricane, tornado, flood, earthquake, etc.), fire, accident, theft or vandalism. A casualty loss doesn’t include losses from normal wear and tear or progressive deterioration from age or termite damage.

Here are some things you should know about deducting casualty losses:

When to deduct. Generally, you must deduct a casualty loss in the year it occurred. However, if you have a loss from a federally declared disaster area, you may have the option to deduct the loss on an amended return for the immediately preceding tax year.

Amount of loss. Your loss is generally the lesser of 1) your adjusted basis in the property before the casualty (typically, the amount you paid for it), or 2) the decrease in fair market value of the property as a result of the casualty. This amount must be reduced by any insurance or other reimbursement you received or expect to receive. (If the property was insured, you must have filed a timely claim for reimbursement of your loss.)

$100 rule. After you’ve figured your casualty loss on personal-use property, you must reduce that loss by $100. This reduction applies to each casualty loss event during the year. It doesn’t matter how many pieces of property are involved in an event.

10% rule. You must reduce the total of all your casualty or theft losses on personal-use property for the year by 10% of your adjusted gross income (AGI). In other words, you can deduct these losses only to the extent they exceed 10% of your AGI.

Have questions about deducting casualty losses? Contact us!

3 income-tax-smart gifting strategies

Posted by Admin Posted on Mar 16 2016

If your 2015 tax liability is higher than you’d hoped and you’re ready to transfer some assets to your loved ones, now may be the time to get started. Giving away assets will, of course, help reduce the size of your taxable estate. But with income-tax-smart gifting strategies, it also can reduce your income tax liability — and perhaps your family’s tax liability overall:

1. Gift appreciated or dividend-producing assets to loved ones eligible for the 0% rate. The 0% rate applies to both long-term gain and qualified dividends that would be taxed at 10% or 15% based on the taxpayer’s ordinary-income rate.

2. Gift appreciated or dividend-producing assets to loved ones in lower tax brackets. Even if no one in your family is eligible for the 0% rate, transferring assets to loved ones in a lower income tax bracket than you can still save taxes overall for your family. This strategy can be even more powerful if you’d be subject to the 3.8% net investment income tax on dividends from the assets or if you sold the assets.

3. Don’t gift assets that have declined in value. Instead, sell the assets so you can take the tax loss. Then gift the sale proceeds.

If you’re considering making gifts to someone who’ll be under age 24 on December 31, make sure he or she won’t be subject to the “kiddie tax.” And if your estate is large enough that gift and estate taxes are a concern, you need to think about those taxes, too. To learn more about tax-smart gifting, contact us.

Taylor & Morgan's photo.

Five Last-Minute Moves to Lower Your 2015 Tax Bill

Posted by Admin Posted on Mar 03 2016

Tax Day is right around the corner. Have you filed your federal tax return yet? The filing deadline to submit 2015 individual federal income tax returns is Monday, April 18, 2016, rather than the traditional April 15 date. Washington, D.C., will celebrate Emancipation Day on Friday, April 15, which pushes the deadline to the following Monday for most of the nation. The deadline will be Tuesday, April 19, in Maine and Massachusetts, due to Patriots' Day.

Fortunately, there's still time to take steps to reduce your 2015 federal tax liability. Here are five last-minute ideas for individuals and small businesses


Ground Rules for Deductible Contributions to Traditional IRAs

Making a tax deductible contribution to a traditional IRA is an easy and quick way to lower your tax liability. But this doesn't work for everyone. Here's a checklist to see if you might be eligible for this last-minute strategy:

1. Have you and your spouse (if you're married) reported sufficient "earned income" in 2015 to offset what you plan to contribute to your IRA for 2015?

2. Were you younger than 70 1/2 on December 31, 2015? If you turned 70 1/2 last year, you can't make a deductible contribution.

3. Were you covered by an employer-sponsored retirement plan in 2015? If so, your eligibility to make a deductible contribution to a traditional IRA in 2015 is phased out at the following income levels:

  • For single taxpayers who are covered by an employer-sponsored plan, it's phased out for adjusted gross income (AGI) between $61,000 and $71,000.

  • For married taxpayers who were both covered by retirement plans in 2015, it's phased out for both spouses for joint AGI between $98,000 and $118,000.

  • For married taxpayers with only one spouse covered by a retirement plan, the covered spouse's eligibility to make a deductible contribution for last year is phased out for joint AGI between $98,000 and $118,000. The noncovered spouse's eligibility is phased out for joint AGI between $183,000 and $193,000.

For example, suppose you're a 40-year-old single taxpayer in the 25% federal income tax bracket who makes a $5,500 deductible IRA contribution on April 1. If you meet all of the eligibility requirements, this move would reduce your federal income tax bill by $1,375 (plus any state income tax savings).

On the other hand, if you're married and file jointly and both spouses were over 50 years old on December 31, 2015, you could potentially make two $6,500 contributions (for a total of $13,000). If you meet all of the eligibility requirements, these contributions would reduce your joint federal income tax bill by $3,250 if you are in the 25% bracket (plus any state income tax savings).

1. Individuals Can Choose to Deduct State and Local Sales Taxes

Congress recently made permanent the option to claim a federal income tax deduction for general state and local sales taxes as opposed to deducting state and local income taxes. The option is now available for 2015 and beyond. This is good news for individuals who live in states with low or no personal income taxes, as well as for those who owe little or no state taxes.

If you choose the sales tax option, you can use a table provided by the IRS to calculate your sales tax deduction. Your deduction will vary based on your state of residence, income, and personal and dependent exemptions.

If you use the IRS table, you can also add on actual sales tax amounts from major purchases, such as:

  • Motor vehicles, including motorcycles, off-road vehicles, and RVs,

  • Boats,

  • Aircraft, and

  • Home improvements.

In other words, you can deduct actual sales taxes for these major purchases on top of the predetermined amount from the IRS table. Alternately, if you saved receipts from your 2015 purchases, you can add up the actual sales tax amounts and deduct the total if that gives you a bigger write-off.

2. Qualified Individuals Can Make Deductible IRA Contributions

If you haven't made the maximum deductible traditional IRA contribution for the 2015 tax year, you can still make a contribution between now and the tax filing deadline and claim the resulting write-off on your 2015 return. The maximum deductible contribution for 2015 was $5,500 per taxpayer — or $6,500 if you or your spouse was age 50 or older as of December 31, 2015.

However, there are a couple of catches. First, you must have enough 2015 earned income from jobs, self-employment or alimony received to equal or exceed your IRA contributions for the 2015 tax year. If you are married, either spouse (or both) can provide the necessary earned income.

Second, deductible IRA contributions are gradually phased out if your income was too high last year. (See "Ground Rules for Deductible Contributions to Traditional IRAs" at right.) Fortunately, the phaseout ranges are much higher than they were a few years ago.

3. Business Owners Can Establish SEPs

If you work for your own small business and haven't yet set up a tax-favored retirement plan for yourself, you can establish a simplified employee pension (SEP). Unlike other types of small business retirement plans, a SEP can be created this year and still generate a deduction on last year's return.

Important note. If you are self-employed and extend the filing deadline for your 2015 Form 1040 until October 17, you'll have until that late date to take care of the paperwork and make a deductible contribution for 2015.

The deductible contribution to a SEP can be up to 20% of your 2015 self-employment income or up to 25% of your 2015 salary if you work for your own corporation. The absolute maximum amount you can contribute for the 2015 tax year is $53,000. If you have the cash on hand to fund a SEP contribution, the tax savings can be substantial.

For example, if you're self-employed and in the 28% federal income tax bracket, a $30,000 SEP contribution could lower your 2015 federal income tax bill by $8,400 (plus any state income tax savings). In many cases, the tax savings could fund a big chunk of your contribution.

Establishing a SEP is simple. Your bank or financial adviser can help you complete the required paperwork. But don't jump the gun if your business has employees. Your SEP will likely have to cover them and make contributions to their accounts, which could be cost prohibitive. Your tax and financial advisers can help you decide whether establishing a SEP is a smart move for your business.

4. Small Business Owners Can Claim Section 179 Deduction for Real Property Expenditures

Section 179 provides a federal income tax break that allows eligible small businesses to deduct the entire cost of qualifying asset purchases (including software) in the year they're placed in service (rather than depreciating them over their useful lives). Real property improvement costs have traditionally been ineligible for the Sec. 179 deduction. But there's an exception for qualified real property improvements placed in service in tax years beginning in 2015.

You can claim a Sec. 179 deduction for real property expenditures of up to $250,000 for:

  • Interiors of leased nonresidential buildings,

  • Restaurant buildings, and

  • Interiors of retail buildings.

The Sec. 179 allowance for real estate had previously expired at the end of 2014, but recent legislation made it permanent for 2015 (and beyond). Additional rules and restrictions may apply, so consult your tax adviser before claiming Sec. 179.

5. Businesses Can Take Advantage of Favorable Provisions in Tangible Property Regulations

In general, IRS regulations require most tangible property costs to be capitalized and depreciated over their useful lives, rather than deducted in the tax year that they're placed in service. But there are a few taxpayer-friendly exceptions, including:

  • Small businesses can elect to immediately deduct items costing up to $2,500 that would otherwise have to be capitalized and depreciated over a number of years. The deduction allowance was increased to the current $2,500-per-item amount by IRS Notice 2015-82. Previously, the allowance was only $500. Larger businesses that have an applicable financial statement for the 2015 tax year (generally, those required to file Form 10-K with the SEC and those with audited financial statements) can deduct items costing up to $5,000. The election to take advantage of these deduction allowances can be made with the 2015 return or form for your business.

  • Expenditures for incidental materials and supplies can be deducted in the year they're paid or incurred. These expenditures include noninventory items: 1) worth $200 or less, or 2) with useful economic lives of 12 months or less.

Consult with a Tax Pro

These are some of the more common last-minute tax-saving maneuvers that individuals and small business owners can take before Tax Day. As always, your tax professionals can advise you on the optimal tax-saving strategies for your specific situation.

Tackle Key Financial Issues as You Face Retirement

Posted by Admin Posted on Feb 25 2016

The Baby Boomer generation reached its peak in 1957 at an annual birth rate of about 4.3 million people. It's hard to believe that these Baby Boomers will turn 59 years old in 2016. An important rite of passage that comes with this age is that they'll soon be eligible to withdraw funds from their qualified retirement funds without incurring the 10% early withdrawal penalty. But this is just the start of milestones they'll encounter as they face retirement.

Like many 60-somethings, these Boomers might not be ready — emotionally or financially — for full retirement. Ready or not, there are key financial decisions everyone needs to eventually make and reasons you can't afford to ignore financial matters as the golden years approach.

Age 59 1/2: Withdraw Retirement Funds without Incurring Penalties

Once you hit age 59 1/2, you can take money out of your IRAs, 401(k) plans, pensions and tax-deferred annuities — for any reason whatsoever — without incurring the 10% early withdrawal tax penalty. Obviously it's unwise to go on a spending spree at age 59 1/2, because these funds must last for the rest of your life.

Now is the time to budget how much to draw on your retirement savings and when. Also remember to consider taxes. Distributions from traditional IRAs, 401(k) plans and other employer-sponsored retirement plans are taxed as ordinary income. That's because original contributions to these accounts were tax deductible.

However, earnings on qualified distributions from Roth IRAs can be taken on a federal income-tax-free basis. That's because contributions to these accounts weren't originally tax deductible. (A qualified distribution is one made after age 59 1/2 and at least five years after contributions to the Roth IRA began.)

Age 62: Decide When To Receive Social Security Benefits

You qualify to start receiving Social Security benefits at age 62, based on your work history or your spouse's work history. But if you decide to take benefits before your full retirement age, they'll be reduced at a rate of 0.5% for each month you begin taking Social Security early. When making this decision, look at your health and family history of longevity.

Your full retirement age depends on when you were born. For example, people born in 1957 will be eligible to receive 100% of their benefits when they reach age 66 1/2 years. Those born in 1960 or later must reach age 67 to be eligible for full benefits.

Alternatively, you may delay receiving benefits until after your full retirement age. In that case, your benefits will increase by 8% annually. Under current law, this increase will be automatically added each month from the moment you reach full retirement age until you start taking benefits or reach age 70.

If you continue to work and start receiving benefits before full retirement age, your benefits will be reduced by $1 for every $2 in earnings above the prevailing annual limit of $15,720 in 2016. If you work during the year in which you attain full retirement age, your benefits will be reduced by $1 for every $3 in earnings over a different annual limit of $41,880 in 2016 until the month you reach full retirement age. Once you have attained full retirement age, you can keep working and your benefits won't be reduced, regardless of how much you earn.

Full benefits from Social Security typically replace about 40% of an average worker's income after retiring. Benefit levels are adjusted annually for the cost of living. But, there's no cost of living increase scheduled in 2016. Depending on an individual's overall income (or the combined income of a married couple that files a joint tax return), some portion of Social Security benefits might be subject to income tax.

When you start receiving Social Security, other family members may also be eligible for payments, including qualifying children and current (and former) spouses. In addition, your family may continue to be eligible for a percentage of your benefits after you die.

Age 65: Choose Medicare and Medigap Coverage

The Social Security Administration recommends applying for Medicare benefits three months before you reach age 65. If you elect to receive Social Security benefits before your full retirement age, you'll automatically be enrolled in Medicare Parts A and B without an additional application.

Hospitalization coverage. Medicare Part A covers a portion of your costs for a semi-private room during your stay in a hospital, skilled nursing facility or hospice, after you pay an initial hospital stay deductible. It also covers some home health care. Medicare only pays for up to 100 days in a long-term care facility and only following a qualified hospital stay. Other rules and restrictions apply.

If you or your spouse paid Medicare taxes while you worked, you're generally eligible for Part A coverage for free. If you're not eligible for free coverage, you can pay a monthly premium in 2016 of up to $411, depending on your income.

Medical insurance coverage. Even if you don't qualify for Medicare Part A coverage, you may be eligible to enroll in Medicare Part B coverage. Part B medical insurance covers doctor bills for treatment in or out of the hospital, as well as the costs of medical equipment, tests and services provided by clinics and laboratories. It doesn't cover other medical expenses, such as routine physical exams or medications.

When Medicare Part B covers an item, it generally pays 80% of the amount it approves (after a $166 deductible in 2016) and you pay the remaining 20%. However, Part B covers 100% of approved charges for home health care, clinical laboratory services, and flu and pneumonia vaccines.

Part B coverage costs $121.80 a month in 2016 when an individual has an annual income of $85,000 or less ($170,000 or less for married couples filing joint tax returns). People with higher annual incomes pay higher premiums.

Medigap coverage. This fills the gaps that exist in Medicare, such as co-payments and co-insurance. It's usually a type of private health insurance that's governed by federal and state laws. In some cases, you might opt for Medicare Part C coverage, which may function like a Medigap policy administered by Medicare.

The optimal time to buy Medigap insurance is within the first six months you're at least 65 years old and enrolled in Medicare Part B. That way, you won't need to undergo a medical underwriting. For those with existing health conditions, this enables them to buy a policy at the same price that is charged for people in good health.

Important note. Before you travel outside the United States, find out whether Medicare will cover you while you're away. Generally, the coverage is limited or nonexistent. If you don't have coverage when traveling overseas, you can purchase supplemental policies to cover medical expenses incurred outside the United States, including evacuations.

Prescription drug coverage. Medicare Part D covers prescription drugs. The premium you pay today is based on your income as reported on your IRS tax return from the last two years. So if your income from 2014 was above a certain limit, you'd currently pay an income-related monthly adjustment amount in addition to your plan premium.

Individual taxpayers who had income of $85,000 or less in 2014 (or married couples filing jointly with income of $170,000 or less in 2014) would currently pay no additional premium for Part D coverage. The highest monthly premium for Part D coverage is $72.90 (plus your plan premium) for individual taxpayers who had income above $214,000 in 2014 (or married couples filing jointly with income above $428,000 for 2014).

Important note. You may be charged a late enrollment penalty if you go without credible prescription drug coverage through Medicare Part D or another source for any continuous period of 63 days or more after your initial enrollment period ends (three months after the month you turn 65).

Age 70 1/2: Take RMDs — or Else

Many people are surprised to learn that the IRS generally mandates annual distributions from traditional IRAs and qualified retirement plans once they reach age 70 1/2. You also must pay income tax on these required minimum distributions (RMDs). No mandatory distributions are required from Roth IRAs while the original owner of the account is alive.

RMDs are based on your account balance and life expectancy. The initial RMD is for the year you turn 70 1/2, but you can postpone that payout until as late as April 1 of the following year. If you chose that option, you must take two RMDs in the following year: The first must be taken by April 1, and the second must be taken by December 31. For each subsequent year, you must take RMDs by December 31.

The penalty for not taking your full RMD on time is severe. You'll owe 50% of the amount you should have withdrawn but didn't. RMDs also must be taken from inherited accounts.

Important note. An exception to the RMD rule is permitted for taxpayers who continue working after they reach age 70 1/2 and don't own more than 5% of the company. These people can postpone taking RMDs from their employer plans until after retirement. However, they must still take RMDs from qualified plans that remain at former employers (that is, the plans that haven't been rolled over to their current employer's plan).

Before Your 60th Birthday Hits

Concerns about rising medical costs, longer life expectancies and insufficient retirement savings are forcing many people to stay in the workforce longer than expected. Regardless of whether you continue to work in your 60s and beyond, the government requires you to make important decisions about retirement benefits and health care coverage as you reach certain ages. These requirements won't cover all the financial contingencies that you'll eventually encounter, however.

It's also important to address other financial issues, including whether you should switch to annuities or other less aggressive investments once you retire. In addition, you might consider how you'll pay for long-term nursing and home care, without depleting the value of your estate.

Ideally, you should meet with your financial adviser before you turn age 60 (and beyond) to review your retirement plans. He or she can help you evaluate your investment portfolio, manage monthly living expenses, understand Medicare and long-term care options, and decide when to take Social Security benefits and withdrawals from retirement accounts and pension plans. Planning ahead can help minimize the stress and maximize the upsides of retirement.

What’s your charitable donation deduction?

Posted by Admin Posted on Feb 25 2016

When it comes to deducting charitable gifts, all donations are not created equal. As you file your 2015 return and plan your charitable giving for 2016, it’s important to keep in mind the available deduction:

Cash. This includes not just actual cash but gifts made by check, credit card or payroll deduction. You may deduct 100%.

Ordinary-income property. Examples include stocks and bonds held one year or less, inventory, and property subject to depreciation recapture. You generally may deduct only the lesser of fair market value or your tax basis.

Long-term capital gains property. You may deduct the current fair market value of appreciated stocks and bonds held more than one year.

Tangible personal property. Your deduction depends on the situation:
• If the property isn’t related to the charity’s tax-exempt function (such as an antique donated for a charity auction), your deduction is limited to your basis.
• If the property is related to the charity’s tax-exempt function (such as an antique donated to a museum for its collection), you can deduct the fair market value.

Vehicle. Unless it’s being used by the charity, you generally may deduct only the amount the charity receives when it sells the vehicle.

Use of property. Examples include use of a vacation home and a loan of artwork. Generally, you receive no deduction because it isn’t considered a completed gift.

Services. You may deduct only your out-of-pocket expenses, not the fair market value of your services. You can deduct 14 cents per charitable mile driven.

Finally, be aware that your annual charitable donation deductions may be reduced if they exceed certain income-based limits. If you receive some benefit from the charity, your deduction must be reduced by the benefit’s value. Various substantiation requirements also apply. If you have questions about how much you can deduct, let us know.

10 Facts You Should Know about the Do Not Call Registry

Posted by Admin Posted on Feb 17 2016

Most Americans hate receiving unsolicited telemarketing calls. Inevitably, they seem to happen at the worst possible times — when you're sitting down to dinner, tuning in to your favorite television show or drifting off to sleep. Fortunately, the Federal Trade Commission (FTC) allows you to sign up for the Do Not Call (DNC) registry.

In general, this free service makes it illegal for telemarketers to contact you, but there are a number of exceptions and rules that must be followed. Here are 10 facts about the registry that you should know to protect yourself from unsolicited interruptions to your daily grind.


Debunking the Myths about Telemarketing Calls to Cell Phones

Don't believe the rumors you've heard about telemarketers calling your cell phone. Placing telemarketing calls to wireless phones is illegal in most cases. The government doesn't maintain a registry for wireless numbers — and it has no plans to establish one in the future — so compiling lists of wireless numbers is expensive and time consuming. And the Federal Communications Commission (FCC) promises that most calls to cell phones will continue to be illegal even if a 411 phone directory is established for wireless numbers.

FCC regulations prohibit telemarketers from using automated dialers to call cell phone numbers. Most telemarketers use automated dialers, so they're generally barred from calling consumers on their cell phones without their consent. Consumers do not have to register wireless phones with the Do Not Call (DNC) Registry, although many cell phone users register for the list anyway.

Unfortunately, the rules don't prevent exempt organizations — such as charities, researchers and pollsters — from calling your cell phone manually. In fact, many exempt organizations plan to increase the calls they make to cell phones to keep pace with people's changing habits.

Nearly half of U.S. adults have only a cell phone, according to a recent Pew Research study. In general, these individuals tend to be younger, have lower income and education levels, and are more likely to live in urban areas than people with landlines. Reasons for opting out of landline telephone services include cost savings and frustration with unsolicited calls from telemarketing companies and researchers.

1. The Purpose

The FTC created the national DNC Registry in January 2003 when it issued final amendments to the Telemarketing Sales Rule. It's intended to provide consumers with a choice about whether to receive telemarketing calls at home.

The FTC's biennial report about the DNC Registry for 2014-2015 reveals that more than 222 million people are currently using this free service. In general, unsolicited calls to people on this registry are illegal, unless the caller falls under one of the exemptions (see below).

There's no deadline for adding your phone number to the DNC list. FTC rules require callers that aren't exempt from the rules to stop telemarketing calls 30 days after you register a number.

Important note. Business-to-business calls are not covered under the DNC rules.

2. Re-Registration

When the DNC list was created, registrations expired and consumers had to renew their listing every five years. However, that's no longer the case. Now your number stays on the DNC registry until you cancel your registration or discontinue service.

If you move within the same geographic area and keep the same phone number, you probably won't need to re-register with the FTC. Such "ported" numbers are removed from the DNC list only if both the address and name on the account change.

Important note. People who move and retain the same phone number may need to re-register if they also change names. For example, newlyweds who change their names and then move in together may want to verify that their phone numbers are still on the list.

3. Fees for Business Access

Most legitimate companies don't call consumers on the DNC registry. But some businesses intentionally sidestep the registry — or are unaware of the DNC rules.

Before calling a personal phone number, businesses are supposed to reference the DNC registry and remove registered numbers from their calling lists (unless the caller qualifies for an exemption).

The annual fee for businesses to access the registry is $60 per area code for 2015 and 2016. But the first five area codes are available for free to provide relief to smaller businesses and startups. The maximum annual fee for accessing the entire DNC list is $16,482 in 2015 and 2016. More than 23,000 organizations accessed the registry last year, including 2,504 businesses that paid more than $13.3 million to the FTC.

Failure to follow the DNC rules could result in consumer complaints, FTC investigations and fines of up to $16,000 per call. Wrongdoers also may be required to pay redress to injured consumers.

4. Exemptions

Some organizations are exempt from the government's DNC rules, including:

  • Charities or certain not-for-profit organizations,

  • Organizations engaged in political solicitations or surveys, or

  • Sellers or telemarketers that have an "established business relationship" or have obtained the express written agreement to call a customer on the DNC registry.

Last year, 521 exempt organizations voluntarily chose to access the registry to honor the wishes of people on the list. When exempt organizations make calls to phone numbers on the list, it can create "badwill" for the organization making the call. The FTC allows exempt organizations to access the DNC registry for free.

Important note. Because it's a presidential election year, expect an unusually high volume of calls from political candidates and pollsters this summer and fall. Unfortunately, these callers generally qualify as exempt organizations, so there's nothing you can do to prevent them from calling your home.

5. "Existing Business Relationship" Exception

Telemarketers can legitimately call people on the DNC registry if they can prove an "established business relationship." Relationships that meet this exception include:

Existing customers. Consumers who purchase, rent or lease goods or services from the specific seller (or engage in a financial transaction with the seller) within the 18 months immediately preceding the date of a telemarketing call.

Prospective customers. Consumers who inquire about or apply for a product or service offered by the specific seller within the three months immediately preceding the date of a telemarketing call.

In November 2015, the Telemarketing Sale Rule was amended to shift the burden of proving the existence of established business relationships to the seller.

Important note. This exemption does not apply if the person has asked to be on the seller's entity-specific DNC list by telling the caller that he or she doesn't want to receive telemarketing calls from the seller. Other types of exempt organizations, including charities, may not be required to keep an entity-specific DNC list, but many do as a courtesy to consumers.

6. Related Party Rules

Does the established business relationship exception extend to related parties, such as affiliates or subsidiaries? That's a gray area in the DNC rules, so the FTC looks at two primary factors to answer that question: 1) the degree of similarity between the products and services offered by the seller and its affiliate or subsidiary, and 2) the degree of similarity between the entities' names. Greater similarity generally equates with greater likelihood that a call will fall within the scope of this exception.

In addition, affiliates and subsidiaries must maintain separate entity-specific DNC lists. Just requesting a company to put you on its DNC list doesn't result in that request being extended to related parties. If an affiliate or a subsidiary calls, you will have to request to be placed on that company's list, too.

7. Lead Generators and Sweepstakes

Some companies try to exploit the established business relationship exception. For example, lead generators may try to find customers who are interested in a product or service through Web advertisements, free offers or cold calling campaigns. Then they may sell customer information to other companies who sell similar products and services.

Before using a list obtained from lead generators, businesses must access the DNC registry and remove registered numbers from their calling list. Under FTC rules, the lead generator might have a relationship with a consumer, but that relationship doesn't automatically pass to the purchaser of the list of leads. The relationship transfers only if the consumer inquired about the offerings of the specific seller or the lead generator told the consumer to expect calls from the specific seller.

Likewise, some companies may try to use sweepstakes to demonstrate an established business relationship. But entry in a sweepstakes contest alone doesn't allow companies to circumvent the DNC registry.

8. Technology Issues

Technological advances have made telemarketing campaigns cheaper and easier to implement. Most telemarketers routinely use automatic telephone dialing systems or prerecorded messages (commonly referred to as "robocalls"), instead of calling consumers directly. In October 2013, the Federal Communications Commission eliminated the established business relationship exception that applied to prerecorded telemarketing calls to residential lines.

These technologies — along with equipment that allows callers to fake their identities on caller ID — make it harder for the FTC to find and prosecute scammers. The problems related to technology-driven DNC rule violations are pervasive. In 2015, the FTC received an average of more than 175,000 complaints about robocalls each month.

9. FTC Contests

The FTC is working with industry groups, academic experts and other government agencies to encourage new technologies to combat illegal telemarketing calls. It's even held contests to spur technological solutions from the private sector. A contest in 2012 led to the development of Nomorobo, a free service that's helped stop over 65 million robocalls. Additional contests were held in 2014 and 2015.

10. Getting Help

If you'd like to register your phone number for the DNC list or verify that your number is already included, visit the registry at or call (888) 382-1222 from the phone number you're registering.

If you receive an illegal call on a registered phone line, the FTC warns not to interact in any way. Don't press buttons to be taken off the call list or to talk to a live person. Doing so could lead to more unwanted calls. Instead, hang up and file a complaint immediately. Complaints may be filed online, by phone or by mail with either the FTC or Federal Communications Commission (for illegal calls to cell phones).

Contact your legal or financial advisers for additional information about how these rules, as well as any applicable state DNC rules, affect you — or your business, if you sell products or services using telemarketing campaigns.

How to max out education-related tax breaks

Posted by Admin Posted on Feb 16 2016

If there was a college student in your family last year, you may be eligible for some valuable tax breaks on your 2015 return. To max out your education-related breaks, you need to see which ones you’re eligible for and then claim the one(s) that will provide the greatest benefit. In most cases you can take only one break per student, and, for some breaks, only one per tax return.

Credits vs. deductions

Tax credits can be especially valuable because they reduce taxes dollar-for-dollar; deductions reduce only the amount of income that’s taxed. A couple of credits are available for higher education expenses:

  1. The American Opportunity credit — up to $2,500 per year per student for qualifying expenses for the first four years of postsecondary education.
  2. The Lifetime Learning credit — up to $2,000 per tax return for postsecondary education expenses, even beyond the first four years.

But income-based phaseouts apply to these credits.

If you’re eligible for the American Opportunity credit, it will likely provide the most tax savings. If you’re not, the Lifetime Learning credit isn’t necessarily the best alternative.

Despite the dollar-for-dollar tax savings credits offer, you might be better off deducting up to $4,000 of qualified higher education tuition and fees. Because it’s an above-the-line deduction, it reduces your adjusted gross income, which could provide additional tax benefits. But income-based limits also apply to the tuition and fees deduction.

How much can your family save?

Keep in mind that, if you don’t qualify for breaks for your child’s higher education expenses because your income is too high, your child might. Many additional rules and limits apply to the credits and deduction, however. To learn which breaks your family might be eligible for on your 2015 tax returns — and which will provide the greatest tax savings — please contact us.

Ensure You Qualify for Charitable Donation Deductions

Posted by Admin Posted on Feb 11 2016

Giving to charity can provide you with a warm feeling as well as a nice tax break. But you've got to itemize deductions on your tax return. And, like most tax breaks, charitable deductions come with a number of rules you must follow to actually claim the write-off. Here are the details.

8 Steps to Finding an IRS-Approved Charity

For donations to be tax deductible, they must be approved by the IRS. To discover which organizations qualify, follow these eight steps:

1. Go to

2. In the search function at the top, enter "Publication 78."

3. Click the "EO Select Check" link.

4. Click the "Exempt Organizations Select Check Tool."

5. Select "Are eligible to receive tax-deductible charitable contributions."

6. Fill in the information you know about the charity. The organization's name and location should be enough.

7. Scroll through the charities until you find the one you want. By clicking the arrow next to "Legal Name," you can make the list alphabetical by name. You can also organize it by city.

8. Click the deductibility status link for the charity. For example, if the status is PC, the organization is a public charity. You can make deductible donations of up to 50% of adjusted gross income to public charities.

Donation Documentation

You can deduct donations only if you have adequate documentation. The amount and nature of that documentation depends on what you're donating. For example:

Cash under $250. In this case, the best proof of your generosity is a cancelled check or credit card statement. Preferably, you should also get a receipt from the organization showing its name, the date and place of the contribution, and the amount given. For small cash donations, such as gifts to the Salvation Army around the holidays, keep a log.

Noncash under $250. For donations of non-cash items worth less than $250, you need a receipt. The receipt should show the organization's name, date and place of the donation, and a description of what you're giving. You may have to fill in most of this information yourself.

You must also place a reasonable value on the donated item(s). Finally, you must have the receipt in hand by the time you file your return to claim a deduction. So keep all such receipts with your tax records for the year.

Cash of $250 or more. With these gifts, canceled checks or other similar evidence isn't good enough. Instead, you must get from the charity a contemporaneous qualified written acknowledgment (more detailed than a simple receipt) that meets IRS guidelines. If you don't and you get audited, you'll lose the deduction even if there's proof that you made the donations claimed.

An acknowledgement meets the contemporaneous requirement if you obtain it on or before the earlier of:

  • The date you file your return for the year the donation was made, or

  • The due date (including an extension) for filing the return.

If you don't have an acknowledgement in hand by the applicable date, you can't claim the deduction. Legitimate charities know these rules, so you should have no problem collecting a suitable acknowledgment. Keep it with your tax records.

Key Point: For purposes of the $250 threshold for the written acknowledgment, each contribution is considered separately. So if you give $25 every Sunday at church, you don't need an acknowledgment. But keep a log of all your contributions if they aren't made by check. Similarly, you don't need an acknowledgment if you have $50 taken out of each paycheck for charity at work. But keep your check stubs and the pledge card from when you signed up for payroll deductions

Non-cash of $250 to $5,000. For these donations, you need the contemporaneous written acknowledgment plus written evidence that supports the item's acquisition date, cost, fair market value (FMV), etc. Keep this information with your tax records.

A written acknowledgment in this case generally must include three things:

1. A description of the non-cash item,

2. An explanation of whether the charity provided goods or services in exchange for the donation (other than intangible religious benefits), and

3. A description and good faith estimate of the value of any goods or services the charity provided in exchange for your donation.

If your total non-cash donations for the year exceed $500, an IRS form must be filled out and included with your return.

Non-cash of more than $5,000. For these donations, you generally must get a contemporaneous written acknowledgment. In addition, you'll need to file an IRS form with your return and obtain a qualified written appraisal by the time you file.

Stricter rules apply to contributions of artwork worth $50,000 or more. You can't write off the appraisal fee as a charitable donation. However, it qualifies as a miscellaneous itemized expense subject to the 2% of adjusted gross income (AGI) deduction threshold.

Clothing and Household Items

If you donate clothing and household items (furniture, linens, electronics, appliances, etc.), all the preceding documentation rules apply. In addition, you generally can claim deductions for only items in "good condition or better."

However, you can deduct the FMV of an item that's not in "good condition or better" if you attach a qualified appraisal that values the item at more than $500. For example, this might apply to valuable antiques that are in only "fair" condition.

Appreciated Securities

If you contribute appreciated securities, give away those you've owned for more than one year. That way, you can deduct the full market value and avoid capital gains tax on the appreciation.

In contrast, if you donate appreciated securities you've held for 12 months or less, your deduction is limited to the cost of the securities, which may be much lower. No appraisal is required for donations of publicly traded securities.

Vehicles, Boats and Planes

You've probably seen or heard ads asking for donations of used vehicles. In addition to the aforementioned documentation requirements, other rules apply to donations of motor vehicles, boats and planes. To begin with, for a vehicle valued at $500 or less, you can deduct the item's FMV.

But if the FMV exceeds $500 and the charity sells the vehicle, your deduction is limited to the sale price. Because charities often sell donated vehicles at auctions, the sale price might be significantly less than FMV.

On the other hand, if the charity uses the vehicle in its tax-exempt purpose (for example, to deliver items), you can deduct the full FMV. The same is true if a charity makes significant improvements to the vehicle (for instance, rebuilding the engine or transmission). Minor dent removal and paint don't count as significant.

You can't claim a deduction for donating a vehicle with a claimed value exceeding $500 unless you receive a contemporaneous qualified written acknowledgment. Usually, the charity supplies IRS Form 1098-C as the acknowledgement. The form should include:

  • Your name,

  • Your Social Security number,

  • The vehicle's ID number,

  • The donation date,

  • The date on which the vehicle was sold, and

  • Certain other information including the price.

Additional information must be provided if the charity intends to use the vehicle or make significant improvements.

Important: The FMV for a vehicle doesn't mean the highest value you can find in a used car buyer's guide. You must make appropriate adjustments for mileage and condition.

Income-Based Limitations

Depending on the charity type, and whether you contribute cash or property, your write-off can be limited to 20%, 30% or 50% of your AGI. Contributions that exceed the AGI limit can be carried over for up to five years and usually deducted then.

The AGI limitation rules are complicated, but they normally affect only large contributors. If you don't know the rules, be sure to read up on them before committing to big gifts. Otherwise, you may not reap the hefty tax savings that you're expecting.

Rules and Write-offs

Itemized deductions for charitable donations can save you tax dollars while you're doing good. Just be sure to work with your tax adviser to follow the rules and maximize your write-offs.

Deduct home office expenses — if you’re eligible

Posted by Admin Posted on Feb 09 2016

Today it’s becoming more common to work from home. But just because you have a home office space doesn’t mean you can deduct expenses associated with it.

Eligibility requirements

If you’re an employee, your use of your home office must be for your employer’s convenience, not just your own. If you’re self-employed, generally your home office must be your principal place of business, though there are exceptions.

Whether you’re an employee or self-employed, the space must be used regularly (not just occasionally) and exclusively for business purposes. If, for example, your home office is also a guest bedroom or your children do their homework there, you can’t deduct the expenses associated with that space.

A valuable break

If you are eligible, the home office deduction can be a valuable tax break. You may be able to deduct a portion of your mortgage interest, property taxes, insurance, utilities and certain other expenses, as well as the depreciation allocable to the office space.

Or you can take the simpler “safe harbor” deduction in lieu of calculating, allocating and substantiating actual expenses. The safe harbor deduction is capped at $1,500 per year, based on $5 per square foot up to a maximum of 300 square feet.

More considerations

For employees, home office expenses are a miscellaneous itemized deduction. This means you’ll enjoy a tax benefit only if these expenses plus your other miscellaneous itemized expenses exceed 2% of your adjusted gross income (AGI).

If, however, you’re self-employed, you can deduct eligible home office expenses against your self-employment income.

Finally, be aware that we’ve covered only a few of the rules and limits here. If you think you may be eligible for the home office deduction, contact us for more information.

The New-and-Improved Research Credit Is Now Permanent

Posted by Admin Posted on Feb 05 2016

The research credit is back — this time for good — and it's better than ever for some small companies. The Protecting Americans from Tax Hikes (PATH) Act of 2015, signed into law by the president on December 18, does much more than extend this credit. Under the PATH Act, the research credit is restored retroactive to January 1, 2015, and has finally been made permanent. The new law also provides two additional tax benefits that take effect in 2016 for certain employers.

What Is the Research Credit?

The research credit was introduced in 1981 to encourage spending on research and experimentation activities by cutting-edge companies. But it was enacted on a temporary basis, and subsequent extensions — generally lasting only a year or two — have also been temporary. The last extension, approved by Congress as part of the Tax Increase Prevention Act of 2014, was the 16th extension of the credit and applied only for one year before the credit expired again on January 1, 2015.

Over the years, the research credit has been modified several times. Currently, the credit equals the sum of the following items:

  • 20% of the excess of qualified research expenses for the year over a base amount,

  • The university basic research credit (that is, 20% of the basic research payments), and

  • 20% of the qualified energy research expenses undertaken by an energy research consortium.

The base amount used in this calculation is a fixed-base percentage (not to exceed 16%) of the average annual receipts from a U.S. trade or business, net of returns and allowances, for four years prior to the year in which you claim the credit. It can't be less than 50% of the annual qualified research expenses. In other words, the minimum credit equals 10% of qualified research expenses (50% of the 20% credit).

For an expense to qualify for the research credit, it must meet the following criteria:

  • It qualifies as a "research and experimentation expenditure" under Section 174 of the tax code (see "Another Tax Break for Research Expenses," at right),

  • It relates to research undertaken for the purpose of discovering information that's technological in nature and the application of which is intended to be useful in developing a new or improved business component, and

  • Substantially all of the activities of the research constitute elements of a process of experimentation that relates to new or improved functionality, performance, reliability or quality.

Is There a Simpler Way to Calculate the Research Credit?

In lieu of claiming the basic research credit as described above, Congress has authorized an alternative simplified credit (ASC). Currently, the ASC equals 14% of the amount by which qualified expenses exceed 50% of the average for the three preceding tax years.

The ASC may be preferable to the regular research credit for some companies. For example, your company possibly may opt for the ASC, rather than the regular credit, under the following conditions:

  • You have a high base amount for the regular calculation,

  • You lack detailed records to support qualified expenses during the base period years,

  • You've experienced significant growth in receipts in recent years, or

  • You have a complex history of organizational activity (such as a recent merger or disposition of a business line).

The ASC, which first became available in 2007, replaced the alternative incremental research credit (AIRC).

How Does the New-and-Improved Research Credit Measure Up?

The practice of periodically allowing the research credit to expire and then be reinstated, often on a retroactive basis, has made it especially difficult for companies to plan ahead. Previously, managers frequently made decisions about incurring expenses and authorizing projects without knowing whether those expenditures would be eligible for the research credit. This likely had a dampening effect on the research and experimentation activities at companies that heavily rely on the credit to help defray the costs.

Now that uncertainty is over. The research credit has finally been made permanent by the PATH Act, without any interruption since it was last extended in 2014. The new law also improves the credit for some small companies in the following two ways:

1. AMT liability. Effective for 2016 and thereafter, a qualified small business may claim the research credit against its alternative minimum tax (AMT) liability. For this purpose, a qualified small business is one with $50 million or less in annual gross receipts.

2. Payroll taxes. Also effective for 2016 and thereafter, a qualified startup company may claim the research credit against up to $250,000 in FICA taxes annually for up to five years. For this purpose, the company must have less than $5 million in gross receipts.

It's important to note that the bill that worked its way through Congress also included a provision to increase the base figure for the ASC from 14% to 20%. Although this particular modification didn't make it into the final version of the PATH Act, it's likely that supporters of such an increase will renew their efforts to have the ASC modified in subsequent legislation.

Take Advantage of This Tax Planning Opportunity

Now qualifying companies can count on claiming the research credit when they plan for their research and development projects. Before doing so, meet with your tax adviser to develop a plan that maximizes the benefits allowed under the new law.

Another Tax Break for Research Expenses

The research credit isn't the only tax break available for research activities. Section 174 of the tax code allows taxpayers to elect to either: 1) deduct "research or experimental expenditures" or 2) amortize the costs over a period of not less than 60 months. Qualified expenses are limited to the following:

  • In-house wages and supplies attributable to qualified research,

  • Certain time-sharing costs for computer use in qualified research, and

  • 65% of contract research expenses, that is, amounts paid to outside contractors in the U.S. for conducting qualified research on the taxpayer's behalf.

Important note. The Sec. 174 deduction must be reduced if you claim the research credit for the same expenses. Consult with your tax adviser to determine the best approach for your situation.

File early to avoid tax identity theft

Posted by Admin Posted on Jan 26 2016

If you’re like many Americans, you may not start thinking about filing your tax return until the April 15 deadline (this year, April 18) is just a few weeks — or perhaps even just a few days — away. But there’s another date you should keep in mind: January 19. That’s the date the IRS began accepting 2015 returns, and filing as close to that date as possible could protect you from tax identity theft.

How filing early helps

In this increasingly common scam, thieves use victims’ personal information to file fraudulent tax returns electronically and claim bogus refunds. When the real taxpayers file, they’re notified that they’re attempting to file duplicate returns.
Tax identity theft can cause major headaches to straighten out and significantly delay legitimate refunds. But if you file first, it will be the thief who’s filing the duplicate return, not you.

Another key date

Of course you need to have your W-2s and 1099s to file. So another key date to be aware of is February 1 — the deadline for employers to issue 2015 W-2s to employees and, generally, for businesses to issue 1099s to recipients of any 2015 interest, dividend or reportable miscellaneous income payments.

An added bonus

Let us know if you have questions about tax identity theft or would like help filing your 2015 return early. An added bonus of filing early, if you’ll be getting a refund, is enjoying that refund sooner

ACA Boosts Popularity of Health Savings Accounts

Posted by Admin Posted on Jan 20 2016

The Affordable Care Act (ACA) seems to be making Health Savings Accounts (HSAs) more popular than ever. A recent report issued by Devenir, an HSA industry participant, highlights two key findings:

1. As of June 30, 2015, the number of HSAs had climbed 23% from the previous year to 14.5 million, and

2. Account balances jumped 25% to approximately $28.4 billion over the same time period.

Impact of Other Health Coverage

You're ineligible to make a Health Savings Account (HSA) contribution for any month that you're also covered under any non-high-deductible health plan that provides coverage for any benefit that's covered under the high-deductible plan.

Such prohibited plans include most employer-sponsored health care Flexible Spending Account (FSA) arrangements. However, the following types of health-related coverage do not make you ineligible to make HSA contributions:

  • Plans that provide only preventive care benefits,

  • Workers' compensation,

  • Insurance for a specific disease or illness, such as cancer insurance,

  • So-called "hospital benefit insurance" that pays a fixed amount per day or other period of hospitalization, and

  • Coverage for accidents, disability, dental care, vision care or long-term care.

In 2010, the Employee Benefit Research Institute reported that there were 5.7 million HSAs with balances totaling $7.7 billion. Clearly, these accounts are becoming more popular.

ACA Effect

Under the ACA, health insurance plans are categorized as bronze, silver, gold or platinum. Bronze plans have the highest deductibles and least-generous coverage, so they're the most affordable. At the opposite end of the spectrum, platinum plans have no deductibles and more coverage, but they're also much more expensive. In many cases, the ACA has led to significant premium increases — even for those who prefer more basic (and economical) plans.

Fortunately, some of the more basic plans also can make you eligible to make tax-saving HSA contributions. Those tax savings partially offset premium increases and skimpier coverage, leading to a surge in the popularity of HSAs.

HSA Basics

An HSA is an IRA-like trust or custodial account that you can set up at a bank, insurance company or any other entity the IRS declares suitable, such as brokerage firms or credit unions. (You can find suitable HSA trustees with a simple Internet search.)

HSAs must be intended exclusively for paying qualified medical expenses. In other respects, they're subject to rules similar to those that apply to IRAs. HSAs also may offer the same investment options as IRAs (stocks, mutual funds, bonds, certificates of deposit and so forth). But some HSA trustees may limit investment choices to more conservative options.

For the 2016 tax year, you can make a deductible HSA contribution of as much as $3,350 if you have qualifying high-deductible self-only coverage or as much as $6,750 if you have qualifying high-deductible family coverage. If you are age 55 or older as of the end of 2016, the maximum deductible contribution goes up by $1,000.

For 2015, the contribution caps are the same, except the maximum deductible contribution for family coverage is $6,650. These amounts are increased by $1,000 if you were 55 or older as of December 31, 2015. You have until April 18, 2016, to make an HSA contribution for the 2015 tax year.

You must have a qualifying high-deductible health insurance policy — and no other general health coverage — to be eligible for this HSA contribution privilege. For 2015 and 2016, a high-deductible policy is defined as one with a deductible of at least $1,300 for self-only coverage or $2,600 for family coverage.

For 2016, qualifying high-deductible policies can have out-of-pocket maximums of as much as $6,550 for self-only coverage and $13,100 for family coverage. For 2015, these amounts are $6,450 and $12,900, respectively.

If you are eligible to make an HSA contribution for a tax year, the deadline is April 15 of the following year (adjusted for weekends and holidays) to open an account and make a contribution for the earlier year. This is the same deadline as for IRA contributions. So there's still time to make a contribution for the 2015 tax year.

The write-off for HSA contributions is an above-the-line deduction, so you needn't itemize to benefit. Also, the HSA contribution privilege isn't lost if you are a high earner.

Tax Treatment of Distributions

HSA distributions used to pay qualified medical expenses of the HSA owner and his or her spouse or dependents are free from federal income tax. You may build up a balance in the account if contributions plus earnings exceed withdrawals.

Any income earned is also free of federal income taxes. So, if you are in very good health, you can use your HSA to build up a substantial medical expense reserve fund over the years while collecting deductions and earning tax-free income along the way.

If you still have an HSA balance after reaching Medicare eligibility age, you can drain the account at any time. You will owe federal income tax on the withdrawals, but there's no penalty. Alternatively, you can keep your HSA open and continue using it to pay medical expenses with tax-free withdrawals.

Thus, an HSA can function like an IRA if you stay healthy. Even if you have to empty the account every year to pay medical expenses, the HSA arrangement allows you to pay those expenses with pretax dollars. But there are some important caveats to bear in mind:

  • HSA funds cannot be used for tax-free reimbursements of medical expenses that were incurred before you opened the account.

  • If money is taken out of an HSA for any reason other than to cover qualified medical expenses, it will trigger a 20% penalty tax, unless you are eligible for Medicare.

Contribution Eligibility

According to the general rule, eligibility to make HSA contributions is determined on a monthly basis. So, when you have qualifying high-deductible health coverage for only part of the year, you can contribute and deduct one-twelfth of the annual limit for each month that qualifying coverage is in effect.

Under an exception to this rule, if you are eligible to make HSA contributions as of the last month of the year, you can be treated as eligible for the entire year and thus contribute the maximum for that year. While being able to make a full HSA contribution based on end-of-year eligibility is helpful, a harsh recapture rule may apply if you become ineligible for HSA contributions during the subsequent 12-month testing period.

The testing period begins with the last month of the tax year and ends on the last day of the twelfth month following that month. Any recapture amount must be included in your taxable income and incurs a 10% penalty. The risk of falling under the recapture provision may make it inadvisable to use the exception in order to make a bigger HSA contribution.

Contribution Deadlines

HSAs can provide a smart tax-saving opportunity for individuals with qualifying high-deductible health plans. If you're eligible to make an HSA contribution for the 2015 tax year, you have until April 18, 2016, to open an account and make a deductible contribution. (For the 2016 tax year, you'll have until April 17, 2017.) Completing the necessary forms takes only a few minutes. Consult with your tax adviser for more information about HSAs.


Nurture Understanding Between Generations for a Peaceful Workplace

Posted by Admin Posted on Jan 14 2016

Is there frustration building in your organization due to clashing generational attitudes about work? If so, you are not alone. The good news is it doesn't need to trigger an explosion.

In many workplaces, Baby Boomer and Gen X supervisors are exasperated with younger workers — typically those in the Millennial generation, who were born between 1981 and 2000. Some older supervisors have trouble managing the younger workers.

By the same token, Millennial generation employees often are demoralized by an environment they do not find conducive to doing their best work.

Be Proactive

If you are facing these issues, don't wait for things to get out of hand. It's better to be proactive and sensitize employees and supervisors to generational differences in typical attitudes and expectations about work.

When a problem is evident, don't just hope it will go away or tell a younger employee chafing under the supervision and communication style of a Baby Boomer boss, "this is the way it is around here."

One basic preemptive problem-solving strategy is to explain each group to the other. Understanding why each generation behaves as it does allows supervisors and workers to overcome the belief that one party is merely going out of its way to annoy or undermine the other. Next, improve on the golden rule. Instead of treating people the way you want them to treat you, treat them the way they want to be treated — within reason.

An "aha moment" for Boomer and Gen X supervisors in understanding how Millennials want to be treated often comes when they are asked about how they raised their children. The younger generation was constantly told they were special. They won trophies merely for participating on sports teams (winning optional) and were heavily programmed with organized activities during their childhoods. Their school essays may have been proofread by their parents. All of these experiences lead to certain expectations in the work environment.

In particular, these employees often expect lots of feedback (especially praise) and direction. They may also have less respect for hierarchies if they viewed their parents more as friends than as authority figures.

Life is too Short?

Many Millennials developed certain attitudes about work by witnessing the fate of some Boomer parents who devoted themselves fully to their jobs and companies, worked long hours without complaint, only to be laid off during times of economic difficulty. This can lead to an attitude that life is too short to sacrifice yourself for a job that might disappear without warning.

Other common differences:

  • Millennials are more interested in collaboration and teamwork, while Generation Xers and Baby Boomers are more independent.

  • Millennials communicate through technology, while Boomers prefer face-to-face interaction.

  • Some Millennials resent having to perform menial tasks and resist the idea that you have to work your way up in an organization while Boomers and Gen Xers believe in the concept of "paying your dues."

A Two-Way Street

Mitigating inter-generational conflict is a two-way street. Millennials may need to be coached about the meaning of concepts such as initiative and "ownership" of projects. You may want to advise them to narrow down their requests from supervisors.

When Millennials are sensitized to such issues, along with generational attitude differences, they may walk away realizing: "My boss isn't an evil person, just a product of his time." They may become content to make a few adjustments to "meet the boss in the middle," or perhaps embrace a more Boomer or Gen X-like attitude.

When older supervisors are encouraged to make some accommodations to the emotional needs of younger workers, a common response is: "Hey, nobody did that for me." However, their grumbling may soften when they learn that the accommodations they need to make often aren't very time-consuming — and they can bring positive results. Examples include sending an occasional thank-you note for a job well done, or cc'ing a boss on an e-mail praising a younger employee.

Some members of each generation are probably going to conclude that those of other generations are wrong and "just need to get over it." But the differences are not going away. Compromise is key, and if all sides are willing to give a little, the workplace can be a much more productive and pleasant place to be.

Could you save more by deducting state and local sales taxes?

Posted by Admin Posted on Jan 12 2016

For the last several years, taxpayers have been allowed to take an itemized deduction for state and local sales taxes in lieu of state and local income taxes. This break can be valuable to those residing in states with no or low income taxes or who purchase major items, such as a car or boat. But it had expired December 31, 2014. Now the Protecting Americans from Tax Hikes Act of 2015 (PATH Act) has made the break permanent.

So see if you can save more by deducting sales tax on your 2015 return. Don’t worry — you don’t have to have receipts documenting all of the sales tax you actually paid during the year to take full advantage of the deduction. Your deduction can be determined by using an IRS sales tax calculator that will base the deduction on your income and the sales tax rates in your locale plus the tax you actually paid on certain major purchases.

Questions about this or other PATH Act breaks that might help you save taxes on your 2015 tax return? Contact us — we can help you identify which tax breaks will provide you the maximum benefit.

'Loan Payments' Can Be Taxable Corporate Distributions to Shareholders

Posted by Admin Posted on Dec 31 2015

There can be negative tax consequences when purported loan payments are recast as corporate distributions to shareholders. In some cases, the courts have ruled that withdrawals from two closely held corporations were constructive corporate distributions rather than loan proceeds and repayments. As such, the withdrawals triggered taxable dividends and capital gains for the shareholders


Corporate Distribution Basics

For federal income tax purposes, non-liquidating distributions paid by C corporations to individual shareholders can potentially fall into three different layers. Withdrawals from each layer have different tax consequences.

First Layer: Taxable Dividends to Extent of Earnings and Profits. Corporate distributions of cash or property are classified as taxable dividends to the extent of the corporation's current or accumulated earnings and profits, which is a tax accounting concept that is somewhat similar to the financial accounting concept of retained earnings.

Dividends may be formally declared or they may be constructive. A constructive dividend arises when a corporation distributes earnings and profits to shareholders without formally declaring a dividend but without the expectation of repayment.

The maximum federal income tax rate on C corporation dividends is 20 percent for single people with taxable income above $400,000 ($450,000 for married joint-filing couples). Upper-income individuals may also owe the 3.8 percent Medicare net investment income tax on dividend income. For other taxpayers, the tax rate on dividends remains 15 percent.

Second Layer: Tax-Free Return of Capital to Extent of Stock Basis. After the distributing corporation's E&P is exhausted, subsequent distributions reduce each shareholder's basis in his or her stock. In other words, distributions up to basis are treated as tax-free returns of shareholder capital.

Third Layer: Capital Gain after Stock Basis Is Exhausted. After a shareholder's stock basis is reduced to zero, any additional distributions are treated as capital gains. Assuming the gains are long-term because the stock has been held for more than a year, the maximum individual federal income tax rate is 20 percent for high income taxpayers.

This applies to singles with taxable income above $400,000, (married joint-filing couples with income above $450,000). For taxpayers with income below that, the maximum long-term capital gains rate is 15 percent.

Steer Clear of Negative Tax Consequences

Whenever cash or property passes between closely held corporations and their shareholders, there are tax consequences. The only way to control the tax consequences is to document what the transactions are intended to be and follow through by acting accordingly.

When transactions are intended to be loans, the objective factors in the right-hand box must be considered and respected. Otherwise, the IRS can re-characterize the transactions in ways that have negative tax consequences for shareholders, their corporations, or both. Consult with your tax adviser for guidance in your situation.

Shareholder Loans: Courts Examine Eight Factors

In determining if a payment to a shareholder is proceeds from a tax-free loan from a corporation to a shareholder or a tax-free repayment of a loan from the shareholder to the corporation (as opposed to a potentially taxable corporate distribution to the shareholder), courts look at whether:

1. There is a written promise to repay evidenced by a note or other document.

2. There is a stated principal repayment schedule or balloon repayment date.

3. Principal payments are actually made on time.

4. Stated interest is charged.

5. Interest is actually paid on time.

6. There is adequate security for the purported loan.

7. The borrower has a reasonable prospect of being able to repay the loan.

8. The parties conduct themselves as if the transaction is a loan (for example, by shareholders showing loans they purportedly owe to their corporations as liabilities on personal balance sheets).

7 last-minute tax-saving tips

Posted by Admin Posted on Dec 16 2015

The year is quickly drawing to a close, but there’s still time to take steps to reduce your 2015 tax liability — you just must act by December 31:

1. Pay your 2015 property tax bill that’s due in early 2016.
2. Make your January 1 mortgage payment.
3. Incur deductible medical expenses (if your deductible medical expenses for the year already exceed the applicable floor).
4. Pay tuition for academic periods that will begin in January, February or March of 2016 (if it will make you eligible for a tax credit).
5. Donate to your favorite charities.
6. Sell investments at a loss to offset capital gains you’ve recognized this year.
7. Ask your employer if your bonus can be deferred until January.

Keep in mind, however, that in certain situations these strategies might not make sense. For example, if you’ll be subject to the alternative minimum tax this year or be in a higher tax bracket next year, taking some of these steps could have undesirable results.

If you’re unsure whether these steps are right for you, consult us before taking action


Taylor & Morgan's photo.

IRS Raises Tangible Property Expensing Threshold

Posted by Admin Posted on Dec 10 2015

Many businesses are uncertain how to account for costs to acquire, produce or improve property, plant and equipment. So, in 2013 the IRS issued regulations on capitalizing versus deducting the costs of tangible personal property. In 2014, the IRS added rules covering dispositions of tangible property.

On November 24, the IRS  announced an increase in the de minimis safe harbor that will make it easier to deduct items like tablets and smartphones. As a result, taxpayers will be able to immediately deduct many purchases that would otherwise need to be spread over a period of years through annual depreciation deductions. Here's more on this potential tax savings opportunity.

Two Options for Reporting Fixed Assets

When deciding how to handle tangible property costs, businesses generally have two options:

Deduct now. Internal Revenue Code Section 162 allows you to deduct all ordinary and necessary expenses paid or incurred during the tax year in carrying on any trade or business, including the costs of certain supplies, repairs and maintenance.

In addition, businesses can deduct materials and supplies that cost $200 or less to acquire or produce under Section 162, as well as incidental repairs and routine building maintenance, including costs to inspect, clean, test and replace parts.

Capitalize and depreciate later. Section 263 requires you to capitalize amounts paid to acquire, produce or improve tangible property. Capitalized costs are generally not deducted in the current tax year; they're depreciated over their economic useful lives.

Under Section 263, however, you must generally capitalize improvements that:

1. Add to the value, or substantially prolong the useful life, of your property, or

2. Adapt the property to a new or different use.

The decision to expense or capitalize an item is just a matter of timing. You will pay the same taxes over the life of the asset, regardless of how you classify the costs, as long as tax rates and laws remain consistent. If you expect higher tax rates or more restrictive tax laws in the future, you might prefer to capitalize costs to reduce taxable income in future periods.

Some items are easily classified as a deductible business expense (such as a box of staples) or a capital expenditure (such as a new forklift). Others fall in the gray area between Sections 162 and 263. The final repairs refine and clarify those gray areas, as well as provide various de minimis "safe harbors."

Safe Harbor for Companies with Audited Financial Statements

As an alternative to the general capitalization rule, the final regs permit businesses to elect to expense their outlays for "de minimis" business expenses. The IRS permits certain taxpayers to deduct tangible property they acquire or produce, if the total cost per item (or invoice) is $5,000 or less. To qualify for this safe harbor, you must:

  • Prepare an "applicable financial statement." That is, a certified audited financial statement or a financial statement filed with a state or local government.
  • Possess a written accounting procedure at the beginning of the tax year for expensing property under a specified dollar amount.
  • Expense the cost on your applicable financial statement, not just your tax return.

The de minimis safe harbor also applies to property with an economic useful life of 12 months or less as long as the item doesn't cost more than $5,000 per item (or per invoice).

Updated Safe Harbor

However, taxpayers without applicable (audited) financial statements will be subject to a new $2,500 capitalization threshold (up from $500). Tangible property costs below this amount are generally considered to be ordinary and necessary business expenses and, therefore, not treated as capital expenditures under the final repair regs.

"We received many thoughtful comments from taxpayers, their representatives and the professional tax community. This important step simplifies taxes for small businesses, easing the recordkeeping and paperwork burden on small business owners and their tax preparers," said IRS Commissioner John Koskinen.

Since February, the IRS received more than 150 letters from businesses and their representatives requesting an increase in the threshold. Many of those commenting noted that the cost of many commonly expensed items — such as tablet-style personal computers, smart phones, and machinery and equipment parts — surpass the $500 threshold.

As before, taxpayers can still claim otherwise deductible repair and maintenance costs, even if they exceed the $2,500 threshold. In addition, the existence of the de minimis safe harbor doesn't mean that a taxpayer cannot establish a de minimis deduction threshold in excess of the safe harbor amount, provided the taxpayer can demonstrate that a higher threshold clearly reflects the taxpayer's income.

The new $2,500 threshold takes effect starting with tax year 2016. In addition, the IRS will provide audit protection to eligible taxpayers by not challenging use of the new $2,500 threshold in tax years prior to 2016.

Updating Your Capitalization Policies

In light of IRS Notice 2015-82, it's easier than ever before for qualifying taxpayers to deduct tangible personal property costs under the de minimis safe harbor. Before filing your 2015 federal tax review, update your tangible property capitalization policies for the increased safe harbor threshold. Doing so could result in potential tax savings opportunities.

This brief article merely scratches the surface of this complex topic. Contact your tax adviser for more information. He or she can help evaluate the decision to deduct or capitalize tangible property costs and ensure compliance with the latest IRS regulations and procedures.

Avoid a 50% penalty: Take retirement plan RMDs by December 31

Posted by Admin Posted on Dec 08 2015

After you reach age 70½, you must take annual required minimum distributions (RMDs) from your IRAs (except Roth IRAs) and, generally, from your defined contribution plans (such as 401(k) plans). You also could be required to take RMDs if you inherited a retirement plan (including Roth IRAs).

If you don’t comply — which usually requires taking the RMD by December 31 — you can owe a penalty equal to 50% of the amount you should have withdrawn but didn’t.

So, should you withdraw more than the RMD? Taking only RMDs generally is advantageous because of tax-deferred compounding. But a larger distribution in a year your tax bracket is low may save tax.

Be sure, however, to consider the lost future tax-deferred growth and, if applicable, whether the distribution could: 1) cause Social Security payments to become taxable, 2) increase income-based Medicare premiums and prescription drug charges, or 3) affect other tax breaks with income-based limits.

Also keep in mind that, while retirement plan distributions aren’t subject to the additional 0.9% Medicare tax or 3.8% net investment income tax (NIIT), they are included in your modified adjusted gross income (MAGI). That means they could trigger or increase the NIIT, because the thresholds for that tax are based on MAGI.

For more information on RMDs or tax-savings strategies for your retirement plan distributions, please contact us.


Last-Minute Tax Savings: Hurry Before Time Runs Out

Posted by Admin Posted on Dec 03 2015

Another tax year is drawing to a close. But there's still time for individual taxpayers to trim their tax liabilities for 2015 and beyond, before the New Year begins. Here are 10 eleventh-hour moves that you can still make before the clock strikes midnight on January 1, 2016


1. Increase Your 401(k) Deferral

Consider increasing your 401(k) deferral for the last few paychecks of the year. Doing so can add to your retirement savings and lower your tax liability. Many taxpayers will have plenty of room to spare with an annual deferral limit of $18,000 in 2015 ($24,000 if you're age 50 or over). It's especially easy to do if you've exceeded the Social Security wage base of $118,500 in 2015 — if you just allocate the Social Security tax savings to your 401(k) account, you won't cut your take-home pay.

2. Assess Your AMT Situation

With the help of your tax adviser, you should have enough information in December to make a reasonable estimate of whether you'll be subject to alternative minimum tax (AMT) for 2015. Don't panic if it looks like you'll owe significant AMT in 2015 — there's still time to take steps to lower your income for AMT purposes. For instance, you may be able to postpone certain tax preference items (such as tax-exempt interest on certain private activity bonds). Also, consider deferring expenses that aren't deductible for the AMT (such as state and local taxes) to next year so you don't lose the benefit of the deduction.

3. Take Your RMD

Generally, you need to take required minimum distributions (RMDs) from qualified retirement plans and traditional IRAs every year once you hit age 70½. Contact your tax adviser immediately if you've waited this long to arrange an RMD for 2015. The penalty for failing to take an RMD equals 50% of the amount that should have been withdrawn — and that's on top of the regular tax. The amount of your RMD in 2015 is based on IRS life expectancy tables and account balances on December 31, 2014.

4. Visit Your Doctor or Dentist

Unreimbursed medical and dental expenses are deductible only to the extent that the annual total exceeds 10% of your adjusted gross income (AGI) or 7.5% of AGI if you're age 65 or older. If you're close to this threshold (or you've exceeded it), additional elective expenses — such as a dental work or eyeglasses — can boost your deduction. If your medical and dental expenses are too low to be deductible, you might as well wait until next year to visit a health care professional for services that aren't covered by insurance (unless it's an emergency situation).

5. Convert to a Roth IRA

Invest in your future by converting all (or part) of a traditional IRA to a Roth IRA this year. Unlike distributions from traditional IRAs, which are fully subject to tax, qualified distributions from a Roth IRA — generally, those made after age 59½ — are 100% tax-free after five years. But you must pay tax in the year of the conversion. Typically, it makes sense to convert IRA funds over several years to lessen the tax bite in a given year and avoid being pushed into a higher tax bracket. This strategy generally makes more sense if you're in a lower tax bracket today than you expect to be in when you receive retirement distributions. Although a Roth conversion will actually increase your taxes in 2015, it might save significant tax in future tax years.

6. Support a College Graduate

If your child graduated from college this year and is under age 24, you may claim a dependency exemption for him or her as long as you provided more than half of the child's support in 2015. However, it might be difficult to clear that threshold, especially if the child has landed a job that pays well. Barring other extenuating tax circumstances (for example, a potentially high "kiddie" tax), consider making this holiday season extra-special by giving a generous cash gift that will help support your child — and put you over the support threshold for the tax year.

7. Prepay Tuition for Next Semester

Parents of children enrolled in higher education programs may qualify for one or two higher education credits: the Lifetime Learning credit and the American Opportunity credit. If you pay next semester's tuition before January 1 — even for a semester beginning as late as March 2016 — some or all of the expense may reduce your tax liability dollar-for-dollar for 2015. Unfortunately, these credits are gradually phased out for higher-income parents. Other rules and limits apply, so be sure to contact your tax adviser before implementing this strategy.

8. Prepay Expenses on Real Property

Assuming you don't owe an AMT liability and don't expect to be in a higher tax bracket next year, it generally makes sense to accelerate deductible expenses into the current year to reduce your 2015 tax bill. Then you can worry about your 2016 tax bill next year end.

Among the largest itemized deductions for most taxpayers are mortgage interest and property taxes on their personal residences and vacation homes. Homeowners can lower their 2015 taxes by prepaying mortgages and state and local property taxes in December 2015 that are due in early 2016.

9. Sell Securities

Keep taxes in mind as you plan year-end stock transactions. Net long-term gain is taxed at a maximum rate of 20% for those in the top income tax bracket. If you expect to have a net capital gain, losses resulting from the sales of securities can offset the gain plus up to $3,000 of ordinary income. Alternatively, if you have a net loss, any capital gains from sales are tax-free up to the amount of the loss. If you want to claim a transaction for the 2015 tax year, the trade date must be on or before December 31.

10. Charge Your Donations

If you itemize expenses on your personal tax return, you can deduct charitable contributions made to a qualified organization in 2015 as long as they're charged before midnight on January 1 — even if you don't pay your credit card bill until 2016. Mailed checks must be postmarked on or before December 31 to be deducted on your 2015 tax return.

Don’t miss your opportunity to make 2015 annual exclusion gifts

Posted by Admin Posted on Dec 03 2015

Recently, the IRS released the 2016 annually adjusted amount for the unified gift and estate tax exemption and the generation-skipping transfer (GST) tax exemption: $5.45 million (up from $5.43 million in 2015). But even with the rising exemptions, annual exclusion gifts offer a valuable tax-saving opportunity.

The 2015 gift tax annual exclusion allows you to give up to $14,000 per recipient tax-free — without using up any of your gift and estate or GST tax exemption. (The exclusion remains the same for 2016.)

The gifted assets are removed from your taxable estate, which can be especially advantageous if you expect them to appreciate. That’s because the future appreciation can avoid gift and estate taxes.

But you need to use your 2015 exclusion by December 31. The exclusion doesn’t carry over from year to year. For example, if you and your spouse don’t make annual exclusion gifts to your grandson this year, you can’t add $28,000 to your 2016 exclusions to make a $56,000 tax-free gift to him next year.

Questions about making annual exclusion gifts or other ways to transfer assets to the next generation while saving taxes? Contact us!

Taylor & Morgan's photo.

Sports: The Language of Business

Posted by Admin Posted on Nov 18 2015

Have you seen the Chevrolet commercial where the boss tells a group of employees to "take a knee, team?" One young man drops into a quarterback kneel and the boss asks, "What's he doing?" With the rest of the group looking confused, the employee responds, "You said 'take a knee.'"

The boss responds: "That's what that means?"

The advertisement illustrates the growing use of sports metaphors in business. It also illustrates how many employees have no idea what their bosses or colleagues mean when they utter sports phrases in the workplace. Or as the Chevrolet commercial indicates, the person using the sports phrase may not even understand what it really means.

To make matters even more perplexing, sports metaphors are often misused or mixed when making business points. Who hasn't chuckled to themselves when a co-worker or boss says something like, "Step up to the plate and get a touchdown."

In addition to being misused, sports phrases can seem trite, divisive — or they may mean absolutely nothing to the audience.

Male managers are often advised to refrain from using sports terms to discuss business because they could seem exclusionary towards women. But you can't assume women don't follow sports. Condoleezza Rice, Secretary of State under President George W. Bush, is well known as a football fan. She once urged patience in referring to a plan to shut down North Korea's nuclear program, by saying: "This is still the first quarter. There is still a lot of time to go on the clock."

So if you know your colleagues and employees are sports fans, it can help to explain certain concepts using language they understand. Sports and business often seem compatible since they both involve teamwork, rules and competition.

However, business people should avoid sports metaphors when speaking with overseas customers, partners and colleagues. In today's diverse business world, many popular phrases do not translate well and may do more harm than good.

Take a look at some examples of common sports metaphors you may have heard around the office:

  • Go for the gold.
  • This transaction is a slam dunk.
  • We're in the 9th inning and we can't strike out now.
  • Keep your eye on the ball.
  • Time out...we need a new game plan.
  • That's par for the course.
  • We can't afford to fumble the ball now.
  • Let's touch base on this report.
  • We need someone to quarterback this project.
  • Don't bring in a rookie for the job.
  • We've got two strikes against us.
  • Sprint to the finish.
  • This sale is a hole-in-one.
  • Let's swing for the fences.
  • We need to recruit quality players.
  • Your department needs to go the distance.
  • We struck out with the prospect.
  • You need to take one for the team.
  • We need a pinch hitter on this project.
  • If we can just get to the line...
  • Let's go the whole nine yards.
  • Are they willing to play ball?
  • We need to level the playing field.
  • You miss 100 percent of the shots you don't take.
  • Take the ball and run with it.
  • They beat us at our own game.
  • We must focus on the blocking and tackling necessary to meet our profit goals.
  • Let's come out swinging.
  • If we have to play hardball, we will.
  • Go knock it out of the park.
  • Can you run interference?
  • You're way out in left field.
  • The ball is in their court now.
  • It's time to send in the heavy hitters.
  • And finally, of course, there's no I in team.

When it comes to using sports metaphors in the workplace, there's no easy answer as to whether it's appropriate or not.  Choose your words carefully and you might hit a home run. But if you use the wrong sports maxim or deliver it to the wrong audience, you can strike out.

Reduce taxes on your investments with these year-end strategies

Posted by Admin Posted on Nov 17 2015

While tax consequences should never drive investment decisions, it’s critical that they be considered — especially by higher-income taxpayers, who may be facing the 39.6% short-term capital gains rate, the 20% long-term capital gains rate and the 3.8% net investment income tax (NIIT).

Holding on to an investment until you’ve owned it more than one year so the gains qualify for long-term treatment may help substantially cut tax on any gain. Here are some other tax-saving strategies:

• Use unrealized losses to absorb gains.
• Avoid wash sales.
• See if a loved one qualifies for the 0% rate (or the 15% rate if your rate is 20%).

Many of the strategies that can help you save or defer income tax on your investments can also help you avoid or defer NIIT liability. And because the threshold for the NIIT is based on modified adjusted gross income (MAGI), strategies that reduce your MAGI — such as making retirement plan contributions — can also help you avoid or reduce NIIT liability.

These are only a few of the year-end strategies that may help you reduce taxes on your investments. For more ideas, contact us.

Taylor & Morgan's photo.

Tap Into the Power of Customer Testimonials

Posted by Admin Posted on Nov 16 2015

You have a great product. It was delivered quickly and in perfect shape. I'll be sure to tell my friends."

Statements like this can boost your company's sales as much as 250 percent. Even better, when you get a testimonial from a consumer, that person is likely to become a

If your company is a small or medium-sized enterprise, it probably doesn't have the built-in credibility of a national brand. But even on a tight advertising budget, you can build credibility with the help of satisfied customers.

Testimonials increase the comfort zones of potential buyers and help them overcome their concerns about trying new products. So consider a campaign to snag customer testimonials. Among the benefits:

Feedback - Customer testimonials provide valuable insight into what your company is doing right.

Increased loyalty - People who are willing to attach their names to your product are likely to become repeat buyers. These devoted customers also tend to develop a vested interest in your company and believe they have a hand in helping it grow.

Free advertising - Satisfied customers who put their names and reputations at stake for your company's products or services become a source of free, viral advertising.

The first step in gathering testimonials, of course, is to provide top-notch products or services and to support them with consistently high customer service. Then, start the testimonial collection process by taking these steps:

  • File away positive customer commentsthat come in. These comments might come from casual conversations with your employees on the phone or in person. Ask employees to write down complimentary comments they hear from customers and submit them to someone in the company who is assigned to manage the file. And ask customers to write down their opinions in a letter or e-mail after you hear a flattering comment.
  • Actively solicit testimonials by sending out postcards or e-mail messages. Ask buyers what they like the most about your products or services.
  • Act fast. The best comments come shortly after a purchase when customers are satisfied. That is when they are the most likely to take the time to write something positive.

Once you receive complimentary comments, get permission to use them. Ask the customers if you can use their names, titles, and locations. A positive testimonial from a respected customer in your field goes a long way toward boosting your company's credibility. Depending on your marketing strategy, you may even want to get a picture with customers using your product or service.

What about surveys? Avoid asking for testimonials in the course of conducting them. Surveys are generally meant to be anonymous and customers need to feel free to make negative comments that can help your company improve.

Customer testimonials are among the best promotional copy around. In the end, let the customers speak for themselves so that the comments reflect their excitement and satisfaction. Edit them only when they need a little polish and get permission for the final version. more loyal customer and help spread the word about your company's products. 


What Makes a Good Testimonial?

Not all testimonials are created equal. You've probably seen some that appear so fake that, if anything, they harm the reputation of the maker.
    To ensure yours have the impact you are aiming for, keep them:

  • Real - Testimonials have to be honest and believable. Otherwise, your company won't gain credibility and it could lose some.
  • Specific - Customers should say exactly what they like. Whether it's fast delivery, great customer service, or excellent quality, the more specific the details, the more believable and powerful the testimonial.
  • Comparative - Ask customers to discuss how your product or service has made life easier for them. Potential customers are likely to identify with those same problems.
  • Varied - Testimonials should reflect different aspects of your products and services so they appeal to different customers. The more benefits described, the more business will be generated.

Protect your deduction: Verify that a charity is eligible to receive tax-deductible contributions before you donate

Posted by Admin Posted on Nov 10 2015

Donations to qualified charities are generally fully deductible, and they may be the easiest deductible expense to time to your tax advantage. After all, you control exactly when and how much you give. But before you donate, it’s critical to make sure the charity you’re considering is indeed a qualified charity — that it’s eligible to receive tax-deductible contributions.

The IRS’s online search tool, Exempt Organizations (EO) Select Check, can help you more easily find out whether an organization is eligible to receive tax-deductible charitable contributions. You can access EO Select Check at Information about organizations eligible to receive deductible contributions is updated monthly.

Also, with the 2016 presidential election heating up, it’s important to remember that political donations aren’t tax-deductible.

Of course, additional rules affect your charitable deductions, so please contact us if you have questions about whether a donation you’re planning will be fully deductible. We can also provide ideas for maximizing the tax benefits of your charitable giving.

Save the Date: International Fraud Awareness Week

Posted by Admin Posted on Nov 05 2015

The average organization loses 5% of its annual revenues to fraud, according to the 2014 Report to the Nations on Occupational Fraud and Abuse published by the Association of Certified Fraud Examiners (ACFE). Bear in mind, that's the top line of your income statement, not the bottom. So, for every $1 million in annual revenues, your company is expected to lose an average of $50,000 to fraudsters.

hen a small business falls prey to a fraud scam, it's often more costly than this average reflects, however. The ACFE's latest fraud report estimates that the median loss for businesses with fewer than 100 employees was approximately $154,000.

Proactive business owners take steps to minimize their fraud risks. The ACFE has established a weeklong campaign during the third week of November to promote antifraud efforts. You can jump on the bandwagon by initiating a fraud awareness campaign at your workplace. Here are some simple ideas.

Visit the ACFE's Website

Educating employees about fraud prevention and detection techniques doesn't necessarily have to be costly or time consuming. In fact, the ACFE offers free resources that managers and owners can download quickly, such as handouts and videos that can serve as training materials for your staff, press releases that can double as content for social media posts and posters to display in your lunchroom. You can even sign up as an official supporter of International Fraud Awareness Week.

Review Your Internal Controls

Chances are good that your company already has policies and procedures in place to prevent and detect fraud. Together, these antifraud efforts are known as your "internal control system." International Fraud Awareness Week is a good time to pause and reflect on your internal controls. Ask your management team: Are our existing internal controls adequate based on today's global, technology-driven marketplace? And how could we make them stronger?

The Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO), a joint initiative of five private sector accounting and finance organizations, lists five components of effective internal control systems:

1. Control environment. The ethical tone that management sets filters down the organizational chart. Relevant factors in the control environment include the integrity, ethical values, management operating style and delegation of authority.

2. Risk assessment. Companies should continually evaluate external threats and internal weaknesses. Once they've been identified, threats and weaknesses need to be eliminated — or at least reduced and monitored.

3. Information and communication.Strong controls allow employees to identify, capture and exchange information. Effective communication ensures information flows to the right people inside and outside the organization.

4. Control activities. Strong systems include formal policies and procedures to ensure management's directives are carried out. Examples of control activities include authorization of transactions, accounting reconciliations, supervisory reviews of operating performance, physical security of assets and segregation of duties.

5. Monitoring. Risk factors continually change. Management should continually review and improve antifraud control performance.

COSO recommends that companies design their antifraud controls "to provide reasonable assurance [of] the achievement of objectives in the effectiveness and efficiency of operations, reliability of financial reporting, and compliance with laws and regulations." A strong internal controls program — including fraud prevention and detection training, proactive data monitoring and analysis, employee support groups, management review and whistleblower hotlines — can be essential in preventing and detecting fraud.

Get Professional Help

Your accountant and attorney are allies in the fight against white collar crime. In fact, many companies solicit outside help with fraud awareness training. A forensic specialist can present on warning signs and real-life horror stories during internal fraud training sessions. He or she also can help the management team perform a formal fraud risk assessment that identifies weaknesses in your internal controls and recommends possible fixes.

If you suspect fraudulent activities, a forensic specialist can discreetly review your books and records in an agreed-upon-procedures engagement. If fraud is unearthed, he or she can expand the scope of the engagement into a full-blown fraud investigation.

Outside fraud examiners are often more efficient than insiders when it comes to investigating fraud, because they're disinterested third parties with no emotional attachments or preconceived notions about the accused and they're experienced in common fraud scams and know where to look for evidence. Forensic accountants and attorneys also know how to build a comprehensive case using analytical and interrogation techniques that will withstand legal scrutiny.

An Ongoing Battle

After International Fraud Awareness Week is over, it's important for businesses to remain focused on fraud awareness, because fraud happens year-round. It needs three elements to occur: opportunity, motive and rationalization. Regular staff training and strong internal controls eliminate the opportunity to commit fraud and deter would-be fraudsters by letting them know that you won't tolerate fraud and have implemented controls to detect it.

Retailers and the SBA Warn About Chip Card Problems

On October 1, a liability shift went into effect for "card present" transactions. The shift encourages businesses to adopt modern "chip" technologies to more effectively combat fraud from counterfeit cards. Chip cards — also known as EuroPay, MasterCard and Visa (EMV) cards — contain tiny metallic squares that generate a unique encrypted code for each transaction. In theory, they're more secure than magnetic cards when read by an EMV-compliant processing device.

Retailers Speak Out

But many retailers argue chip card protections fall short in the United States, because they don't require a personal identification number (PIN). Card issuers in Canada and several European, Asian and Latin American countries have seen payment card fraud rates drop significantly after they switched from magnetic cards to chip cards. But cards in those countries require customers to enter PINs.

Some merchants argue that U.S. cards aren't as protected against counterfeiting as chip-and-PIN cards. U.S. chip cards require only signatures, which are easy to forge — and EMV-compliant card readers don't authenticate them. To date, no major U.S. credit card issuers have announced plans to switch to chip-and-PIN cards in the near future.

SEC Warns Consumers

The Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) recently issued a warning about fraud scams being perpetrated against consumers who haven't yet received a chip card from their bank. These scammers typically email people, pretending to be their card issuer, and request updated account information. Unwary cardholders click on an official-looking link and provide personal information, which perpetrators use to commit identity theft or install malware on the cardholder's device.

The SEC urges consumers to contact card issuers at the phone numbers listed on their cards, rather than to respond to unsolicited emails (or phone calls). If you receive a suspicious request for personal information in connection with the issuance of a chip card, contact your credit card company as soon as possible.

The 529 savings plan: A tax-smart way to fund college expenses

Posted by Admin Posted on Nov 04 2015

If you’re saving for college, consider a Section 529 plan. Although contributions aren’t deductible for federal purposes, plan assets can grow tax-deferred. (Some states do offer tax incentives for contributing.)

Distributions used to pay qualified expenses (such as tuition, mandatory fees, books, equipment, supplies and, generally, room and board) are income-tax-free for federal purposes and typically for state purposes as well, thus making the tax deferral a permanent savings.

529 plans offer other benefits as well:
• They usually offer high contribution limits, and there are no income limits for contributing.
• There’s generally no beneficiary age limit for contributions or distributions.
• You can control the account, even after the child is of legal age.
• You can make tax-free rollovers to another qualifying family member.

Finally, 529 plans provide estate planning benefits: A special break for 529 plans allows you to front-load five years’ worth of annual gift tax exclusions and make up to a $70,000 contribution (or $140,000 if you split the gift with your spouse).

The biggest downside may be that your investment options — and when you can change them — are limited. Please contact us for more information on 529 plans and other tax-smart strategies for funding education expenses.

Taylor & Morgan's photo.

Seasonal IRS Announcements: Stop to Reflect on Taxes

Posted by Admin Posted on Oct 30 2015

Now that fall has begun, it's time to start your year-end tax planning for 2015 — and to tie up loose ends that remain from the 2014 tax season. Here are some reminders that the IRS has sent out recently and related federal income tax-savings opportunities for individuals and businesses.

1. October 15 Extension Reminder

About a quarter of the 13 million taxpayers who requested an automatic six-month extension for their 2014 tax returns have yet to file. The IRS recently urged individuals whose tax-filing extension runs out on October 15 to double check their returns for often-overlooked tax benefits, such as deductions for job hunting costs or moving expenses andcredits for education or child care.

If you filed for an extension, you should file your return by October 15, even if you can't pay the full amount due. By doing so, you can avoid the late-filing penalty, which is normally 5% per month, that would otherwise apply to any unpaid balance after October 15. However, interest (currently at the rate of 3% per year compounded daily) and late-payment penalties (normally 0.5% per month) will continue to accrue on any unpaid tax bills.

If you need to file an extension for your personal tax return, don't forget to check the new box on Forms 1040, 1040A or 1040-EZ that indicates whether you had health coverage for 2014. If you plan to claim the Health Coverage Tax Credit (HCTC) for 2014, you must first file an original 2014 tax return without claiming the HCTC, even if you have no other filing requirement. Then you can file an amended return when the IRS issues further HCTC guidance.

2. Guidance for Filing an Amended Personal Return

Many taxpayers need to file an amended federal tax return for 2014, whether it's to correct an error or to claim a missing credit or deduction, such as the HCTC when the final guidance is published. (See above.) Don't panic if you need to correct your filing status, the number of dependents you claimed or your total income. The IRS allows individuals to amend a previously filed federal income tax return using Form 1040X.

But this form has specific requirements. For example, it currently can't be filed electronically. Instead, you'll need to file it on paper and mail it to the IRS. In addition, a separate form must be filed for each tax year that you're amending.

In some cases, the IRS will correct math errors on your behalf. If that happens, you generally don't need to file an amended return. Likewise, the IRS may just send you a notice for failing to attach a required form or schedule and simply request additional documentation. Such a notice generally doesn't necessitate an amended return either.

If you expect a refund but need to amend your original return, it's OK to cash your original refund check from the IRS. It generally takes the IRS a few months to process amended returns and issue additional refund checks. However, if you'll owe additional income taxes, send a check as soon as possible. Doing so will limit interest and penalty charges.

To claim a refund, file Form 1040X no more than three years from the date you filed your original tax return. You can also file it no more than two years from the date you paid the tax if that date is later than the three-year rule.

3. Affordable Care Act Reporting for Individuals

About 800,000 taxpayers who purchased health insurance from the federally facilitated Marketplace during 2014 received an erroneous Form 1095-A, "Health Insurance Marketplace Statement." The IRS recently reminded those taxpayers who filed a federal tax return based on their original Form 1095-A that they're not required to file an amended return based on a corrected Form 1095-A. This is true even if you would owe additional taxes based on the new information.

However, you may voluntarily choose to file an amended return based on the corrected form if it would result in an additional refund or lower the amount of taxes you owe. You may also want to file an amended return if you filed a federal tax return based on the original form and 1) incorrectly claimed a premium tax credit or 2) failed to file Form 8962, "Premium Tax Credit," to reconcile your advance payments of the premium tax credit.

4. Retroactive Extension of Bonus Depreciation and Section 179 Expense Elections

The IRS recently issued guidance on changes made by the Tax Increase Prevention Act of 2014 (TIPA) to provisions dealing with bonus depreciation options in 2014. The guidance is effective September 15, 2015.

In 2013, taxpayers were allowed to deduct 50% first-year bonus depreciation on qualifying new equipment and purchased software that was placed in service before year end. At the end of 2014, TIPA retroactively extended through 2014 the bonus depreciation provisions that expired at the end of 2013. But the extension was passed after some taxpayers had already filed their 2014 tax returns.

The recent IRS guidance provides options to amend returns to 1) claim missed bonus depreciation for assets brought into service in 2014, revoke an election, or file a change in method of accounting for the current year to claim missed bonus depreciation and 2) carry over to 2014 any disallowed Section 179 deduction for qualified real property placed in service during 2010 through 2013.

Important note: The deadline for making such an amendment is generally December 4, 2015. In some cases, the deadline may be later. Regardless, time is of the essence.

As the year winds down, it's important to (once again) watch for legislation on these and other expired tax provisions. For 2015, bonus depreciation is currently unavailable and the current maximum Section 179 deduction is only $25,000 (compared to $500,000 for tax years beginning in 2010 through 2014). But it's possible that Congress might extend these tax-saving opportunities again for fiscal tax year 2015.

If that happens, business owners should be prepared to act fast to lower taxable income for 2015. Remember that assets must be placed in service by no later than the end of your business's tax year to qualify for these deductions.

Contact Your Tax Adviser

As always, the federal tax rules are complex and ever-changing. Work with your tax professional to wrap up your 2014 tax return or plan for 2015. Doing so can eliminate the guesswork and frustration that comes with filing an amended tax return or staying atop the latest IRS guidance.

Save tax — or at least defer it — by carefully timing business income and expenses

Posted by Admin Posted on Oct 30 2015

The first step to smart timing is to project your business’s income and expenses for 2015 and 2016. With this information in hand, you can determine the best year-end timing strategy for your business.

If you expect to be in the same or lower tax bracket in 2016, consider:

Deferring income to 2016. If your business uses the cash method of accounting, you can defer billing for your products or services. Or, if you use the accrual method, you can delay shipping products or delivering services.

Accelerating deductible expenses into 2015. If you’re a cash-basis taxpayer, you may make a state estimated tax payment before December 31, so you can deduct it this year rather than next. Both cash- and accrual-basis taxpayers can charge expenses on a credit card and deduct them in the year charged, regardless of when the credit card bill is paid.

If you expect to be in a higher tax bracket in 2016, accelerating income and deferring deductible expenses may save you more tax over the two-year period (though it will increase your 2015 tax liability).

For help projecting your income and expenses or for more ideas on how you can effectively time them, please contact us.

Taylor & Morgan's photo.

2 Tax consequences to consider if you’re refinancing a home

Posted by Admin Posted on Oct 20 2015

Now may be a great time to refinance, because mortgage rates are still low but expected to increase. Before deciding to refinance, however, here are a couple of tax consequences to consider:

1. Cash-out refinancing. If you borrow more than you need to cover your outstanding mortgage balance, the tax treatment of the cash-out portion depends on how you use the excess cash. If you use it for home improvements, it’s considered acquisition indebtedness, and the interest is deductible subject to a $1 million debt limit. If you use it for another purpose, such as buying a car or paying college tuition, it’s considered home equity debt, and deductible interest is subject to a $100,000 debt limit.

2. Prepaying interest. “Points” paid when refinancing generally are amortized and deducted ratably over the life of the loan, rather than being immediately deductible. If you’re already amortizing points from a previous refinancing and you refinance with a new lender, you can deduct the unamortized balance in the year you refinance. But if you refinance with the same lender, you must add the unamortized points from the old loan to any points you pay on the new loan and then deduct the total over the life of the new loan.

Is your head spinning? Don’t worry; we can help you understand exactly what the tax consequences of refinancing will be for you. Contact us today!

Taylor & Morgan's photo.

Harnessing the Power of the Internet Today and Tomorrow

Posted by Admin Posted on Oct 16 2015

Over the last two decades, the Internet has become an increasingly important part of our everyday lives. Now that Internet penetration levels are nearing saturation for many demographic groups, many technology experts are speculating about how the Internet will continue to affect our personal and work lives over the next 10 years. Here's a closer look at who's currently using the Internet and where the "Internet of Things" may be headed by 2025.

How Long Have You Been Surfing the Net?

In October 1995, the Federal Networking Council coined the term "Internet." Over the 20 years that followed, the Internet has exploded, making individuals and businesses more efficient, informed and penny-wise. It shatters many of the geographic boundaries that limited the growth of small businesses. It has enhanced our abilities to communicate via email and social media, access and research data, and buy and distribute products. Unfortunately, opportunistic individuals have also used the Internet to monitor behaviors, infringe privacy rights and even commit fraud.

The widespread use of the Internet wouldn't have been possible without the creation of technology known as the "World Wide Web." Last year, the Web celebrated its 25thbirthday. Although many people use the terms "Internet" and "Web" interchangeably, they're technically different. The Internet is an infrastructure that connects networks across the globe. The Web is a way for users to transmit data over the Internet using a uniform resource locator (URL), such as or But, for simplicity's sake, we'll use the term "Internet" to refer to both.

Commerce Department Delays Privatization of Domain Names

In March 2014, the U.S. Department of Commerce announced plans to complete the privatization of the Internet's domain name system. Originally, the department's contract with an international not-for-profit organization known as Internet Corporation for Assigned Names and Numbers (ICANN) was set to expire on September 30, 2015. However, it has become increasingly apparent over the last few months that more work is needed before the government is willing to hand over the reins to an unspecified group of private international stakeholders as planned.

So, the Commerce Department has extended its contract with ICANN for one year, to September 30, 2016. It also has options to extend the contract for up to three additional years if needed.

Who's Who on the Internet

Increasingly, Americans from all walks of life have made the Internet a part of their daily lives. Earlier this summer, a Pew Research study reported that 84% of adults in the United States use the Internet on a regular basis — up from just 52% in 2000 and 76% in 2010. Here are some characteristics that affect Internet usage, according to Pew Research's study Americans' Internet Access: 2000 - 2015:

Age. Not surprisingly, young people are more likely to use the Internet than seniors. Today, 96% of Americans between the ages of 18 and 29 use the Internet, up from 70% in 2000. By comparison, 58% of people ages 65 or older use the Internet today, up from only 14% in 2000.

Education level. Higher levels of education equate with higher Internet penetration rates. Today, 95% of college graduates use the Internet, compared with 66% of people who haven't completed high school. In 2000, 78% of adults with at least a college degree used the Internet and only 19% of people without a high school diploma used it.

Income level. Similarly, 97% of households earning more than $75,000 use the Internet, up from 81% in 2000. Nearly three-quarters of people in households earning less than $30,000 currently use the Internet, up from one-third in 2000.

Community. Today, 85% of suburban, 85% of urban and 78% of rural residents are Internet users. In 2000, those figures stood at 56%, 53% and 42% respectively.

These characteristics often overlap. For instance, rural communities tend to have a higher proportion of residents who are older, have lower income and have attained lower levels of education.

Integration of the Internet into people's daily lives has grown significantly for all groups. Moreover, the gap in penetration rates for different demographics seems to be closing. The affordability of smartphones has helped people with lower levels of income and education access the Internet. Many of these individuals are "smartphone-dependent" for Internet access.

Wave of the Future

People currently have many options for accessing the Internet, including personal computers, smartphones, tablets and other mobile handheld devices. Tech-savvy people with extra disposable income are already adopting the next wave of online technology: Wearable computing devices, such as Fitbit, Apple Watch and Google Glass. In 2013, 13 billion devices were connected to the Internet. By 2020, the number of Internet-connected devices is expected to grow to 50 billion, according to technology company Cisco.

Another Pew Research study, 2014 Future of the Internet, predicts, "The growth of the Internet of Things and embedded and wearable devices [will] have widespread and beneficial effects by 2025 ... resulting from amplified connectivity [that] will influence nearly everything, nearly everyone, nearly everywhere." To expedite the adoption of these technologies, future smartphones and wearables are expected to be easier to type on and have improved speech and gesture recognition capabilities.

The "Internet of Things" is a catchall phrase for all of the devices, appliances, vehicles, wearables and sensors that connect to each other and feed data back and forth. It will present users with numerous opportunities and challenges as more parts of our environment connect to the Internet. Here are some of predictions for the future of the Internet reported in the Pew Research study:

  • For individuals, one of the biggest areas of improvement will be health care monitoring. Wearable or small subcutaneous-embedded sensors will help people monitor not just their daily steps, caloric intake and sleep patterns, but also their blood sugar levels, heart rate, pulse and other vitals. This application of the Internet is expected to advance quickly as Baby Boomers age — and their children and grandchildren buy monitoring devices to track seniors' health and report problems to doctors and emergency services.

  • Individuals and business owners will download apps to monitor and adjust activities remotely, such as pre-heating the oven, gauging utilities usage or tracking speed levels on company vehicles. In addition, parents may track their children and businesses may track their employees, posing complex privacy concerns.

  • Businesses will have greater access to quality real-time data that can be used to make key decisions, such as when to reorder materials and where bottlenecks occur in the manufacturing process. This information will help management tweak physical flows and logistics within the production process, thereby eliminating waste. Such inventory principles may also be applied on an individual level. For example, smart refrigerator shelves might tell people when to pick up milk or smart cars might tell users when to change the oil, replace tires or redirect to a less crowded route.

  • The government may even use smart devices to monitor pollution levels or wear-and-tear on roadways, signal when municipal trash cans need to be emptied and distribute moving violations to people who exceed the speed limit.

The Critics Chime In

Skeptical respondents to the Pew Research study doubt how much more the Internet realistically will change the lives of Americans now that penetration levels are nearing saturation. They contend that wearables are merely toys for the wealthy or tools in special purposes environments, such as prisons, hospitals and battlefields. They will be "handy but hardly life-changing."

Others worry that, as the Internet expands, devices and users will be increasingly vulnerable to cyberattacks and fraud scams. Instead of making people smarter, critics argue, Internet-connected devices threaten our abilities to think freely, remember facts and make decisions. In short, the Internet of Things could cause people to "learn less but achieve more." For example, a generation that relies exclusively on their smartphones to get from point A to point B may be getting there faster and more easily than less-smartphone-savvy generations. But what would happen if the grid suddenly went down? Would the smartphone-reliant generation be stranded? Would they know how to read a paper map?

Your exec comp could be subject to the 0.9% additional Medicare tax or the 3.8% NIIT

Posted by Admin Posted on Oct 16 2015

The additional Medicare tax and net investment income tax (NIIT) apply when certain income exceeds the applicable threshold: $250,000 for married filing jointly, $125,000 for married filing separately, and $200,000 for other taxpayers.

The following types of executive compensation could be subject to the 0.9% additional Medicare tax if your earned income exceeds the applicable threshold:

• Fair market value (FMV) of restricted stock once the stock is no longer subject to risk of forfeiture or it’s sold
• FMV of restricted stock when it’s awarded if you make a Section 83(b) election
• Bargain element of nonqualified stock options when exercised
• Nonqualified deferred compensation once the services have been performed and there’s no longer a substantial risk of forfeiture

And the following types of gains from exec comp will be included in net investment income and could be subject to the 3.8% NIIT if your modified adjusted gross income (MAGI) exceeds the applicable threshold:
• Gain on the sale of restricted stock if you’ve made the Sec. 83(b) election
• Gain on the sale of stock from an incentive stock option exercise if you meet the holding requirements

Concerned about how your exec comp will be taxed? Please contact us. We can help you assess the potential tax impact and implement strategies to reduce it.

Taylor & Morgan's photo.

Gearing up for the ACA’s information reporting requirements

Posted by Admin Posted on Oct 16 2015

Starting in 2016, applicable large employers (ALEs) under the Affordable Care Act (ACA) will have to file Forms 1094-C and 1095-C to provide information to the IRS and plan participants regarding their health care benefits for the previous year. Both the forms and their instructions are now available for ALEs to study and begin preparations for required filings. In addition, organizations that expect to file Forms 1094 and 1095 electronically can peruse two final IRS publications setting out specifications for using the new ACA Information Returns system.

Keep in mind that ALEs are employers with 50 or more full-time employees or the equivalent. And even ALEs exempt from the ACA’s shared-responsibility (or “play or pay”) provision for 2015 (that is, ALEs with 50 to 99 full-timers or the equivalent who meet certain eligibility requirements) are still subject to the information reporting requirements in relation to their 2015 health care benefits.

If your company is considered an ALE, please contact us for assistance in navigating the ACA’s complex requirements for avoiding penalties and properly reporting benefits. If you’re not an ALE, we can still help you understand how the ACA affects your small business and determine whether you qualify for a tax credit for providing coverage.

Taylor & Morgan's photo.

What You Need to Know About 529 Plan Withdrawals

Posted by Admin Posted on Oct 08 2015

The big advantage of Section 529 college savings plans is that withdrawals used to cover qualified higher education expenses are free from federal income tax (and usually state income taxes too). That part is very easy to understand, but the full story on withdrawals is not so simple. What are qualified expenses? What happens if you take out money for expenses that aren't qualified?

Here are five important facts that you should know about 529 plan withdrawals:

Fact #1: You Have Two Basic Payment Options

  • You can direct the plan to make a withdrawal check out in the name of the account beneficiary (meaning the student for whom the account was set up, usually your child or grandchild).
  • You can direct the plan to make a check out in your name as the account owner or plan participant (meaning the person who established and funded the account).

Assuming the withdrawn funds will be used for the benefit of the account beneficiary (to pay for his or her college costs or for whatever other reason), having the check made out to him or her is the recommended option. If the money will be spent on college costs, you can have the beneficiary endorse the check over to you so you can control the spending.

If you as the account owner will keep the withdrawn funds for your own benefit, having the check made out in your name is the recommended option.

Handling withdrawals in this fashion makes it easier to "follow the money" for tax purposes.

Beware: As a matter of state law, you're not permitted to keep a withdrawal from a 529 account that was funded with money from a custodial account established for the 529 plan beneficiary (your child or grandchild) under a state's Uniform Gift to Minors Act (UGMA) or Uniform Transfer to Minors Act (UTMA). In this case, the money in the custodial account belongs to the kid, and the money in the 529 account does too because it came from the custodial account. In other words, a 529 account that was funded with custodial account money belongs to the child for whom the custodial account was set up. Therefore, withdrawals must be used for the benefit of the child, and not for your own purposes.

On the other hand, if you funded the 529 account with your own money, you can take withdrawals and do whatever you want with them because it's your money. Just make sure you understand the tax implications.

Fact #2: The IRS Knows About Withdrawals

When a withdrawal is taken from a 529 account, the plan is supposed to issue a Form 1099-Q, Payments From Qualified Education Programs, by no later than February 1 of the following year.

If withdrawal checks were issued to the account beneficiary, the 1099-Q will come to the beneficiary with his or her Social Security number on it. If checks were issued to you as the account owner, you will receive the form with your Social Security number on it.

Line 1 of the 1099-Q shows the total withdrawn for the year. Assuming the account made money, withdrawals will include some earnings and some tax basis from contributions.

  • Withdrawn earnings are shown on line 2 of the 1099-Q. They may or may not be tax free.
  • Withdrawn basis amounts are shown on line 3. They are always free of any federal income taxes or penalties.

The IRS gets a copy of the Form 1099-Q, so the government knows withdrawals were taken and who received them.

Fact #3: Some Withdrawals May Not Be Tax-Free, Even in Years with Big College Expenses

When the 1099-Q shows withdrawn earnings, the IRS might become interested in looking at the recipient's Form 1040, because some or all of the earnings might be taxable. Here's how the tax rules work.

Withdrawn earnings used for the benefit of the account beneficiary are always federal-income-tax-free when total withdrawals for the year do not exceed what the IRS calls the adjusted qualified education expenses, or AQEE, for the year. These expenses equal:

  • The account beneficiary's tuition and related fees for an undergraduate or graduate program;
  • Room and board (but only if he or she carries at least half of a full-time load); and
  • Books and supplies, computer and Internet access costs.

Once you add up the above costs, then subtract:

  • Costs covered by Pell grants, tax-free scholarships, fellowships, tuition discounts and veterans' educational assistance;
  • Costs covered by employer-provided educational assistance or any other tax-free educational assistance (not including assistance received by a gift or inheritance);
  • Expenses used to claim the American Opportunity or Lifetime Learning tax credit; and
  • Expenses used to claim the tax deduction for college tuition and fees.

When withdrawals exceed adjusted qualified education expenses, all or part of the withdrawn earnings will be taxable. This little-known fact is an unpleasant surprise for some people.

Example: Ben has $36,000 in college expenses. He receives $24,000 in tax-free scholarships and tuition discounts, so his adjusted qualified education expenses are only $12,000. His parents arrange for a $36,000 withdrawal from Ben's 529 account. Assume the withdrawal includes $6,000 in earnings. The parents use the money to cover the $12,000 of qualified education expenses, plus Ben's clothing, pizza, and other incidentals, as well as a car for him to get back and forth to school. Since the $12,000 of adjusted qualified education expenses are only one-third of the 529 withdrawal, only one-third of the withdrawn earnings, or $2,000, is tax free. The remaining $4,000 is taxable and should be reported on the miscellaneous income line of Ben's Form 1040. Depending on Ben's overall tax situation and whether the Kiddie Tax applies to him, the tax hit on the $4,000 may or may not be a significant percentage. (The $4,000 of taxable earnings Ben receives counts as unearned income for purposes of the Kiddie Tax rules.)

Tax-wise steps: The parents should direct the plan to issue the withdrawal check in Ben's name rather than their names. Then, the parents should have Ben endorse the check over to them so they can control the spending. That way, Ben will be issued the 1099-Q and will bear the tax consequences.

Example: This time, assume Ben has $36,000 in adjusted qualified education expenses because he doesn't receive any scholarships or tuition discounts. Since his qualified expenses do not exceed the amount taken from his 529 account, the withdrawn earnings are federal-income-tax-free. Therefore, the $6,000 is not reported on Ben's Form 1040.

Fact #4: You Can Usually Keep Withdrawals for Yourself — But there May Be Taxes

Assuming the 529 account was funded with your own money (as opposed to money from your child's custodial account), you are free to change the account beneficiary to yourself and take federal-income-tax-free withdrawals to cover your own qualified education expenses if you decide to go back to school.

Earnings included in withdrawals that you choose to use for purposes other than education must be included in your gross income and will probably be hit with a 10 percent penalty (explained below).

However, if you liquidate a 529 account that is worth less than you contributed (because of the stock market), there won't be any withdrawn earnings, so you won't owe anything to the IRS. You might even be able to claim a tax-saving write-off for your loss.

Fact #5: Withdrawals Not Used for Education Can Be Hit with a Penalty

As explained earlier, the earnings included in 529 account withdrawals that are not used to cover the account beneficiary's qualified education expenses must be included in gross income. In other words, the earnings are taxable. But there's more.

According to the general rule, taxable earnings are also hit with a 10 percent penalty tax. However, the penalty tax does not apply to earnings that are only taxable because the account beneficiary's adjusted qualified education expenses were reduced by Pell grants, tax-free scholarships, fellowships, tuition discounts, veterans' educational assistance, employer-provided educational assistance or any other tax-free educational assistance (other than assistance received by gift or inheritance), or costs used to claim the American Opportunity or Lifetime Learning tax credit. In addition, the penalty tax doesn't apply to earnings withdrawn because the beneficiary attends one of the U.S. military academies (such as West Point, Annapolis or the Air Force Academy). Finally, the penalty doesn't apply to earnings withdrawn if the account beneficiary dies or becomes disabled.

Example: Dave has a falling out with his daughter, who decides not to go to college. Dave liquidates her 529 account, which he funded with his own money, and uses the withdrawal to buy an expensive new car for himself. Assume the 529 withdrawal includes $8,000 of earnings. Dave must report the $8,000 as miscellaneous income on his Form 1040. In addition, he will be socked with the 10 percent penalty tax on the $8,000.

Section 529 plans are one of the most popular ways to save for college. But in addition to knowing the rules for making contributions, it's important to understand how you can get money out of a 529 plan with the best possible tax outcome. If you have questions, consult with your tax adviser.

Should you “bunch” medical expenses into 2015?

Posted by Admin Posted on Oct 08 2015

Medical expenses that aren’t reimbursable by insurance or paid through a tax-advantaged account (such as a Health Savings Account or Flexible Spending Account) may be deductible — but generally only to the extent that they exceed 10% of your adjusted gross income.

Taxpayers age 65 and older can enjoy a 7.5% floor through 2016. The floor for alternative minimum tax purposes, however, is 10% for all taxpayers.

By “bunching” nonurgent medical procedures and other controllable expenses into alternating years, you may increase your ability to exceed the applicable floor. Controllable expenses might include prescription drugs, eyeglasses and contact lenses, hearing aids, dental work, and elective surgery.

If it’s looking like you’re close to exceeding the floor in 2015, consider accelerating controllable expenses into this year. But if you’re far from exceeding it, to the extent possible (without harming your or your family’s health), you might want to put off medical expenses until next year, in case you have enough expenses in 2016 to exceed the floor.

For more information on how to bunch deductions or exactly what expenses are deductible, please contact us.

Taylor & Morgan's photo.

Develop a Strong Hand to Negotiate Loan Covenants

Posted by Admin Posted on Oct 01 2015

If you are about to ask for a business loan, expect to deal with the issue of covenants — constraints lenders impose on your company to keep it operating within specified financial ratios and to prevent it from taking certain actions.

These clauses are meant to help the lender mitigate risk and get its money back. But if you are not careful, they can put your company in a stranglehold. Under some very strict loan agreements, if your firm violates a covenant, it can automatically go into default and be forced to pay the loan in full immediately. Typical commercial-loan covenants can require your business to, among other things


  • Hold a minimum credit balance on deposit;
  • Maintain specific capital or financial ratios, such as tangible net worth, working capital and debt servicing;
  • Keep collateral property insured and in good repair;
  • Provide periodic financial statements and tax returns;
  • Avoid taking on additional debt or borrowings; and
  • Keep the current management or ownership structure

When considering a loan, you want to try to at least loosen, if not eliminate, the obligations that will be most difficult for your business to meet. Try to negotiate covenants that leave you the flexibility to run your business prudently. Some loan requirements set sound benchmark metrics that can help keep your company healthy. Others, however, could be too difficult to meet and result in disastrous consequences. 

Here are four important considerations before you officially ask for — or agree to — a commercial loan:

1. Take your lender's perspective. Your loan officer has to deal with internal policies and external regulators and, depending on the size of the loan, may have to persuade a formal loan committee that the loan presents no undue risk given the covenants involved. Gather up your business and strategic plans, financial projections and other relevant financial information and try to come up with a set of covenants you would expect the bank to require as well as a set your organization can live with. Keep in mind that the loan panel will be looking at how profitable the lending relationship will be for its company.

2. Run some critical calculations. Some financial covenants, such as debt service coverage ratios, liquidity and performance ratios, and current ratio/working capital, involve several financial statements. Take the time to run various scenarios through your company's most recent financial statements to determine which covenants would be the best and worst for your operation.

3. Ask "What If." Once you have analyzed your company's financials and have a grasp of how sensitive potential covenants will be to changes in your projections, start discussing matters with your lender. Keep the talks on the level of simply asking "what would happen if ..."   This is a chance for you and your banker to feel each other out and determine each other's expectations before drafting a formal agreement.

4. Avoid strict technical default clauses. This is critical. The default section of the loan agreement gives the lender the right to demand immediate repayment of the loan if your business does not live up to a covenant. You need to be sure that inadvertent or unintentional defaults will not be triggered without your business receiving prior notice and having a chance to take care of the problem.

For example, if you have a monthly fixed-rate loan, the bank could argue that your company's financial controls should make such notice unnecessary. You, on the other hand, could maintain that missed deadlines can sometimes result from computer malfunctions or business trips where executives with check-signing authority are out of town. This type of discussion could be sparked by each default provision. Some give and take is required to reach a compromise. For instance, you and your lender might agree to a limit on the number of late payment notices allowed before your business is in default. The goal is to make it easier for your company to avoid default while assuring the lender there are adequate mechanisms in place to protect its interests.

Although you have to expect to agree to certain covenants when you take out a commercial loan, get guidance from your accountant as well as your attorney on how to effectively negotiate fair and reasonable terms that you don't inadvertently violate. It could accelerate a premature demand for repayment and cause financial hardship for your company.


 More Tips to Bolster Your Company's Position

When talking to lenders, make sure your enterprise's financial projections include a full financial model of income statement, balance sheet and statement of cash flows on a monthly basis. This will reflect any seasonal fluctuations in the business plan.

Develop early warning mechanisms to alert management if your company reaches a point where it may violate a covenant. Have a checklist of steps to monitor compliance with all provisions of the loan agreement.

Reassure your lenders that you are on top of the terms your company accepted. Explain the plan of action your business will take if it breaches any obligations. Lenders want to know that your organization's management is taking steps to protect their collateral and to ensure that the loan is repaid.

Selling rather than trading in business vehicles can save tax

Posted by Admin Posted on Sept 30 2015

Although a vehicle’s value typically drops fairly rapidly, the tax rules limit the amount of annual depreciation that can be claimed on most cars and light trucks. Thus, when it’s time to replace a vehicle used in business, it’s not unusual for its tax basis to be higher than its value.

If you trade a vehicle in on a new one, the undepreciated basis of the old vehicle simply tacks onto the basis of the new one (even though this extra basis generally doesn’t generate any additional current depreciation because of the annual depreciation limits). However, if you sell the old vehicle rather than trading it in, any excess of basis over the vehicle’s value can be claimed as a deductible loss to the extent of your business use of the vehicle.

For example, if you sell a vehicle with an adjusted basis of $20,000 for $12,000, you’ll get an immediate write-off of $8,000 ($20,000 – $12,000). If you trade in the vehicle rather than selling it, the $20,000 adjusted basis is added to the new vehicle’s depreciable basis and, thanks to the annual depreciation limits, it may be years before any tax deductions are realized.

For more ideas on how to maximize your vehicle-related deductions, contact us.

Taylor & Morgan's photo.

Why you should contribute more to your 401(k) in 2015

Posted by Admin Posted on Sept 24 2015

Contributing to a traditional employer-sponsored defined contribution plan, such as a 401(k), 403(b) or 457 plan, offers many benefits:

• Contributions are pretax, reducing your modified adjusted gross income (MAGI), which can also help you reduce or avoid exposure to the 3.8% net investment income tax.
• Plan assets can grow tax-deferred — meaning you pay no income tax until you take distributions.
• Your employer may match some or all of your contributions pretax.

For 2015, you can contribute up to $18,000. If your current contribution rate will leave you short of the limit, consider increasing your contribution rate through the end of the year. Because of tax-deferred compounding, boosting contributions sooner rather than later can have a significant impact on the size of your nest egg at retirement.

If you’ll be age 50 or older by December 31, you can also make “catch-up” contributions (up to $6,000 for 2015). So if you didn’t contribute much when you were younger, this may allow you to partially make up for lost time. Even if you did make significant contributions before age 50, catch-up contributions can still be beneficial, allowing you to further leverage the power of tax-deferred compounding.

Have questions about how much to contribute? Contact us. We’d be pleased to discuss the tax and retirement-saving considerations with you.

Taylor & Morgan's photo.

Achieve Sustainable Cost Cutting at Your Organization

Posted by Admin Posted on Sept 24 2015

Taking costs out of a business can be deceptively easy to do — at least initially. Cutting low-hanging fruit such as providing coffee in break rooms, consulting services, laying off temporary employees or removing a layer of management can result in considerable savings. However, these savings are often not sustainable. Slowly but surely, decisions will be made by front line employees and managers alike that add costs back into the business. Within short order, many companies find themselves back in the exact same place they were before the costs were cut; only now employee morale has suffered and there is a general resistance or apathy to cost cutting throughout the organization.

Ten Quick Ideas for Growing Your Business

In addition to cutting costs, you might want to help your business grow. Of course, there are many ways to do this. Here are 10 from the Small Business Administration:

1. Open another location.

2. Offer your business as a franchise or similar opportunity. It can result in growth without requiring you to manage a new location.

3. License your product. This can be an effective, low-cost growth medium, particularly if you have a service product or branded product.

4. Form an alliance. One powerful way to expand is to align yourself with a similar type of business.

5. Diversify. Look for multiple streams of income to fill seasonal voids, increase sales and boost profit margins. Ideas: Sell complementary products or services, become a paid speaker or teach a class.

6. Target other markets.

7. Win a government contract.

8. Merge with, or acquire, another business.

9. Expand globally. Look for a foreign distributor that can carry your product and resell it in its markets. You can locate foreign distributors by scouring your city or state for a foreign company with a U.S. representative.

10. Increase your Internet presence.Make sure prospective customers can find you through an online search engine.

Implementing sustainable cost reductions that "stick" over time requires a different approach. Instead of pursuing cost reductions to satisfy a short term goal, consider adopting a longer term approach that focuses on identifying value within business processes.

Depending on the size and complexity of your company, there may be thousands of complex processes in place to deliver the end product or service to customers. Unfortunately, complex processes often include waste, abuse and fraud. Consider the following approach to improving your internal processes:

Document the processes. Before changes can be implemented, the existing processes must be fully understood. Many companies view this step as redundant as the current processes will ultimately be replaced. However, the existing elements of a process must be understood before they can be changed. Changing a process that is not understood will likely result in mistakes being made, an increase in costs, as well as a decrease in customer satisfaction. 

Focus on adding value. While reviewing and documenting an existing process, now is the time to identify elements that are value-added. A value-added element of the process includes an activity that the client is willing to pay for or is crucial to preparing the product or service for the marketplace. Conversely, non-value-added elements include steps that have appeared in the process over time, are in place to account for technology deficiencies, or steps that were just badly designed and implemented in the first place. Once the entire process has been divided into value-added and non-value-added elements, the work to design the future state can begin.

Envision the future. Having identified the value-added steps in the current state will allow your company to build the future state around those elements. Eliminating waste entirely from a process is exceptionally difficult to do. However, focusing on the "must haves" or value-added steps will bring waste to light. Once value is identified, waste in a process can be more readily minimized. In addition, once waste is removed, it will potentially be harder to add back into the process. 

For example, the process for granting pricing exceptions for large customer contracts will likely include a review by representatives from sales, operations, manufacturing, legal and finance. Creating a streamlined contract pricing exception process means that only the departments that add value are included in the process while the non-value-added steps, such as departments that merely "rubber stamp" the exception, are removed.

Measuring the financial impact. Before a revised process is implemented, take the time to document the desired financial impact of the new process. For example, the financial benefits could include a reduction in staff needed to perform the process, a reduction in office supplies such as paper or an increase in revenue generated attributable to the process. A dedicated process improvement scorecard can help justify the time and effort expended to revise the process and also provide sufficient information to monitor the process over time to ensure that costs and inefficiency do not creep back in.

People respond to incentives. Launching sporadic cost reduction exercises results in big costs savings that are often unsustainable. Once the financial goals are achieved, employees and managers tend to resort to their previous behaviors and costs slowly escalate. Engaging employees in the process can help break this vicious cycle. Instead of periodically launching cost cutting efforts, your company should consider adopting a continuous improvement mindset that focuses on baking value into every process, not just removing costs. When employees are able to demonstrate that they increased the percentage of value-added tasks in a process, they should be recognized and rewarded.

For example, a front line employee with a golf club manufacturer suggested his department perform the final cleaning of the finished club instead of passing it to a separate department to be cleaned. Removing one step in the process without compromising the end product helped reduce costs and resulted in the finished product being shipped to customers one day after it had been finished versus two days after, under the old process.

When a senior executive launches a one-time cost cutting exercise, the results can be fleeting. Employees "hunker down" and wait for the initiative to falter or fade from the corporate consciousness. When your company and its employees embrace the concept of adding and maintaining value within a process over time, the results may not only be sustainable, they may ultimately provide your company with a competitive advantage.

A Dozen Ways to Negotiate Better

Posted by Admin Posted on Sept 10 2015
When a deal is pending, the best negotiators know that the goal isn't to scoop up everything and leave the other side with little or nothing. The real goal is generally to exchange items of value so that both sides leave satisfied they have protected their basic interests and made a deal that benefits their companies. 

Like all worthwhile endeavors, success depends on preparation. You must know what to concede, when to compromise, and how to handle concessions. Here are a dozen 

"My father said: 'You mustnever try to make all the money that's in a deal. Let the other fellow make some money too, because if you have a reputation for always making all the money, you won't have many deals.'"

— J. Paul Getty, American Industrialist, 
Founder of Getty Oil Company

steps to help you achieve success at the negotiating table:










1. Define What a Win Looks Like to You. For a transaction to make sense for your company, you obviously need certain terms to be met. Before the meeting, do some homework to figure out at what point the deal stops making sense. For example, you might want a price of $55,000 and three days to deliver the product. But after crunching the numbers, you find that the lowest terms you can agree to without losing money are $50,000 and two-day delivery. 

2. Establish Ground Rules. In many cases, it's a good idea to set some ground rules about the negotiation process, especially if there is a culture or language barrier, or you think the other person may be less than honest.

3. Determine Value. Think in terms of basic interests on both sides. Decide ahead of time what is of value to you and what you can afford to give up. Try to determine the same thing on the other side. For example, you go into a sales meeting and find the other party can use some of your company's stock that you consider obsolete (and which you are paying to insure and store). Offering it at a deep discount could further their interests and in the long run, save you money by getting it out of your inventory. 

4. Hold Back. Don't make the first move. You don't know what the other party's aspirations are and you may give away far more than you need to. And when the other party requests a concession, don't agree immediately. That could give the appearance that you were asking too much, you know it, and you aren't prepared to defend it.

5. Make Small Concessions. You can establish that your first offer is valid by keeping concessions small. That also suggests there is little wiggle room. Plus, if you make a big concession, the other party may conclude you were trying to take advantage of him or her from the start.

6. Don't Give Up Something Without Getting Something. The key to effective negotiations is to build trust and communication with an above board give-and-take process. When the other party requests a concession, respond with: "What will you offer in return?" or "will you do this for me?" Don't give a concession without getting one. Ask for something of equal or greater value. One-sided concessions encourage the other party to keep asking for more. 

7. Remember, Small Concessions Add Up. Beware of incrementalism. In other words, you may make a bunch of small concessions, but you later realize that you've given away a great deal. 

8. Give Reasons for Making Concessions. Explain that, in light of the new information provided, you are willing to give up X in exchange for Y. Example: "Your components are more expensive than our current supplier, but since you've offered free local delivery, it's clear we can save significant freight charges. If you put this guarantee in writing, I'll sign with you now."

9. Don't Overreach. Once you've gotten a concession, don't try to change the terms to get more on that particular issue, or you risk losing goodwill. 

10. Focus on What You Will Do. Try to avoid saying "no" outright. Instead, keep the process positive by saying something like, "I will do this, if you will do that."

11. Make Sure You Actually Want Concessions. Be careful what you ask for and offer. You may toss out an outrageous suggestion in the belief the other party will never go for it. But what if they do? One good example is a salary negotiation between a staff member and the boss. The employee believes herself to be indispensable and says that she'll quit if she doesn't get the raise she wants, only to have the employer thank her for her service and accept the offer. 

12. Remember Your Bottom Line. Make up your mind that if you can't reach a suitable agreement, you'll walk away. It's not that different from buying a car. No matter how many extras the salesman throws in, if he won't come down to the price you want, it's a win/lose deal, with you on the losing end.

When will Congress pass “extenders” legislation to revive expired tax breaks for 2015?

Posted by Admin Posted on Sept 09 2015

With Congress returning from its August recess, this is the question on tax-savvy Americans’ minds. Many valuable tax breaks aren’t permanent, so Congress has to pass legislation extending them to keep them in effect. Unfortunately, Congress often waits until the last minute to do so.

For example, Congress didn’t pass 2014 extenders until December 2014, making the legislation retroactive to January 1, 2014 — but not extending the breaks to 2015. So we’re again in a waiting game to see what will happen with extenders legislation. Some believe Congress will act soon, while others think we’ll again be waiting until December.

Here are several expired breaks that may benefit you or your business if extended:

  • The deduction for state and local sales taxes in lieu of state and local income taxes,
  • Tax-free IRA distributions to charities,
  • 100% bonus depreciation,
  • Enhanced Section 179 expensing,
  • Accelerated depreciation for qualified leasehold improvement, restaurant and
  • retail improvement property,
  • The research tax credit,
  • The Work Opportunity tax credit, and
  • Various energy-related tax incentives.

Please check back with us for the latest information. Keep in mind that quick action after extenders legislation is passed may be required in order to take maximum advantage of the extended breaks.

Importance of the 1099 vs W2 classification

Posted by Admin Posted on Sept 02 2015

It seems that every couple years the IRS has a new focus and this year we hear that the big focus is on misclassification of 1099 vs W2. What this means is that if you “employ” someone but pay them as a contractor and issue them a 1099 at year end, you could be misclassifying them. Misclassification can deny workers the rights and protections to which they are entitled as an employee and it reduces tax revenue collected by the federal and state governments. For these reasons, federal and state agencies have identified misclassification of employees as independent contractors as one of their top enforcement priorities.


In general an employee is a worker whose activities are directed by an employer, while a contractor is normally more at arm’s length and left to perform at their own discretion.  There are rules and guidelines for when a person is an employee or a contractor which can get quite technical, so we recommend getting clarity on this before it is too late. The penalties for misclassification can be significant. In addition to owing back pay, overtime, and benefits to a misclassified worker, the employer may be ordered to pay back taxes, interest, and fines. In some states, employers that intentionally misclassify a worker may also face  criminal charges or stop-work orders.


This may even affect people who operate their businesses as “S” Corporations. One of the rules the IRS has for self-employer “S” Corporations is that the owner take a reasonable salary. Often this is accomplished by the owned simply taking 1099 income for his or her salary (which should be 50% of the corporation’s income). This results in the owner accounting for self- employment taxes at year end. However, it is quite conceivable that given the loss of cash flow to the government during the year, this could be included in the IRS focus and penalties levied because these self-employment taxes should be paid over monthly or quarterly.

Will You Have to Pay Tax on Social Security Benefits?

Posted by Admin Posted on Aug 27 2015

Some people are under the misconception that Social Security benefits are always free from federal income tax. However, depending on how much income you have from other sources, you may have to report up to 85 percent of your benefits as income on Form 1040 and pay the resulting federal income tax.

If this happens, you're effectively getting taxed twice on the same dollars:

  • First, you're taxed during your working years when you have to pay federal income taxes on Social Security tax amounts that are taken out of your salary or self-employment earnings.
  • Then, you're taxed again if you have to pay federal income tax on Social Security benefits. (Depending on where you live, you may have to pay state income taxes too.)

This article explains the two steps needed to find out if your Social Security benefits will be taxed.

Step 1: Figure Your Provisional Income

The amount of Social Security benefits that you must report as taxable income depends on your provisional income for the year. To calculate it, start with your adjusted gross income (AGI), which is the amount on the last line on Page 1 of your Form 1040. (However, don't count Social Security benefits when figuring your AGI.) Next, take that AGI number and add the following amounts (only the first two actually apply to most taxpayers):

Avoid Estimated Tax Penalties

If you do have to pay federal taxes on your Social Security benefits, you can make quarterly estimated tax payments to the IRS, or choose to have federal taxes withheld from your benefits.

  • Half (50 percent) of your Social Security benefits.
  • Tax-free municipal bond interest income.
  • Tax-free interest on U.S. Savings Bonds used to pay for qualified college expenses.
  • Tax-free adoption assistance payments from your employer.
  • The deduction for student loan interest.
  • The write-off for higher education tuition and related fees.
  • The domestic production activities deduction.
  • Any other Page 1 write-offs that are separately entered on line 36 of Form 1040.
  • Tax-free foreign earned income and housing allowances and certain tax-free income from Puerto Rico or U.S. possessions.

The result of this calculation is your "provisional income" for the year.

Step 2: Find Your Social Security Scenario

Once you know your provisional income, you can determine which of the following three scenarios you fall under.

Scenario A: All Benefits Are Tax-Free 

If your provisional income is $32,000 or less, and you file a joint tax return with your spouse, your Social Security benefits are federal-income-tax-free (but you might still owe state income tax).

If your provisional income is $25,000 or less, and you don't file jointly, the general rule is that you don't owe federal income tax on your Social Security benefits. (However, there are less favorable rules if you're married and file separately from your spouse who lived with you at any time during the year.)

As you can see, a tax free outcome only happens if your provisional income is low.

Scenario B: Up to 50 percent of Benefits Are Taxed

If your provisional income is between $32,001 and $44,000, and you file jointly with your spouse, you must report up to 50 percent of your Social Security benefits as income.


For single taxpayers, if your provisional income is between $25,001 and $34,000, you must report up to 50 percent of your Social Security benefits as income. 

Scenario C: Up to 85 percent of Benefits Are Taxed

If your provisional income is more than $44,000, and you file jointly with your spouse, you must report up to 85 percent of your Social Security benefits as income on Form 1040.

If your provisional income is more than $34,000, and you don't file jointly, the general rule is that you must report up to 85 percent of your Social Security benefits as income on Form 1040. 

You also must report up to 85 percent if you're married and file separately from your spouse who lived with you at any time during the year—unless your provisional income is zero or a negative number (which is rare).

You now know whether or not you owe federal income tax on your benefits, but you still don't know exactly how much tax you'll actually owe. The calculations to get to that number are complicated and your tax adviser will handle them when filing your return. Your adviser can also help with tax planning to keep your taxes as low as possible during retirement.

Exporters and others: Save taxes with an IC-DISC

Posted by Admin Posted on Aug 26 2015

• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • 

If your business exports American-made goods or performs architectural or engineering services for foreign construction projects, an interest-charge domestic international sales corporation (IC-DISC) can help slash your tax bill.

An IC-DISC is a “paper” corporation you set up to receive commissions on export sales, up to the greater of 50% of net income or 4% of gross receipts from qualified exports. Your business deducts the commission payments, while distributions received from the IC-DISC are treated as qualified dividends, not capital gains.

Essentially, an IC-DISC allows you to convert ordinary income taxed at rates as high as 39.6% into dividends taxed at 15% or 20%. An IC-DISC also allows you to defer taxes on up to $10 million in commissions held by the IC-DISC by paying a modest interest charge to the IRS.

Think an IC-DISC might be right for you? Contact us for more information.

• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •• • • • • • •• • • • 

EMV Compliance: Are You Ready for the October 1 Deadline?

Posted by Admin Posted on Aug 19 2015

Can you imagine using a computer from the 1960s to run your business? Of course you can't. But many U.S. merchants and banks still use payment cards with magnetic strip technology that's more than 50 years old. On October 1, a liability shift goes into effect that may entice businesses to adopt modern "chip" technologies to more effectively combat fraud from counterfeit cards. Here's critical information that merchants and consumers should know about the liability shift going forward

Pros and Cons of EMV Compliance

The U.S. Small Business Administration (SBA) estimates that payment card fraud will cost U.S. businesses about $10 billion in 2015. Card issuers in Canada and several European, Asian and Latin American countries have already seen payment card fraud rates drop significantly after they switched from magnetic cards to chip cards, also known as EuroPay, MasterCard and Visa (EMV) cards.

How do chip cards help fight payment card fraud? Like old-fashioned music cassette tapes, magnetic credit and debit cards store static information, making them easy targets for hackers. If a thief steals data from a magnetic credit card, he or she can copy the unchanging data onto a cloned card and use it to make purchases or withdraw cash.

Conversely, a chip card contains a tiny metallic square that's actually a mini-computer. Chip cards generate a unique encrypted code for each transaction, so they're more secure than magnetic cards when read by an EMV-compliant processing device.

To enhance security, major U.S. card companies have finally mandated a liability shift for certain payment card transactions, effective on October 1, 2015. The ultimate goal is to make the United States EMV-compliant and reduce payment card fraud rates — but that may be a long and confusing process. The SBA estimates that about 40% of U.S. payment cards will contain EMV chips by the end of 2015, up from 3% at the start of the year.

The downside of EMV compliance is cost. Chip cards are more expensive for banks to manufacture than magnetic strip cards. To ensure timely EMV compliance, banks must reissue thousands of chip cards, often before their expiration dates. Financial institutions also may need to upgrade their ATMs. In addition, merchants must upgrade to EMV-compliant equipment and processing systems to accept in-store card payments that are protected with EMV technology. These costs will be offset by a reduction in payment card fraud, however.

Myths and Misconceptions

There have been lots of rumors about EMV compliance in the business community. Just to clarify, merchants that haven't upgraded their equipment and processing systems to the minimum EMV requirements won't be arrested or shut down on October 1. There's no federal law mandating that card issuers, merchants or consumers upgrade to EMV-compliant cards or equipment.

Instead, major U.S. card companies — including Visa, MasterCard, Discover and American Express — have voluntarily imposed a liability shift for counterfeit "card present" transactions that goes into effect for most merchants on October 1, 2015. Gas stations with automated fuel dispensers have until October 1, 2017, before their liability on counterfeit cards is shifted.

In the past, card issuers — including banks, credit unions and other financial institutions that issue debit or credit cards — generally accepted all liability for counterfeit payment card transactions. But on October 1, 2015, the liability for counterfeit in-store payment card transactions generally shifts to the party (either the issuer or merchant) that doesn't support EMV.

In other words, if a merchant accepts an in-store payment with a chip card and processes the transaction using a magnetic-only card reader, the merchant will be responsible for replacing the funds from fraud losses, not the card issuer. Most new cards will be enabled with both chip and magnetic strip technology to facilitate the transition phase.

The liability shift doesn't change the liability for online purchases, in-store transactions conducted using lost or stolen cards, or in-store transactions conducted using cards that only offer magnetic strips. Payment card issuers will continue to be liable for payment fraud that occurs with these types of transactions.

Payments on Mobile Devices

The liability shift is part of an ongoing effort to reduce payment card fraud. The next generation of payments is expected to be even faster and more secure than EMV cards. Instead of pulling a payment card out of their purse or wallet, consumers of the future will likely pay with contactless near field communication (NFC) mobile wallets. This technology simply requires a tap of the buyer's smart phone or watch. As an added bonus, mobile payment devices may be protected with biometric data, such as thumbprints, to protect against lost or stolen cards.

Proactive merchants may decide to upgrade their equipment and internal processing systems to allow all three types of payments: magnetic strip cards, chip cards and mobile NFC devices. Doing so is likely to minimize the long-term cost and hassle of upgrading card readers, as well as providing optimal flexibility and fraud protection when processing transactions for years to come.

Dip or Swipe? The Lowdown on Chip Cards for Consumers

Although consumers aren't directly affected by the upcoming liability shift, they'll benefit from more secure credit and debit cards. Many people have already started to receive new EMV-compliant cards, which are easily identified by a small metallic square on the front. But they're often uncertain how chip cards will affect their shopping experiences. Here's the lowdown:

1. Chip card payments take longer to process than magnetic strip card payments. Instead of swiping the metallic strip, chip cards are dipped into the card reader for about 10 seconds, giving the card's chip and the merchant's terminal time to communicate. Most shoppers will hardly notice the difference; it's similar to paying in cash and waiting to receive change.

2. U.S. chip cards will continue to be equipped with backup magnetic strips, at least for now. These may be used if the merchant's card reader isn't chip-enabled or the chip reader (or card) malfunctions.

3. U.S. consumers typically won't need to worry about memorizing additional personal identification numbers (PINs). Most U.S. chip cards will continue to require signatures, unless the card previously required a PIN.

4. Traditional magnetic strip debit cards that formerly called for the use of PINs are likely to be replaced with the chip-and-PIN cards that are common overseas. However, some less sophisticated EMV-compliant card readers won't initially be equipped to accept PINs, just signatures. To accommodate the transition period, U.S. chip-and-PIN cards will typically allow a signature in lieu of a PIN.

5. It's common for foreign merchants and automated payment kiosks to deny U.S. magnetic payment cards as an acceptable form of payment. But don't assume that your new chip cards will be accepted overseas either, especially if the card doesn't have a PIN. Before you travel internationally, contact your credit card company to determine whether you'll need a different card, a PIN or an alternative method of payment where you're traveling.


What you need to know before donating collectibles

Posted by Admin Posted on Aug 18 2015


• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • 

If you’re a collector, donating from your collection instead of your bank account or investment portfolio can be tax-smart. When you donate appreciated property rather than selling it, you avoid the capital gains tax you would have incurred on a sale. And long-term gains on collectibles are subject to a higher maximum rate (28%) than long-term gains on most long-term property (15% or 20%, depending on your tax bracket) — so you can save even more taxes.

But choose the charity wisely. For you to receive a deduction equal to fair market value rather than your basis in the collectible, the item must be consistent with the charity’s purpose, such as an antique to a historical society.

Properly substantiating the donation is also critical, and this may include an appraisal. If you donate works of art with a collective value of $5,000 or more, you’ll need a qualified appraisal, and if the collective value is $20,000 or more, a copy of the appraisal must be attached to your tax return. If an individual item is valued at $20,000 or more, you may also be required to provide a photograph of that item.

If you’re considering a donation of artwork or other collectibles, contact us for help ensuring you can maximize your tax deduction.

• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •

Taylor & Morgan's photo.

Turn Sweat Equity into Tax-Free Profit

Posted by Admin Posted on Aug 14 2015

Today's active real estate market, along with current tax laws, has opened up opportunities to invest in fixer-upper homes and make a nice tax-free profit.

The reason has to do with a tax law, passed in 1997, that increased the amount you can exclude from taxes after selling a home. If you qualify, you can walk away with as much as $500,000 tax-free if you're married and filing a joint tax return and $250,000 if you're single.

The tax law restrictions are much friendlier than they used to be. For example, homeowners can find a less expensive home at any age and get as much as $250,000 or $500,000 of tax-free profit. Before the 1997 law, a replacement home had to be of equal or greater value or you had to be older than 55 — and then, you could only avoid as much as $125,000 of capital gain.

To reap the current tax benefit, you must live in your principal residence for two out of the past five years. Here's where the money-making opportunity comes in. There's no limit to the number of times you can renovate and resell a house for the tax-free profit, as long as you own and live in the house for the required two years.


How Lucrative Can this Be? Let's say you find a structurally sound home that needs cosmetic work and buy it for $200,000 - a substantial discount from surrounding, better-maintained properties. You move in and spruce the place up in your spare time, spending $20,000 on paint, wallpaper and new carpeting. Two years later, you sell the house for $330,000 and pay $10,000 in closing costs. Your profit is a cool $100,000. (This is calculated by taking the $330,000 sales price and subtracting the $200,000 original cost, $20,000 fix-up expenses and $10,000 closing costs.)

If building sweat equity appeals to you, it's perfectly legal to move on to another house and repeat the process. The best part: You don't owe a cent in federal taxes.

Now compare this profit to earning a salary. In the 25 percent tax bracket, if you make $100,000 annually, you owe $25,000 in federal taxes — and that doesn't include Social Security, Medicare and any state taxes.

As you can see, selling homes for a profit can be a great way to earn tax-free dollars. In most cases, the key is finding the right house in the right neighborhood and spending the time to improve it. You get the fulfillment of turning an eyesore into an asset — and tax-wise, it may beat "regular work."


Hang on to receipts. Records relating to home improvements will come in handy if your profit exceeds the $250,000 amount for single taxpayers or $500,000 for married couples filing jointly. Qualified expenses can affect the adjusted basis, which is used to figure gain on the sale of a home.

Choose improvements carefully. Some fix-up projects do little to boost the resale prices and eat into profits.

Consider all costs. When evaluating a property, don't forget to factor in costs such as mortgage points, credit report fees, escrow charges and appraisal fees.

Act soon if you want to help your child buy a home

Posted by Admin Posted on Aug 04 2015

• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • 

Mortgage interest rates are still at historically low levels, but they’re expected to go up by year end. So if you’ve been thinking about helping your child — or grandchild — buy a home, consider acting soon. There also are some favorable tax factors that will help:

0% capital gains rate. If the child is in the 10% or 15% tax bracket, instead of giving cash to help fund a down payment, consider giving long-term appreciated assets such as stock or mutual fund shares. The child can sell the assets without incurring any federal income taxes on the gain, and you can save the taxes you’d owe if you sold the assets yourself. As long as the assets are worth $14,000 or less (when combined with any other 2015 gifts to the child), there will be no federal gift tax consequences — thanks to the annual gift tax exclusion.

Low federal interest rates. Another tax-friendly option is lending funds to the child. Now is a good time for taking this step, too. Currently, Applicable Federal Rates — the rates that can be charged on intrafamily loans without causing unwanted tax consequences — are very low by historical standards. But these rates are also expected to increase by year end.

If you have questions about these or other tax-efficient ways to help your child or grandchild buy a home, please contact us.

• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • 

Taylor & Morgan's photo.

Stretch Margins by Streamlining Sales

Posted by Admin Posted on July 30 2015

Efficient sales mean bigger margins, which improve the bottom line. Here are five steps to beef up your sales program:

1. Consolidate sales routes.Reorganizing your sales circuit can let your staff visit more than one customer on each trip.

2. Focus on trophy customers. If your top customers haven't bought anything for, say, 90 days, find out why. Offer them a well-crafted plan aimed at their long-term needs and introduce the plan as a new feature just for them. Include discounts, premiums and extended warranties.

3. Cut the paperwork. You hired your sales staff to spend time selling, not sitting at a desk doingpaperwork. Design an electronic or manual form where the sales staff fill in a few simple entries and then hand the form over to administrative staff.

4. Light a fire. Anyone can sell popular items. The real challenge is getting revenue from new items or stock that hasn't taken off. Replace across-the-board commission rates and motivate your sales force with higher commissions on new products or "tough sells." You might even consider reducing the commission on popular products or services that seem to "sell themselves."


5. Revise commissions. In addition to paying commission that's tied to the difficulty of the sale, consider commissions based on:

  •                 Actual customer payments rather than billable orders.
  •                Increased sales to current customers.
  •                Increased order sizes.
  •                Delivery of items when customers prepay.
  •                The number of new customers.

Setting up a compensation plan based on measurable financial goals lets your sales staff see and understand the value of every transaction.

One Click Sales Tracking

Owners of small and medium size businesses don't often think sales automation is a tool for them. But without the bells and whistles, the software can be affordable and can help manage your sales funnel, give you an instant view of where sales stand, and show you where salespeople are in the process.

If you decide to invest in this kind of software, here's what you can expect:

  •           A shortened sales cycle as your sales force uses time more efficiently.
  •           An increase in monthly sales volume as employees spend less time explaining
              their quotas and more time selling.
  •           A clearer picture of how many pitches are out and contracts are pending, as well as where
              customers stand on their payments.

Final Analysis: The tool won't create sales or generate leads. It enhances sales and helps your employees operate more efficiently.

Tread carefully when determining compensation for S corp. shareholder-employees

Posted by Admin Posted on July 28 2015

• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •• • • • • • • • • •• • • • • • • • • •• • • • •

By distributing profits in the form of dividends rather than salary, an S corporation and its owners can avoid payroll taxes on these amounts. Because of the additional 0.9% Medicare tax on wages in excess of $200,000 ($250,000 for joint filers and $125,000 for married filing separately), the potential tax savings may be even greater than it once would have been. (S corporation dividends paid to shareholder-employees generally won’t be subject to the 3.8% net investment income tax.)

But paying little or no salary to S corporation shareholder-employees is risky. The IRS has targeted S corporations, assessing unpaid payroll taxes, penalties and interest against companies whose owners’ salaries are unreasonably low. To avoid such a result, S corporations should establish and document reasonable salaries for each position using compensation surveys, company financial data and other evidence.

Do you have questions about compensating S corporation shareholder-employees? Contact us — we can help you determine the mix of salary and dividends that can keep tax liability as low as possible while standing up to IRS scrutiny.

• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •• • • • • • • • • •• • • • • • • • • •• • • •

HR with Tightened Purse Strings Can Still Meet Challenges

Posted by Admin Posted on July 23 2015

Human resources (HR) departments face some complicated and unique challenges during difficult economic times. For example, a business facing financial cutbacks may decide to cut the benefits budget in HR, and then require the department to motivate employees who are feeling the results of those budget reductions.

Such a challenge may seem impossible to meet, but there are tactics that can either ease the additional financial burdens of employees or help contain benefits costs. Let's look at seven considerations:

1. Health benefits are one of the largest expenses represented in the benefits budgets of most companies. As such, health benefits often have the greatest cost-cutting potential. Consider putting the health plan out to bid for both your current type of coverage and a different plan that could have a better value. Assess plan features that could hold significant savings, such as prescription drug programs with a good track record on generic usages. Make sure that you're using every available method of helping employees get the most from their benefit dollars, such as offering premium-conversion plans and flexible spending accounts. Health savings accounts and consumer-directed health plans are also worth exploring.

2. Since 100 percent of the cost of voluntary benefits are paid by employees, expanding on or adding voluntary benefits can beef up the benefits offerings without the company incurring a lot of expense. Employees can pay for the policies through regular payroll deductions. Because employees get to take advantage of a group rate, purchasing such policies under the employer is often cheaper for the employees than making the purchases on their own.

3. Assess the benefits being offered to ensure they aren't the most costly, but still play a role in both keeping and attracting employees. Two examples of such would be disability and life insurance coverage.

4. High gas prices mean that commuting to and from work is a costly expense for most workers. Offering qualified transportation benefits, such as transit passes, vanpooling or qualified parking, through reimbursement funded by employee pre-tax dollars, is a relatively inexpensive way for employers to help employees with expensive commuting. The arrangement can save workers money on their Social Security taxes, federal taxes and possibly state taxes.

5. In relation to the cost of transportation, another potential way to help employees save is by making some simple scheduling changes. For example, the schedule can be made to better allow employees the option of carpooling together. If certain employees have job responsibilities that could be completed from their home, consider incorporating one or two days of working from home for these employees.

6. Flexible work schedules, such as a ten-hour/four-day work week, may also be an option for some businesses to save their employees transportation costs and save themselves energy costs. Shorter work weeks are often favored by employees due to the extra time it provides them for their leisure activities and home responsibilities.

7. Even though the budget is tight, make some room to communicate with employees on the value of their benefits. Most employees only see their own out-of-pocket expense for benefits. They seldom realize just how much their employers are spending to provide valuable benefits for staff members and their dependents. It only takes a very simple and concise report to provide a summary of the employee benefits being offered and the employer's cost.

Of course, these are just a few tactics to tighten the benefits budget and still keep employees satisfied. Use these ideas as a starting point to get the ball rolling on other ideas to help your HR department meet the challenges presented by hard economic times.

Tax treatment of NQSOs differs from that of their better-known counterpart

Posted by Admin Posted on July 22 2015

With nonqualified stock options (NQSOs), if the stock appreciates beyond your exercise price, you can buy shares at a price below what they’re trading for. This is the same as for the perhaps better-known incentive stock options (ISOs).

The tax treatment of NQSOs, however, differs from that of ISOs: NQSOs create compensation income — taxed at ordinary-income rates — on the “bargain element” (the difference between the stock’s fair market value and the exercise price) when exercised. This is regardless of whether the stock is held or sold immediately. Also, NQSO exercises don’t create an alternative minimum tax (AMT) preference item that can trigger AMT liability.

When you exercise NQSOs, you may need to make estimated tax payments or increase withholding to fully cover the tax. Keep in mind that an exercise could trigger or increase exposure to top tax rates, the additional 0.9% Medicare tax and the 3.8% net investment income tax.

Have tax questions about NQSOs or other stock-based compensation? Let us know — we’d be happy to answer them.

Preventative Steps Help Ensure M&A Success

Posted by Admin Posted on July 15 2015

Just because a merger or acquisition is completed on paper doesn't mean the transactions will be a success. The implications can generally be seen 18 to 24 months after the deals close and officials can assess how the combinations contributed to improvements or disappointments on profit and loss statements.

That leads to a statistic to consider if you're thinking about a merger or acquisition: A large percentage of corporate marriages fail and the failure rate has little to do with financial or legal complexities. Rather, it often involves operational difficulties in integrating different corporate structures and cultures, as well as a failure to properly manage employees during the change.

Nevertheless, there are times when acquisitions make sense. Your company may want to acquire people with new skills, or you may be looking for new systems, technology, products or customers. You may even want to make a purchase to eliminate the competition.

Whatever the reason, you will certainly be looking to reduce costs over the long term. For example, a purchase can ultimately generate:

Economies of scale. A combined, larger company can gain purchasing power and negotiate better deals when buying items ranging from office supplies to IT systems to manufacturing equipment. There will also be lower costs from staff reductions resulting from duplicated efforts or new efficiencies that make some jobs obsolete.

Expanded market reach. A new company can wind up with a larger and more geographically diverse marketing and sales staff, as well as larger distribution channels.

Financing clout. An integrated company, by virtue of its size, increased efficiencies and solid growth plan, can find that it's easier to obtain capital.

As you can see, M&A transactions can offer potential, particularly if you want rapid change or growth. But the eventual success or failure of a deal depends on how well your company overcomes risk factors and achieves the desired synergies. In one survey of 124 merged companies, 44 percent said they did not gain access to new markets, grow market share or add product during the three years after the deals closed.

So before opting for a merger or acquisition, consider the alternatives. Partnerships, alliances, and joint marketing and distribution are just some of the options that might help accomplish the same goals. If you still think an acquisition or merger is the best route, take some steps to maximize the chance of success and minimize the probability of failure.

Starting point: Devise a well-planned strategy that includes realistic expectations and time schedules. Meet with top executives and advisers to brainstorm possible bad events that could happen before and after the transaction. Invite key employees who report directly to top management — you want as much input as possible.

Then, be certain to have:

A clear transition plan. Ensure you have the right people and resources to execute the enormous task of integrating employees and structures into your own corporate architecture.

A realistic price. The buyer generally pays a premium of about 10 per cent. Set a maximum premium you are willing to pay and keep your eye on it. That can save you if a bidding war develops and you find yourself getting irrationally caught up in the frenzy. The premium represents part of the synergies you expect to achieve. Once it starts edging way out of your original range, you need to look for some phenomenal synergies.

Acceptable terms. You have to live with the terms. Sellers may try to negotiate large golden parachutes, job stability for themselves or key executives, limits on layoffs, or agreements to retain certain operations, even if they are unprofitable.

A reasonable debt load. Debt offers some advantages over equity, including significant tax benefits, but the load shouldn't be too heavy.

If it is well conceived, a merger or acquisition could potentially provide your company with a competitive advantage and many synergies. But a failure could end up hurting your company's bottom line, upsetting the stability of its core business, and undermining morale. Make a well-informed decision by taking a critical look at your plans, staying objective and preparing for the worst possible scenarios.

Assessing the Risks

After brainstorming possible negative events that could crop up before, during, and after a merger or acquisition, it can help to categorize them into four categories:

Catastrophic - Scenarios or potential demands from sellers that could kill the transaction before or after the deal is signed.

Booby traps - Unexpected events that could kill the deal if they happen.

Run of the mill - Scenarios that are likely to happen but you probably have the resources to deal with them.

Irritants - These events aren't likely to occur but if they do, your company will have no problem responding.

Posted by Admin Posted on July 14 2015

How to begin collecting your 2015 tax refund now

Posted by Admin Posted on July 14 2015

• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • 

If you usually receive a large federal income tax refund, you’re essentially making an interest-free loan to the IRS. Rather than wait until you file your 2015 tax return in 2016, why not begin enjoying your “refund” now by reducing your withholdings or estimated tax payments for the remainder of 2015?

It’s particularly important to review your withholdings, and adjust them if necessary, when you experience a major life event, such as marriage, divorce, birth or adoption of a child, or a layoff suffered by you or your spouse.

If you’d like help determining what your withholding or estimated tax payments should be for the second half of the year, please contact us.

• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • 

All Aboard: Deducting a Convention

Posted by Admin Posted on July 08 2015


Let's say you get a brochure for an industry trade show. It looks awfully appealing. It's being held in a sun-drenched resort in the middle of winter. Sure, it's expensive, but you decide to attend because it's tax deductible.

Caution: Follow all the rules and keep proper records. IRS Auditors are suspicious of business conventions that look like vacations. Here are some answers to help you secure valuable deductions and stay out of trouble with the IRS:

Q. I'm planning to attend a convention paid for by my company. How much of the cost can the firm deduct?


A. It depends. In order to be deductible, the convention must be connected to your business and the primary purpose of the trip must be business-related. In other words, you can't write off the cost of a six-day trip if you spend one morning attending a seminar and the rest of the time sightseeing or lying on the beach.

If the convention qualifies, you can deduct travel costs to and from the location, convention fees and hotel bills. You can only deduct 50 percent of your meal expenses. If you do a small amount of sightseeing on a trip that is made primarily for business purposes, you can't deduct any of those personal expenses.

You also cannot write off the cost of bringing your spouse or other family members, unless they are employees of your company and have a bona fide business reason for making the trip.

Q. Can I deduct an educational conference offered on a cruise ship as part of my professional educational development?

A. In some cases, you can deduct travel expenses when you attend a convention on an ocean liner or cruise ship but the rules are very strict. In order to qualify for convention write-offs — on land or sea — you must show that attendance benefits your trade or business. No deductions are allowed for meetings related to personal investments, political causes or other purposes.

When you set sail on a cruise ship convention, there are additional restrictions:

  • You can only deduct the cost of a business-related convention if the cruise involves a United States flagship and all ports of call are within the U.S. or its possessions.
  • There's a $2,000 annual limit on cruise conventions.
  • You must attach a written statement to your tax return that includes certain facts about the convention. 

Tip: If you meet the qualifications for a deduction, keep a copy of the convention agenda or program with your tax records. It generally shows the purpose of the event and can be used to prove to the IRS that the convention benefited your business.


Tax impact of the Supreme Court’s same-sex marriage decision

Posted by Admin Posted on July 07 2015

On June 26, the U.S. Supreme Court ruled that same-sex couples have a constitutional right to marry, making same-sex marriage legal in all 50 states. For federal tax purposes, same-sex married couples were already considered married, under the Court’s 2013 decision in United States v. Windsor and subsequent IRS guidance — even if their state of residence didn’t recognize their marriage.

From a tax planning perspective, the latest ruling means that, in states where same-sex marriage hadn’t been recognized, same-sex married couples no longer will need to deal with the complications of being treated as married for federal tax purposes but not married for state tax purposes. So their tax and estate planning will be simplified and they can take advantage of state-level tax benefits for married couples. But in some cases, these couples will also be subject to some tax burdens, such as the “marriage penalty.”

Same-sex married couples should review their tax planning strategies and estate plans to determine what new opportunities may be available to them and whether there are any new burdens they should plan for. Employers will need to keep a close eye on how these developments will affect their tax obligations in relation to employees who have same-sex spouses. Please contact us if you have questions


Recent Supreme Court Cases That May Affect Your Business

Posted by Admin Posted on July 01 2015

As the U.S. Supreme Court adjourns for its summer recess, the landmark cases about same-sex marriage and the Affordable Care Act premium tax credits have garnered most of the publicity. However, you should also know about these three lesser-known Supreme Court decisions that may significantly affect your business.

Supreme Court Rules on ACA Premium Tax Credits

On June 25, the U.S. Supreme Court released its long-awaited decision in King v. Burwell (S. Ct. No. 14-114). In a 6-3 ruling, it upheld a decision of the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Fourth Circuit that taxpayers purchasing health care coverage on a federal exchange can qualify for premium tax credits under the Affordable Care Act (ACA). The bottom line: The ACA remains intact.

In this case, four individuals who live in Virginia — a state using a federal exchange rather than establishing its own exchange — didn't want to purchase health insurance. So they argued that, because Virginia's exchange wasn't "an Exchange established by the State," they shouldn't receive any tax credits for buying health insurance. If they weren't eligible for the tax credits, the cost of buying insurance would be more than 8% of their income. This would make coverage unaffordable, exempting them from the ACA's coverage requirement.

The Supreme Court found that the text of certain provisions of the ACA is somewhat ambiguous, requiring the Court to look to the broader structure of the law. To that end, the majority opinion concludes, "[The tax] credits are necessary for the Federal Exchanges to function like their State Exchange counterparts, and to avoid the type of calamitous result that Congress plainly meant to avoid. [...] Congress passed the Affordable Care Act to improve health insurance markets, not to destroy them."

Kimble v. Marvel Enterprises (S. Ct. No. 13-270, June 22, 2015)

An inventor created a toy that simulated the web-shooting powers of Spiderman. The invention consisted of a glove with a valve and a canister of pressurized foam, allowing users to shoot webs from the palms of their hands.

In 1991, the inventor obtained a patent on the device. Subsequently, he met with representatives from an affiliate of Marvel Enterprises (Marvel) that markets Spiderman products, but the company didn't enter into any agreement with him. Soon afterward, Marvel began selling a similar toy.

The inventor sued Marvel in 1997 and the two sides settled in 2001. Under the terms of the agreement, Marvel agreed to pay an ongoing 3% royalty rate on sales of the toy. The patent expired in 2010, but the settlement had no "sunset date." The parties went to court after they disagreed about the royalty calculation.

In a 6-3 decision, the Supreme Court preserved its holding from a controversial 1964 case — Brulotte v. Thys Co. — that effectively punishes parties who sign away their patent rights. Citing Brulotte, the Court ruled that royalty agreements weren't enforceable after a patent expires.

This case reinforces the controversial notion, based on Brulotte, that royalty payments may be limited to the patent term. In practice, many royalty agreements don't include a "sunset date," or they otherwise imply that payments will occur indefinitely.

In the United States, the term of a new patent is generally 20 years from the date on which the application for the patent was filed in the United States or, in special cases, from the date an earlier related application was filed, subject to the payment of maintenance fees. Although 20 years may seem like a long time, it often takes several years from the application date for a patent to be approved by the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office and for a product to go to market.

As the dissenting opinion points out, entities that own patents — such as inventors, high-tech start-ups, research hospitals and universities — may be adversely impacted by this decision. On the other hand, businesses that pay royalties may be able to reduce their royalty expenses by keeping track of patent expiration dates.

Equal Employment Opportunity Commission v. Abercrombie & Fitch Stores, Inc. (S. Ct. 14-86, June 1, 2015)

Abercrombie & Fitch Stores (Abercrombie), a national chain of clothing stores, requires employees to meet a "look policy" reflecting its style. The policy prohibits black clothing and caps, although it doesn't expressly define the term "cap." If a question concerning the policy arises during a job interview, the policy specifies that the job applicant should contact the company's human resources department.

In 2008, a practicing Muslim applied for a position at an Abercrombie store. The job applicant wore a hijab, a kind of headscarf, every day, including on the day of her interview. There was no discussion of the hijab during the interview, but it did result in a lower rating in the "appearance" section of the application.

The Equal Employment Opportunity Commission (EEOC) sued Abercrombie on behalf of the job applicant. It claimed that the company had violated Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964 ("Title VII") by refusing to hire the applicant because of the hijab.

Abercrombie argued that the applicant had failed to meet her duty to inform the interviewer that she required a special accommodation from the appearance policy. The Tenth Circuit Court of Appeals reversed a lower court ruling, deciding that the trial court should have granted summary judgment in favor of Abercrombie because the job applicant hadn't expressed any potential conflict.

The Supreme Court held that the job applicant didn't have to make a specific request to wear a headscarf to accommodate her religious beliefs, even if such a request was dictated by company policy. According to the opinion, proof of "actual knowledge" of the job applicant's religious need isn't required for an accommodation.

Title VII prohibits certain motives regardless of the employer's knowledge of the applicant. So, the job applicant had to show only that her need for an accommodation was a motivating factor in the employer's decision not to hire her. Thus, the Supreme Court ruled in favor of the EEOC.

Young v. United Parcel Service, Inc. (S. Ct. No. 12-1226, April 27, 2015)

A delivery driver for United Parcel Service (UPS) requested a leave of absence in 2006 to undergo in vitro fertilization. The procedure was successful, and she became pregnant.

During her pregnancy, medical personnel advised the driver that she shouldn't lift more than 20 pounds while working. But company policy at UPS requires drivers to be able to lift up to 70 pounds. Because the pregnant driver couldn't meet this work requirement — and because she had used up all of her available family and medical leave — UPS forced her to take an extended unpaid leave of absence.

While the driver was out on leave, she lost her medical coverage. After giving birth in 2007, she resumed her duties at UPS. In her lawsuit, she claimed that she was the victim of gender and disability-based discrimination under the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) and Pregnancy Discrimination Act (PDA).

UPS countered that the driver couldn't prove that its decision was based on her pregnancy or that she was treated differently from any other worker in similar circumstances. Also, UPS argued that pregnancy didn't qualify as a "disability" under the ADA. The U.S. Court of Appeals for the Fourth Circuit affirmed the lower court's dismissal of the claim.

Although the ADA didn't come into play, the Supreme Court advised courts to evaluate 1) the extent to which an employer's policy treats pregnant workers less favorably than nonpregnant workers with similar inabilities to work and 2) any legitimate reasons for such differences. The top court's interpretation of the PDA is that employers must offer the same accommodations to pregnant workers as others with comparable physical limitations, regardless of other factors.

The majority opinion concluded that a pregnant worker can "create a genuine issue of material fact as to whether a significant burden exists by providing evidence that the employer accommodates a large percentage of nonpregnant workers while failing to accommodate a large percentage of pregnant workers." The Court remanded the case to the Fourth Circuit for additional analysis.


Large employers: Time to start planning for ACA information reporting

Posted by Admin Posted on June 30 2015

With the U.S. Supreme Court’s June 25 decision upholding the Affordable Care Act (ACA) yet again, employers subject to the act’s information reporting provision can no longer afford to put off planning in the hope that the requirements might go away.

Beginning in 2016, “large” employers as defined by the act (generally employers with 50 or more full-time employees or the equivalent) must file Forms 1094 and 1095 to provide information to the IRS and plan participants about health coverage provided in the previous year (2015).

Fortunately, recent IRS guidance helps clarify the reporting requirements. And a new IRS Q&A document addresses more specific issues that may arise while completing the forms.

Keep in mind that, while some “midsize” employers (generally employers with 50 to 99 full-time employees or the equivalent) can qualify for an exemption from the play-or-pay provision in 2015 if they meet certain requirements, these employers still will be subject to the information reporting requirements.

If your organization is among those required to file Forms 1094 and 1095 and you need help complying with the requirements, please contact us.

Opening the “back door” to a Roth IRA

Posted by Admin Posted on June 23 2015

A potential downside of tax-deferred saving through a traditional retirement plan is that you’ll have to pay taxes when you make withdrawals at retirement. Roth plans, on the other hand, allow tax-free distributions; the tradeoff is that contributions to these plans don’t reduce your current-year taxable income.

Unfortunately, modified adjusted gross income (MAGI)-based phaseouts may reduce or eliminate your ability to contribute:

  • For married taxpayers filing jointly, the 2015 phaseout range is $183,000–$193,000.
  • For single and head-of-household taxpayers, the 2015 phaseout range is $116,000–$131,000.

You can make a partial contribution if your MAGI falls within the applicable range, but no contribution if it exceeds the top of the range.

If the income-based phaseout prevents you from making Roth IRA contributions and you don’t already have a traditional IRA, a “back door” IRA might be right for you. How does it work? You set up a traditional account and make a nondeductible contribution to it. You then wait until the transaction clears and convert the traditional account to a Roth account. The only tax due will be on any growth in the account between the time you made the contribution and the date of conversion.

Notable Changes to FBAR Filing for the Upcoming June 30 Deadline

Posted by Admin Posted on June 19 2015

Do you have a bank account or investments overseas? If so you may have a reporting requirement that is due June 30, 2015.

U.S. residents, citizens and entities, including corporations, partnerships and limited liability companies with a greater than 50% direct or indirect financial interest or signature authority over at least one foreign financial account must file the FBAR if the aggregate value of the account(s) at any time in the calendar exceeds $10,000. Types of accounts that must be reported include: securities and brokerage accounts; savings, demand, checking and deposit accounts. Tax-qualified retirement plans are excluded from the reporting requirement.

Please contact us urgently if you are not sure if this applies to you or if you need to file. 

Married with a large estate? Why you still need a credit shelter trust

Posted by Admin Posted on June 16 2015

Even though portability now allows married couples to use up both spouses’ estate tax exemptions without having to make lifetime asset transfers or set up trusts, this “easier” path isn’t necessarily the better path. For couples with large estates, making lifetime asset transfers and setting up trusts can provide benefits that exemption portability doesn’t offer.

With portability, if one spouse dies and part (or all) of his or her estate tax exemption is unused at death, the estate can elect to permit the surviving spouse to use the deceased spouse’s remaining estate tax exemption. But making the portability election doesn’t protect future growth on assets from estate tax like applying the exemption to a credit shelter trust does.

Also, the portability provision doesn’t apply to the GST tax exemption, and some states don’t recognize exemption portability. Credit shelter trusts offer GST and state estate tax planning opportunities, as well as creditor and remarriage protection.

If you’d like to learn more about credit shelter trusts or other estate planning strategies for your situation, please let us know.

Why the details matter when selling investments

Posted by Admin Posted on June 12 2015

If you don’t pay attention to the details, the tax consequences of a sale may be different from what you expect. For example, if you bought the same security at different times and prices and want to sell high-tax-basis shares to reduce gain or increase a loss to offset other gains, be sure to specifically identify which block of shares is being sold.

And when it gets close to year end, keep in mind that the trade date, not the settlement date, of publicly traded securities determines the year in which you recognize the gain or loss.

Finally, consider the transaction costs, such as broker fees. While of course such costs aren’t taxes, like taxes they can have a significant impact on your net returns, especially over time, because they also reduce the amount of money you have available to invest.

If you have questions about the potential tax impact of an investment sale you’re considering — or all of the details you should keep in mind to minimize it — please contact us.

Welcome to Our Blog!

Posted by Admin Posted on May 08 2014
This is the home of our new blog. Check back often for updates!